S-1 1 d580302ds1.htm S-1 S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 13, 2014.

Registration No. 333-                    

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

CONCERT PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   20-4839882

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code No.)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

99 Hayden Avenue, Suite 500

Lexington, MA 02421

(781) 860-0045

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Roger D. Tung, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

99 Hayden Avenue, Suite 500

Lexington, MA 02421

(781) 860-0045

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

David E. Redlick, Esq.

Lia Der Marderosian, Esq.

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, MA 02109

(617) 526-6000

 

Glenn R. Pollner, Esq.

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

200 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10166

(212) 351-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) please check the following box. ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨      Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of securities to be registered  

Proposed

maximum
aggregate
offering price (1)

  Amount of
registration
fee (2)

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $74,750,000   $9,627.80

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2)   Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on a bona fide estimate of the maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS    Subject to Completion    January 13, 2014

 

             Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our common stock. No public market currently exists for our common stock. We are offering all of the              shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. We expect the public offering price to be between $         and $         per share.

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CNCE.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be eligible for reduced public company disclosure requirements. See “Prospectus summary—Implications of being an emerging growth company.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should carefully read the discussion of material risks of investing in our common stock in “Risk factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

      Per share      Total  

Price to the public

   $                        $                    

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $                        $                    

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

   $                        $                    

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional              shares of our common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, to cover over-allotments, if any, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions will be $         and our total proceeds, before expenses, will be $        .

The underwriters are offering the common stock as set forth under “Underwriting.” Delivery of the shares will be made on or about                     , 2014.

 

UBS Investment Bank   Wells Fargo Securities

 

 

JMP Securities

Roth Capital Partners


Table of Contents

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or any such free writing prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our common stock.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

     Page  

Prospectus summary

     1   

Risk factors

     12   

Special note regarding forward-looking statements and industry data

     55   

Use of proceeds

     57   

Dividend policy

     58   

Capitalization

     59   

Dilution

     61   

Selected consolidated financial data

     63   

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     65   

Business

     93   

Management

     138   
     Page  

Executive compensation

     144   

Transactions with related persons

     153   

Principal stockholders

     156   

Description of capital stock

     160   

Shares eligible for future sale

     164   

Material U.S. federal tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of common stock

     167   

Underwriting

     171   

Legal matters

     178   

Experts

     178   

Where you can find more information

     178   

Index to consolidated financial statements

     F-1   
 

 

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have taken any action to permit a public offering of the shares of our common stock or the possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

 

 


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights selected information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk factors” section beginning on page 12 and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Concert,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiary, Concert Pharmaceuticals Securities Corporation.

OUR BUSINESS

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company applying our extensive knowledge of deuterium chemistry to discover and develop novel small molecule drugs. Our approach starts with approved drugs, advanced clinical candidates or previously studied compounds that we believe can be improved with deuterium substitution to provide better pharmacokinetic or metabolic properties and thereby enhance clinical safety, tolerability or efficacy. We believe our approach may enable drug discovery and clinical development that is more efficient and less expensive than conventional small molecule drug research and development.

We have a robust pipeline, including three clinical-stage candidates and a number of preclinical compounds that we are actively developing. Our clinical programs are CTP-354 for spasticity associated with multiple sclerosis and spinal cord injury, CTP-499 for diabetic kidney disease and AVP-786 for neurologic and psychiatric disorders under our collaboration with Avanir. We also have ongoing collaborations with Celgene, for deuterated compounds including CTP-730, which is in preclinical development for inflammatory diseases, and Jazz Pharmaceuticals, for JZP-386, a deuterated analog of sodium oxybate, the active ingredient in its marketed drug Xyrem®, which is in preclinical development for narcolepsy. Between our wholly owned and collaboration programs, we expect to have up to five product candidates in clinical development by the end of 2014, including at least two product candidates in Phase 2 clinical trials.

We believe that our application of deuterium chemistry, which we refer to as deuteration, is an efficient way to build on existing knowledge to create important new medicines. Deuterium is similar to hydrogen in size and shape. However, deuterium differs from hydrogen in one pharmaceutically important respect – deuterium forms a more stable chemical bond with carbon. This increased stability has the potential, through the selective substitution of deuterium for hydrogen, to improve pharmacokinetic and metabolic properties without changing a compound’s intrinsic biological activity.

Our approach allows us to efficiently identify lead compounds for deuteration and, in some cases, shorten the amount of time necessary to initiate clinical trials as compared to conventional small molecule drug research and development. In clinical development, we believe that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and comparable foreign regulatory authorities may allow some of our compounds that are deuterated analogs of approved products, or of compounds for which approval is pending, to follow an expedited development pathway by relying on previous clinical and preclinical data related to the non-deuterated compound. For example, in June 2013, Avanir reported that the FDA agreed to an expedited development pathway for AVP-786, permitting Avanir to reference data from its development of dextromethorphan and quinidine in its investigational new drug application, or IND, and any future New Drug Application, or NDA, for AVP-786.

Our senior management team has extensive experience in drug discovery and development. Collectively, our team has been involved in the research, development or approval of 12 drugs. Dr. Roger D. Tung, our Chief Executive Officer and one of our founders, is an accomplished leader in drug research and development. Prior to founding our company, Dr. Tung was the Vice President of Drug Discovery at Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Vertex. At Vertex, he was a co-inventor of two drugs that were approved for the treatment of HIV, amprenavir and fosamprenavir, and oversaw the discovery of two other approved drugs, ivacaftor (Kalydeco®) for cystic fibrosis and telaprevir (Incivek®) for hepatitis C.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Through September 30, 2013, we had received an aggregate of $105.4 million in upfront and milestone payments, equity investments and research and development funding from current and former collaborations. Under our current collaborations, we have the potential to receive up to $1.6 billion in future milestone payments, including over $1.2 billion in research, development and regulatory milestones, as well as royalties on any future net product sales.

OUR DCE PLATFORM

We believe we are the leader in applying deuterium chemistry in drug discovery and development. We have built a deuterated chemical entity platform, which we refer to as our DCE Platform®. Our platform comprises the proprietary know-how, techniques and information that we have accumulated since our inception in 2006. Due to our significant experience in deuterium chemistry and pharmaceutical research and development, we believe we are well-positioned to efficiently identify compounds for deuteration and to design, evaluate, develop and manufacture deuterated compounds. Our DCE Platform includes the following capabilities, which we believe provide us with key competitive advantages:

 

Ø  

Selection of attractive compounds for deuteration. We identify candidate compounds for selective deuteration through the efforts of a team that integrates chemistry, biology, medical, regulatory, intellectual property and commercial expertise.

 

Ø  

Medicinal chemistry and chemical and biological testing of deuterated compounds. We have developed significant proprietary know-how in the design, synthesis, chemical analysis, bioanalytical assessment, preclinical evaluation and clinical development of deuterated compounds.

 

Ø  

Manufacturing of deuterated compounds. We apply our manufacturing and analytical know-how and capabilities to reproducibly manufacture deuterated compounds. We have also successfully transferred our methods to manufacturing vendors that can produce multi-kilogram quantities of clinical trial materials.

OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATES

We are utilizing our DCE Platform to discover and develop product candidates for a variety of indications. The following table summarizes key information about our priority programs:

LOGO

 

 

2


Table of Contents

CTP-354

CTP-354 is a novel, potentially first-in-class, non-sedating treatment for spasticity that we are initially developing for use in patients with multiple sclerosis and in patients with spinal cord injury. CTP-354 is a subtype selective GABAA receptor modulator. GABAA receptors are found in the nervous system and, when activated, reduce the transmission of certain nerve signals. Several classes of widely used drugs target GABAA receptors, including benzodiazepines and some sleep agents, none of which have the receptor subtype selectivity that we believe CTP-354 possesses. We hold issued U.S. and Japanese patents and allowed European claims covering the composition of matter of CTP-354 that expire in 2029.

Spasticity is a chronic condition characterized by involuntary tightness, stiffness or contraction of muscles and can range from mild muscle tightness to more severe symptoms, including crippling and painful inability to move limbs that can result in disability and diminished quality of life. Spasticity can result from a wide range of disorders, including multiple sclerosis, spinal cord injury, cerebral palsy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, stroke and hereditary spastic paraplegia.

While pharmacotherapy, physical therapy and surgical intervention treatments currently exist to treat spasticity, current therapies are frequently limited by inadequate relief of symptoms, severe sedative effects, toxicity, frequent dosing or invasiveness. For example, the strong sedative effects of benzodiazepines such as diazepam (Valium®) severely limit their therapeutic use in spasticity and certain other indications. We designed CTP-354 to provide therapeutic benefits associated with benzodiazepines, but with significantly reduced sedative effects. We believe, and our data to date support, that CTP-354 has the potential to be a non-sedating treatment that addresses a significant unmet medical need in the treatment of spasticity.

We have completed a 71-subject Phase 1 single ascending dose clinical trial of CTP-354 and are currently conducting a Phase 1 imaging study. Our initial Phase 1 clinical trial results indicate that CTP-354 has a favorable pharmacokinetic profile that supports once-daily dosing. The results also indicate that CTP-354 did not cause sedation at levels of GABAA receptor occupancy well above the levels achieved by benzodiazepines at doses that are typically prescribed. GABAA receptor occupancy is a measure of the percentage of GABAA receptors to which a compound binds, which in the case of CTP-354 we believe may correlate to therapeutic activity.

We currently plan to initiate a multiple ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial evaluating daily doses of 2 mg and 6 mg of CTP-354 in healthy volunteers during the first quarter of 2014. Assuming successful completion of the multiple ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial, we plan to initiate a Phase 2 clinical program for CTP-354 in the second half of 2014. We expect that the Phase 2 clinical program will include one clinical trial for the treatment of spasticity associated with multiple sclerosis and one clinical trial for the treatment of spasticity associated with spinal cord injury. In our previous preclinical testing, minimal, if any, toxicity was observed for CTP-354, and a maximum feasible dose or a maximum tolerated dose was not determined. As a result, the FDA has informed us that we may not administer multiple doses of CTP-354 in excess of 6 mg per day in clinical trials without first conducting an additional higher dose preclinical toxicology study. We believe that multiple doses of 6 mg per day would be sufficient for the treatment of spasticity; however, we intend to conduct the additional preclinical toxicology study to enable us to evaluate higher doses of CTP-354, if needed in our spasticity trials, as well as to support clinical development in other disease indications. Based on the well-known efficacy of benzodiazepines and other GABAA modulators, we believe CTP-354 has potential in a number of other indications, including anxiety, chronic pain, muscle tension and epilepsy.

CTP-499

CTP-499 is a novel, potentially first-in-class, treatment for type 2 diabetic kidney disease that we are developing as an additive treatment to the current standard of care. CTP-499 is a multi-subtype selective inhibitor of phosphodiesterases, or PDEs, which are enzymes that we believe play an important role in

 

 

3


Table of Contents

type 2 diabetic kidney disease. We hold issued U.S. and Japanese patents that cover the composition of matter of CTP-499 and have composition of matter patent applications in Europe. The U.S. patent expires in 2029, the Japanese patents expire in 2029 and 2030 and patents that issue from the European patent applications would expire in 2029 and 2030.

We are currently conducting a three-part Phase 2 clinical trial of CTP-499 in which we have enrolled patients with type 2 diabetic kidney disease and macroalbuminuria, which is high levels of the blood protein albumin in the urine, who were receiving standard-of-care treatment. In 2013, we completed the first part of this trial, a 24-week, double-blind, parallel, two-arm, placebo-controlled study in 182 patients. In addition, we have completed dosing in the second part of the trial, a blinded 24-week extension study, which, combined with the data from the first part of the trial, has provided 48 weeks of placebo-controlled data in 123 patients. We have conducted preliminary analyses of these 48 weeks of data, but have not yet completed a full analysis. We expect to report the final top line results for the first 48 weeks of the trial in the first half of 2014.

We believe that the preliminary data we have analyzed to date support the potential of CTP-499 to help protect kidney function in patients with rapidly progressing type 2 diabetic kidney disease. Although, as described below, we did not achieve statistical significance in the primary endpoint of the trial, key secondary endpoints showed potential benefits including a nearly statistically significant impact on serum creatinine levels and a positive trend in estimated glomerular filtration rate, or eGFR. Serum creatinine levels and eGFR are measures of renal function. Although our Phase 2 clinical trial was not intended to be powered for statistical significance with respect to serum creatinine or eGFR, and 48 weeks is a limited duration for measuring kidney function, the improvement in serum creatinine was nearly statistically significant after 48 weeks (p = 0.07). Furthermore, our preliminary analyses of our data at 48 weeks suggest that patients on placebo were more likely to experience a 30% or greater decline in eGFR over the 48 weeks of treatment as compared to patients receiving CTP-499, with an incidence of 14% among patients receiving placebo compared to 6% for patients receiving CTP-499 (p = 0.11). Declining eGFR is believed to indicate worsening of kidney function. We believe that the incidence of large declines in eGFR in drug-treated versus placebo-treated patients may be an acceptable primary endpoint for Phase 3 clinical development of a drug candidate for the treatment of type 2 diabetic kidney disease. Our belief is based on the findings of a December 2012 scientific workshop sponsored by the National Kidney Foundation, or the NKF, and the FDA, and subsequent presentations by the NKF and the FDA. We intend to request in mid-2014 an end of Phase 2 meeting with the FDA to discuss endpoints for Phase 3 clinical development of CTP-499.

The primary endpoint of our Phase 2 clinical trial of CTP-499 was the change at 24 weeks in urinary albumin to creatinine ratio, or UACR. Albumin is a common protein in the blood, and urine creatinine is used to normalize measurements of albumin excretion. Urinary excretion of albumin is believed to indicate kidney damage if sustained for longer than three months. While CTP-499 was generally well tolerated over the 24 weeks of treatment, we did not achieve statistical significance in this primary endpoint of the trial. However, our preliminary analyses after 48 weeks of treatment suggested a favorable trend, which was not statistically significant, in UACR for patients receiving CTP-499 as compared to placebo. While UACR has been commonly used as an indicator of efficacy in Phase 2 trials in type 2 diabetic kidney disease, it is not accepted by the FDA as an endpoint for a Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of type 2 diabetic kidney disease.

We may seek one or more collaborators for future development of CTP-499 and we expect that we would conduct any large Phase 3 clinical trial of CTP-499 in type 2 diabetic kidney disease in collaboration with one or more partners.

AVP-786

AVP-786 is a combination of a deuterium-substituted dextromethorphan analog and an ultra-low dose of quinidine. In February 2012, we granted Avanir Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Avanir, an exclusive license to develop and commercialize deuterated dextromethorphan analogs, including the analog in AVP-786.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

In February 2013, Avanir reported positive results from a Phase 1 clinical trial of AVP-786. In June 2013, Avanir reported that the FDA had agreed to an expedited development pathway for AVP-786, permitting Avanir to reference data from its development of dextromethorphan and quinidine in its IND, and any future NDA, for AVP-786. In October 2013, Avanir reported plans to advance AVP-786 into a Phase 2 clinical trial in the second half of 2014 for treatment-resistant major depressive disorder in patients with insufficient response to conventional anti-depressants.

Avanir has stated that it plans to develop AVP-786 for the treatment of neurologic and psychiatric disorders, including pain, behavioral disorders, mood disorders and movement disorders. Avanir has also reported that it plans to integrate its development of AVP-786 into its ongoing clinical development program for AVP-923, a dextromethorphan and quinidine combination product candidate. Avanir reported that AVP-786, which includes a lower dose of quinidine than AVP-923, provided approximately the same pharmacokinetic exposure as AVP-923 in a Phase 1 clinical trial.

We hold issued U.S., European and Japanese patents covering the composition of matter of the deuterated dextromethorphan analog in AVP-786. These patents have expirations from 2028 to 2030.

Our additional collaborations and product candidates

We have a collaboration with Celgene Corporation and Celgene International Sàrl, which we collectively refer to as Celgene, to research, develop and commercialize certain deuterated compounds for the treatment of cancer or inflammation. We are initially focusing on one program; however, the collaboration has the potential to encompass multiple programs. In the initial program, we have selected CTP-730, a product candidate for the treatment of inflammatory diseases, and expect to begin clinical trials in 2014.

In addition, we have entered into a development and license agreement with Jazz Pharmaceuticals Ireland Limited, or Jazz Pharmaceuticals, to research, develop and commercialize products containing deuterated sodium oxybate. Pursuant to the agreement, we have licensed Jazz Pharmaceuticals our rights to JZP- 386, a product candidate containing a deuterated analog of sodium oxybate. Sodium oxybate is approved by the FDA for use in patients with narcolepsy, which is a chronic neurologic disorder and a rare disease. The primary symptoms of narcolepsy include excessive daytime sleepiness and cataplexy, which is a sudden loss of muscle tone often triggered by emotions such as laughing or crying. Sodium oxybate is the active ingredient in the marketed drug Xyrem. In December 2013, an Investigational Medicinal Product Dossier, or IMPD, the basis for initiating clinical trials in the European Union, was filed for JZP-386. Jazz Pharmaceuticals has reported that, subject to approval of the IMPD, it expects a first-in-human clinical trial of JZP-386 to commence in 2014.

We have a broad pipeline of additional product candidates, including C-10068, which is a novel oral deuterium-substituted analog of dextroethorphan, a compound with preclinical pharmacological activities qualitatively similar to those of dextromethorphan. We believe that C-10068 may be effective in the treatment of pain and seizure-generating diseases and injuries, such as epilepsy, ischemic stroke and traumatic brain injury. We are conducting further preclinical evaluation of C-10068.

OUR STRATEGY

Our strategy is to apply our extensive knowledge of deuterium chemistry to discover, develop and commercialize novel small molecule drugs. Key components of our strategy include:

 

Ø  

rapidly advancing our deuterated product candidates;

 

Ø  

establishing collaborations to develop and commercialize deuterated product candidates;

 

 

5


Table of Contents
Ø  

capitalizing on our DCE Platform to build a robust pipeline of additional deuterated product candidates;

 

Ø  

retaining commercialization rights on a selective basis and building a specialized commercialization capability in the United States; and

 

Ø  

expanding our broad patent estate covering deuterated compounds and related technology.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR BUSINESS

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include the following:

 

Ø  

We have incurred significant losses since inception, expect to incur losses for at least the next several years and may never sustain profitability. Our accumulated deficit was $107.7 million as of September 30, 2013.

 

Ø  

We will need substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

 

Ø  

Our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates based on selective deuteration is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any products of commercial value.

 

Ø  

We are particularly dependent on the success of our product candidate, CTP-354, and our ability to develop, obtain marketing approval for and successfully commercialize CTP-354. CTP-354 is currently subject to a partial clinical hold that prevents us from administering doses in excess of 6 mg per day in multiple dose clinical trials without an additional preclinical study. If we are unable to develop, obtain marketing approval for or successfully commercialize CTP-354, either alone or through a collaboration, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business could be materially harmed.

 

Ø  

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome. In addition, while we believe our DCE Platform may enable drug discovery and clinical development that is more efficient and less expensive than conventional small molecule drug research and development, we may not be able to realize the advantages that we expect.

 

Ø  

We depend on collaborations with third parties for the development and commercialization of some of our product candidates and expect to continue to do so in the future. Our prospects with respect to those product candidates will depend in significant part on the success of those collaborations.

 

Ø  

We believe we, or our collaborators, may in some instances be able to secure clearances from the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to use expedited development pathways. If unable to obtain such clearances, we, or they, may be required to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials beyond those contemplated, which could increase the expense of obtaining, and delay the receipt of, necessary marketing approvals.

 

Ø  

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient patent protection for our product candidates, or if the scope of the patent protection is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates may be adversely affected.

OUR COMPANY

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on April 12, 2006 under the name Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 99 Hayden Avenue, Suite 500,

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Lexington, Massachusetts 02421, and our telephone number is (781) 860-0045. Our website address is www.concertpharma.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

Concert®, the Concert logo and DCE Platform® are our registered trademarks. The other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of the respective owners.

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY

As a company with less than $1 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from specified disclosure and other requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

 

Ø  

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” disclosure;

 

Ø  

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

Ø  

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

Ø  

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

Ø  

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1 billion in annual revenue, we have more than $700 million in market value of our stock held by non-affiliates or we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some or all of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

            shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares

 

Over-allotment option

The underwriters have an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to             additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from us in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund our ongoing development of CTP-354, our research and development efforts to advance our pipeline of additional product candidates and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of proceeds” for more information.

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk factors” section starting on page 12 of this prospectus and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

“CNCE”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the 7,335,534 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013, and gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 56,047,067 shares of common stock that will become effective upon the closing of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

 

Ø  

400,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of December 31, 2013, at an exercise price of $2.50 per share;

 

Ø  

11,032,977 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.56 per share;

 

Ø  

951,489 shares of our common stock available for future issuance under our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013; and

 

Ø  

an additional                     shares of our common stock that become available for future issuance under our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, in connection with this offering.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus:

 

Ø  

assumes no exercise of the outstanding options or warrant described above;

 

Ø  

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase up to                      additional shares of common stock from us;

 

Ø  

gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 56,047,067 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering; and

 

Ø  

gives effect to the restatement of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws upon the closing of this offering.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial data

The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data. We have derived the following summary of our statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present our financial position as of September 30, 2013 and results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year. The summary of our consolidated financial data set forth below should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements, as well as “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Nine months ended September 30,  
Consolidated statements of operations data:                2011                 2012                 2012                 2013  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Revenue:

        

License and research and development revenue

   $ 13,967      $ 11,349      $ 11,126      $ 21,995   

Milestone revenue

     5,500        1,500        1,500        2,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     19,467        12,849        12,626        23,995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     23,436        24,193        18,384        16,460   

General and administrative

     7,377        7,266        5,620        6,366   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30,813        31,459        24,004        22,826   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (11,346     (18,610     (11,378     1,169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment income

     44        22        17        17   

Interest and other expense

     (18     (1,856     (1,324     (1,327
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (11,320   $ (20,444   $ (12,685   $ (141
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (1,069     (388     (290     (296
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (12,389   $ (20,832   $ (12,975   $ (437
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share applicable to common stockholders—basic and diluted(1)

   $ (1.71   $ (2.86   $ (1.78   $ (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares used in net loss per share applicable to common stockholders—basic(1)

     7,251        7,290        7,290        7,295   

Weighted-average number of common shares used in net loss per share applicable to common stockholders—diluted(1)

     7,251        7,290        7,290        7,295   

Pro forma net loss per share applicable to common stockholders(1)(2):

        

Basic:

     $ (0.32     $ (0.00
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted:

     $ (0.32     $ (0.00
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding(1)(2):

        

Basic:

       63,337          63,342   

Diluted:

       63,337          63,342   

Footnotes on the following page

 

 

10


Table of Contents
     As of September 30, 2013
Consolidated balance sheet data:    Actual     Pro forma(2)      Pro forma
As  adjusted(3)(4)
    

(unaudited)

(in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 18,612      $     18,612      

Investments, available for sale

     23,961        23,961      

Working capital

     27,050        27,050      

Total assets

     48,969        48,969      

Current liabilities

     15,851        15,851      

Long-term liabilities

     27,282        26,793      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     112,144             

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ (106,308   $ 6,325      

 

(1)   See Notes 2 and 15 within the notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share applicable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share applicable to common stockholders.

 

(2)   Pro forma to reflect the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 56,047,067 shares of common stock, and the conversion of our outstanding warrant to purchase 400,000 shares of preferred stock into a warrant to purchase 400,000 shares of common stock, upon the closing of this offering.

 

(3)   Pro forma as adjusted to further reflect the sale of              shares of our common stock offered in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(4)   A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you decide to invest in our common stock, you should consider carefully the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. We believe the risks described below are the risks that are material to us as of the date of this prospectus. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR FINANCIAL POSITION AND NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL

We have incurred significant losses since inception, expect to incur losses for at least the next several years and may never sustain profitability.

We have incurred significant annual net operating losses in every year since our inception and expect to incur a net operating loss in 2013. Our net loss was $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. As of September 30, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $107.7 million. We have not generated any revenues from product sales and have financed our operations to date primarily through private placements of our preferred stock, debt financings and funding from collaborations. We have not completed development of any product candidate and have devoted substantially all of our financial resources and efforts to research and development, including preclinical studies and our clinical development programs. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years. Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year. Net losses and negative cash flows have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity (deficit) and working capital.

We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if and as we:

 

Ø  

continue to develop and conduct clinical trials with respect to CTP-354;

 

Ø  

initiate and continue research, preclinical and clinical development efforts for our other product candidates and potential product candidates;

 

Ø  

seek to identify additional product candidates;

 

Ø  

seek marketing approvals for our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

Ø  

establish sales, marketing, distribution and other commercial infrastructure in the future to commercialize various products for which we may obtain marketing approval;

 

Ø  

require the manufacture of larger quantities of product candidates for clinical development and potentially commercialization;

 

Ø  

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

Ø  

hire additional personnel, such as clinical, quality control and scientific personnel;

 

Ø  

add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and personnel and infrastructure necessary to help us comply with our obligations as a public company; and

 

Ø  

add equipment and physical infrastructure to support our research and development.

Our ability to become and remain profitable depends on our ability to generate revenue. We do not expect to generate significant revenue unless and until we are, or one of our collaborators is, able to obtain marketing approval for, and successfully commercialize, one or more of our product candidates. This will

 

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

require success in a range of challenging activities, including completing clinical trials of our product candidates, obtaining marketing approval for these product candidates, manufacturing, marketing and selling those products for which we, or our collaborators, may obtain marketing approval, satisfying any post-marketing requirements and obtaining reimbursement for our products from private insurance or government payors. We, and our collaborators, may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, or one of our collaborators does, we may never generate revenues that are large enough for us to achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts, diversify our pipeline of product candidates or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

We have a limited operating history and no history of commercializing pharmaceutical products, which may make it difficult to evaluate the prospects for our future viability.

We began operations in the second quarter of 2006. Our operations to date have been limited to financing and staffing our company, developing our technology and product candidates and establishing collaborations. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully conduct a multi-center international clinical trial, conduct a large-scale pivotal clinical trial, obtain marketing approvals, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Consequently, predictions about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or a history of successfully developing and commercializing pharmaceutical products.

We will need substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

Developing pharmaceutical products, including conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, is a very time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete. We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we initiate new clinical trials of, initiate new research and preclinical development efforts for and seek marketing approval for, our product candidates. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates, we may incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution to the extent that such sales, marketing and distribution are not the responsibility of one of our collaborators. In particular, the costs that we may be required to incur for the manufacture of any product candidate that receives marketing approval may be substantial. To our knowledge, no deuterated drug has ever been successfully commercialized. Manufacturing a deuterated drug at commercial scale may require expensive and specialized facilities, processes and materials. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur significant additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we may be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily to fund our ongoing research and development efforts. We will be required to expend significant funds in order to advance the development of CTP-354 and our other product candidates. In addition, while may seek one or more collaborators for future development of CTP-499 and expect that we would conduct any large Phase 3 clinical trial of CTP-499 in type 2 diabetic kidney disease in collaboration with one or more partners that would pay most of the associated costs, we may not be able to enter into a collaboration for CTP-499 on suitable terms or at all. In any event, the net proceeds of this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents and

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

short-term investments will not be sufficient to fund all of the efforts that we plan to undertake or to fund the completion of development of any of our product candidates. Accordingly, we will be required to obtain further funding through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and licensing arrangements or other sources. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Our ability to obtain debt financing may be limited by covenants we have made under our loan and security agreement with Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., or Hercules, and our pledge to Hercules of substantially all of our assets, other than our intellectual property, as collateral. The negative pledge in favor of Hercules with respect to our intellectual property under the loan and security agreement could further limit our ability to obtain additional debt financing. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategy.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and investments as of September 30, 2013, will enable us to fund our operating expenses, debt service and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next              months, without giving effect to potential milestone payments that we may receive under existing collaboration agreements. This estimate assumes we either enter into a collaboration agreement pursuant to which a partner funds further development of CTP-499 or we do not otherwise expend significant funds for further development of this product candidate. Our estimate as to how long we expect the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and investments, to be able to continue to fund our operations is based on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Changing circumstances could cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to spend more money than currently expected because of circumstances beyond our control. Our future funding requirements, both short-term and long-term, will depend on many factors, including:

 

Ø  

the progress, timing, costs and results of clinical trials of, and research and preclinical development efforts for, our product candidates and potential product candidates, including current and future clinical trials;

 

Ø  

our ability to identify a collaborator for CTP-499 and the terms and timing of any collaboration agreement that we may establish for the development and commercialization of CTP-499;

 

Ø  

our current collaboration agreements remaining in effect and achievement of milestones under these agreements;

 

Ø  

our ability to enter into and the terms and timing of any additional collaborations, licensing or other arrangements that we may establish;

 

Ø  

the number of product candidates that we pursue and their development requirements;

 

Ø  

the outcome, timing and costs of seeking regulatory approvals;

 

Ø  

the costs of commercialization activities for any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval, to the extent such costs are not the responsibility of one of our collaborators, including the costs and timing of establishing product sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing capabilities;

 

Ø  

subject to receipt of marketing approval, revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our product candidates;

 

Ø  

our headcount growth and associated costs as we expand our research and development and establish a commercial infrastructure;

 

Ø  

the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and protecting our intellectual property rights and defending against intellectual property related claims; and

 

Ø  

the costs of operating as a public company.

 

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of common stock in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings and additional collaborations and licensing arrangements. We do not have any committed external source of funds, other than potential milestone payments and royalties under our collaborations with Celgene, Avanir and Jazz Pharmaceuticals, each of which is subject to the achievement of development, regulatory or sales-based milestones with respect to our product candidates. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities, your ownership interest may be materially diluted, and the terms of these securities could include liquidation or other preferences and anti-dilution protections that could adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. In addition, debt financing, if available, would result in increased fixed payment obligations and may involve agreements that include restrictive covenants that limit our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends, that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. For example, our debt facility with Hercules contains restrictive covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, prohibit us from transferring any of our material assets, merging with or acquiring another entity, entering into a transaction that would result in a change of control, incurring additional indebtedness, creating any lien on our property, making investments in third parties or redeeming stock or paying dividends. Future debt securities or other financing arrangements could contain similar or more restrictive negative covenants. In addition, securing additional financing could require a substantial amount of time and attention from our management and may divert a disproportionate amount of their attention away from day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our management’s ability to oversee the development of our product candidates.

If we raise additional funds through collaborations or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Our existing and any future indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

As of September 30, 2013, we had $17.0 million of outstanding borrowings under our loan and security agreement with Hercules, which we are required to repay in monthly installments through October 2015. We do not intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to prepay any of these borrowings. We could in the future incur additional indebtedness beyond our borrowings from Hercules.

Our outstanding indebtedness combined with our other financial obligations and contractual commitments, including any additional indebtedness beyond our borrowings from Hercules, could have significant adverse consequences, including:

 

Ø  

requiring us to dedicate a portion of our cash resources to the payment of interest and principal, reducing money available to fund working capital, capital expenditures, product development and other general corporate purposes;

 

Ø  

increasing our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

Ø  

subjecting us to restrictive covenants that may reduce our ability to take certain corporate actions or obtain further debt or equity financing;

 

 

 

15


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

 

Ø  

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we compete; and

 

Ø  

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or better debt servicing options.

In addition, although the rate of interest that we are required to pay under the loan and security agreement is capped, our indebtedness under the loan and security agreement bears interest at a variable rate below that cap, making us vulnerable to increases in the market rate of interest. If the market rate of interest increases substantially, we will have to pay additional interest on this indebtedness, which would reduce cash available for our other business needs.

We intend to satisfy our current and future debt service obligations with our existing cash and cash equivalents and investments and funds from external sources. However, we may not have sufficient funds, and may be unable to arrange for additional financing, to pay the amounts due under our existing debt instruments. Failure to make payments or comply with other covenants under our existing debt instruments could result in an event of default and acceleration of amounts due. Under our loan and security agreement with Hercules, the occurrence of an event that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, assets or condition is an event of default. If an event of default occurs and the lender accelerates the amounts due, we may not be able to make accelerated payments, and the lender could seek to enforce security interests in the collateral securing such indebtedness, which includes substantially all of our assets other than our intellectual property. In addition, the covenants under our existing debt instruments, the pledge of our assets as collateral and the negative pledge with respect to our intellectual property could limit our ability to obtain additional debt financing.

RISKS RELATED TO THE DISCOVERY, DEVELOPMENT AND COMMERCIALIZATION OF OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATES

Our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates based on selective deuteration is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any products of commercial value.

We are focused on discovering and developing novel small molecule drugs that have improved metabolic or pharmacokinetic characteristics as a result of our selective substitution of deuterium for hydrogen. We apply our proprietary platform to systematically identify approved drugs, advanced clinical candidates or previously studied compounds that we believe can be improved with deuterium substitution to provide better pharmacokinetic or metabolic properties and thereby enhance clinical safety, tolerability or efficacy. To our knowledge, no deuterated drug has ever been approved for sale in the United States. While we believe that selective deuteration can produce compounds that possess favorable pharmaceutical properties, and preclinical studies and early-stage clinical trials have indicated that certain of our product candidates may possess these properties, we have not yet succeeded and may not succeed in demonstrating efficacy and safety for any of our product candidates in later stage clinical trials or in obtaining marketing approval thereafter. For example, although we have discovered and evaluated numerous deuterated compounds, we have not yet advanced a compound beyond Phase 2 clinical development. Moreover, the only compound that we have advanced into Phase 2 clinical development, CTP-499 for the potential treatment of type 2 diabetic kidney disease in patients with high levels of the blood protein albumin in the urine, or macroalbuminuria, failed to achieve statistical significance in the primary and some secondary efficacy endpoints for its Phase 2 clinical trial.

 

 

 

16


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

We are particularly dependent on the success of our product candidate, CTP-354, and our ability to develop, obtain marketing approval for and successfully commercialize CTP-354. CTP-354 is currently subject to a partial clinical hold that prevents us from administering doses in excess of 60 mg per day in single dose clinical trials and 6 mg per day in multiple dose clinical trials without an additional preclinical study. If we are unable to develop, obtain marketing approval for or successfully commercialize CTP-354, either alone or through a collaboration, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business could be materially harmed.

We currently have no products approved for sale and are investing a significant portion of our efforts and financial resources in the development of CTP-354 for the treatment of spasticity. Our prospects are substantially dependent on our ability, or that of any future partner, to develop, obtain marketing approval for and successfully commercialize CTP-354.

In November 2013, we received notice from the FDA of a partial clinical hold on CTP-354 that prevents us from administering single doses in excess of 60 mg per day and multiple doses in excess of 6 mg per day and the FDA subsequently informed us that we may not administer multiple doses of CTP-354 in excess of 6 mg per day in clinical trials without first conducting an additional higher dose preclinical study. We do not intend to conduct single dose clinical trials of CTP-354 with doses in excess of 60 mg. While we believe that multiple doses of 6 mg per day would be sufficient for the treatment of spasticity, we intend to conduct the additional preclinical toxicology study to enable us to evaluate higher doses of CTP-354, if needed in our spasticity trials, as well as to support clinical development in other disease indications. If we are required to perform additional preclinical studies to support the lifting of the partial clinical hold, it will increase our expected development costs and could delay the clinical development of CTP-354. If we are delayed in addressing, or unable to address, the FDA’s concerns, we could be delayed, or prevented, from studying higher doses of CTP-354, which higher doses may be necessary to show efficacy. If these higher doses are necessary to show efficacy, we could be delayed or prevented from obtaining marketing approval of CTP-354.

The success of CTP-354 will depend on several factors, including the following:

 

Ø  

successful completion of clinical trials, which could require lifting of the partial clinical hold on CTP-354 or agreement by the FDA that the dosing protocols necessary to support successful completion of clinical trials are not subject to the partial clinical hold;

 

Ø  

receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

 

Ø  

our ability to develop a solid dose formulation of CTP-354;

 

Ø  

the performance of our future collaborators for CTP-354, if any;

 

Ø  

the extent of any required post-marketing approval commitments to applicable regulatory authorities;

 

Ø  

establishment of supply arrangements with third party raw materials suppliers and manufacturers;

 

Ø  

establishment of arrangements with third party manufacturers to obtain finished drug products that are appropriately packaged for sale;

 

Ø  

obtaining and maintaining patent, trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity, both in the United States and internationally;

 

Ø  

protection of our rights in our intellectual property portfolio;

 

Ø  

launch of commercial sales if and when approved;

 

 

 

17


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

 

Ø  

a continued acceptable safety profile of CTP-354 following any marketing approval;

 

Ø  

commercial acceptance, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third party payors; and

 

Ø  

competition with other therapies, including baclofen, tizanidine, benzodiazepines and injected botulinum toxin.

If we are unable to develop, receive marketing approval for, or successfully commercialize CTP-354, or experience delays as a result of any of these factors or otherwise, our business could be materially harmed.

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome.

Clinical testing is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain as to outcome. We cannot guarantee that any clinical studies will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. The clinical development of our product candidates is susceptible to the risk of failure inherent at any stage of drug development, including failure to demonstrate efficacy in a clinical trial or across a broad population of patients, the occurrence of severe or medically or commercially unacceptable adverse events, failure to comply with protocols or applicable regulatory requirements and determination by the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority that a drug product is not approvable. It is possible that even if one or more of our product candidates has a beneficial effect, that effect will not be detected during clinical evaluation as a result of one or more of a variety of factors, including the size, duration, design, measurements, conduct or analysis of our clinical trials. Conversely, as a result of the same factors, our clinical trials may indicate an apparent positive effect of a product candidate that is greater than the actual positive effect, if any. Similarly, in our clinical trials we may fail to detect toxicity of or intolerability caused by our product candidates, or mistakenly believe that our product candidates are toxic or not well tolerated when that is not in fact the case.

While we believe that our DCE Platform may enable drug discovery and clinical development that is more efficient and less expensive than conventional small molecule drug research and development, we may not be able to realize the advantages that we expect. In addition, while a key element of our drug discovery and development strategy involves utilizing existing information regarding non-deuterated compounds to assist the discovery and development of deuterated analogs of those compounds, not all of the product candidates that we develop are based on drugs or drug candidates that progressed into advanced clinical development. Particularly in these situations, existing information regarding the corresponding non-deuterated compound may not be sufficient to mitigate drug development risks. For example, we have pursued clinical development of CTP-499 for the potential treatment of type 2 diabetic kidney disease in patients with macroalbuminuria. CTP-499 is a deuterated analog of a metabolite of a drug that was not approved for this indication. CTP-499 failed to achieve statistical significance in the primary efficacy endpoint for a Phase 2 clinical trial that we are currently completing. CTP-354 is subject to development risks normally inherent in clinical development because no corresponding non-deuterated compound has been clinically evaluated. While Merck & Co. reported that the non-deuterated analog of CTP-354 activated the a2, a3 and a5 GABAA receptors, which are associated with anti-spasticity, muscle relaxation, anti-anxiety, anti-seizure and, potentially, anti-pain activities, with approximately 40% of the in vitro activity of a benzodiazepine, we do not know if the pharmacological profile of CTP-354 will be clinically effective for treating spasticity at doses of CTP-354 that are well tolerated.

In addition to the risk of failure inherent in drug development, certain of the deuterated compounds that we, and our collaborators, are developing and may develop in the future may be particularly susceptible to failure to the extent they are based on compounds that others have previously studied or tested, but did not progress in development due to safety, tolerability or efficacy concerns or otherwise. Deuteration of these compounds may not be sufficient to overcome the problems experienced with the corresponding non-deuterated compound.

 

 

 

18


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

The outcome of preclinical studies and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial, such as the results of our preliminary analyses of data from our Phase 2 clinical trial of CTP-499 that are presented in this prospectus, do not necessarily predict final results. For example, although Phase 1 clinical trials of CTP-499 supported advancement into Phase 2 clinical trials, CTP-499 failed to achieve statistical significance in the primary efficacy endpoint for the Phase 2 clinical trial we are currently completing. In addition, we believe that the incidence of large declines in eGFR in drug-treated versus placebo-treated patients could become the primary efficacy endpoint required by the FDA for Phase 3 clinical development of a drug candidate for the treatment of type 2 diabetic kidney disease. While this was a secondary endpoint of our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial, preliminary analyses of our current data from the trial indicate that we have not achieved a statistically significant result in this endpoint. Even if our Phase 2 clinical trial of CTP-499 ultimately demonstrates positive results with respect to this metric as a secondary endpoint, any such results may not be indicative of the results that we may achieve in Phase 3 clinical trials. Furthermore, the FDA has not yet approved incidence of large declines in eGFR as an acceptable endpoint for a Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of type 2 diabetic kidney disease. If the endpoints approved by the FDA for Phase 3 clinical trials in this indication differ from the endpoints of the clinical trials we have conducted of CTP-499, we may need to conduct additional clinical trials of CTP-499 to support entry into Phase 3 clinical evaluation.

Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials after achieving positive results in earlier development, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. The design of a clinical trial can determine whether its results will support approval of a product and flaws in the design of a clinical trial may not become apparent until the clinical trial is well advanced. We have limited experience in designing clinical trials and may be unable to design and execute a clinical trial to support marketing approval. In addition, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses. Many companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval for the product candidates. Even if we, or our collaborators, believe that the results of clinical trials for our product candidates warrant marketing approval, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree and may not grant marketing approval of our product candidates.

In some instances, there can be significant variability in safety or efficacy results between different clinical trials of the same product candidate due to numerous factors, including changes in trial procedures set forth in protocols, differences in the size and type of the patient populations, changes in and adherence to the dosing regimen and other clinical trial protocols and the rate of dropout among clinical trial participants. For example, while we have conducted Phase 1 clinical trials to evaluate the safety and tolerability of single doses of CTP-354, we have not yet evaluated the safety or efficacy of CTP-354 administered in multiple doses or in the intended patient population, each of which will be required for FDA approval, and the FDA has placed a partial clinical hold on CTP-354 that prevents us from administering doses in excess of 60 mg per day in single dose clinical trials and 6 mg per day in multiple dose clinical trials. Any Phase 2, Phase 3 or other clinical trials that we, or our collaborators, may conduct may not demonstrate the efficacy and safety necessary to obtain regulatory approval to market our product candidates.

If clinical trials of our product candidates fail to satisfactorily demonstrate safety and efficacy to the FDA and other regulators, we, or our collaborators, may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of these product candidates.

We, and our collaborators, are not permitted to commercialize, market, promote or sell any product candidate in the United States without obtaining marketing approval from the FDA. Comparable foreign regulatory authorities, such as the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, impose similar restrictions. We,

 

 

 

19


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

and our collaborators, may never receive such approvals. We, and our collaborators, must complete extensive preclinical development and clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans before we, or they, will be able to obtain these approvals. For example, as described above, the FDA has placed a partial clinical hold on CTP-354 that prevents us from administering doses in excess of 60 mg per day in single dose clinical trials and 6 mg per day in multiple dose clinical trials. If we are delayed in addressing, or unable to address, the FDA’s concerns, we could be delayed, or prevented, from studying higher doses of CTP-354, which higher doses may be necessary to show efficacy. If these higher doses are necessary to show efficacy, we could be delayed or prevented from obtaining marketing approval of CTP-354.

Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is inherently uncertain as to outcome. We, and our collaborators, have not previously submitted an NDA to the FDA or similar drug approval filings to comparable foreign regulatory authorities for any of our product candidates.

Any inability to successfully complete preclinical and clinical development could result in additional costs to us, or our collaborators, and impair our ability to generate revenues from product sales, regulatory and commercialization milestones and royalties. In addition, if (1) we, or our collaborators, are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of our product candidates beyond the trials and testing that we, or they contemplate, (2) we, or our collaborators, are unable to successfully complete clinical trials of our product candidates or other testing, (3) the results of these trials or tests are unfavorable, uncertain or are only modestly favorable, or (4) there are unacceptable safety concerns associated with our product candidates, we, or our collaborators, in addition to incurring additional costs, may:

 

Ø  

be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates;

 

Ø  

not obtain marketing approval at all;

 

Ø  

obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;

 

Ø  

obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or significant safety warnings, including boxed warnings;

 

Ø  

be subject to additional post-marketing testing or other requirements; or

 

Ø  

be required to remove the product from the market after obtaining marketing approval.

If we, or our collaborators, experience any of a number of possible unforeseen events in connection with clinical trials of our product candidates, potential marketing approval or commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed or prevented.

We, or our collaborators, may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, clinical trials that could delay or prevent marketing approval of our product candidates, including:

 

Ø  

clinical trials of our product candidates may produce unfavorable or inconclusive results, such as with our Phase 2 clinical trial for CTP-499;

 

Ø  

we, or our collaborators, may decide, or regulators may require us or them, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon product development programs;

 

Ø  

the number of patients required for clinical trials of our product candidates may be larger than we, or our collaborators, anticipate, patient enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we, or our

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

 

collaborators, anticipate or participants may drop out of these clinical trials at a higher rate than we, or our collaborators, anticipate;

 

Ø  

our third party contractors or those of our collaborators, including those manufacturing our product candidates or components or ingredients thereof or conducting clinical trials on our behalf or on behalf of our collaborators, may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us or our collaborators in a timely manner or at all;

 

Ø  

regulators or institutional review boards may not authorize us, our collaborators or our or their investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

 

Ø  

we, or our collaborators, may have delays in reaching or fail to reach agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites;

 

Ø  

patients that enroll in a clinical trial may misrepresent their eligibility to do so or may otherwise not comply with the clinical trial protocol, resulting in the need to drop the patients from the clinical trial, increase the needed enrollment size for the clinical trial or extend the clinical trial’s duration;

 

Ø  

we, or our collaborators, may have to suspend or terminate clinical trials of our product candidates for various reasons, including a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks, undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics of the product candidate;

 

Ø  

regulators or institutional review boards may require that we, or our collaborators, or our or their investigators suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or their standards of conduct, a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks, undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics of the product candidate or findings of undesirable effects caused by a chemically or mechanistically similar drug or drug candidate;

 

Ø  

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our or our collaborators’ clinical trial design or our or their interpretation of data from preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

Ø  

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may fail to approve or subsequently find fault with the manufacturing processes or facilities of third party manufacturers with which we, or our collaborators, enter into agreements for clinical and commercial supplies;

 

Ø  

the supply or quality of raw materials or manufactured product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient, inadequate or not available at an acceptable cost, or we may experience interruptions in supply; and

 

Ø  

the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient to obtain marketing approval.

Product development costs for us, or our collaborators, will increase if we, or they, experience delays in testing or pursuing marketing approvals and we, or they, may be required to obtain additional funds to complete clinical trials and prepare for possible commercialization of our product candidates. We, and our collaborators, do not know whether any preclinical tests or clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Significant preclinical or clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we, or our collaborators, may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors, or the competitors of our collaborators, to bring products to market before we, or our collaborators, do and impair our ability, or the ability of our collaborators, to successfully commercialize our product candidates and may harm our business and results of operations. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, clinical trial delays may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of any of our product candidates.

 

 

 

21


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

If we, or our collaborators, experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients in clinical trials, our, or their, receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented.

We, or our collaborators, may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for CTP-354 or any of our other product candidates if we, or they, are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in clinical trials as required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, such as the EMA. Patient enrollment is a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials, and is affected by many factors, including:

 

Ø  

the size and nature of the patient population;

 

Ø  

the severity of the disease under investigation;

 

Ø  

the proximity of patients to clinical sites;

 

Ø  

the eligibility criteria for the trial;

 

Ø  

the design of the clinical trial;

 

Ø  

efforts to facilitate timely enrollment;

 

Ø  

competing clinical trials; and

 

Ø  

clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of the drug being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs that may be approved for the indications we are investigating.

Our inability, or the inability of our collaborators, to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our, or their, clinical trials could result in significant delays or may require us or them to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. Enrollment delays in our, or their, clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our product candidates, delay or halt the development of and approval processes for our product candidates and jeopardize our, or our collaborators’, ability to commence sales of and generate revenues from our product candidates, which could cause the value of our company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing, if needed.

We believe we, or our collaborators, may in some instances be able to secure clearances from the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to use expedited development pathways. If unable to obtain such clearances, we, or they, may be required to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials beyond those that we, or they, contemplate, which could increase the expense of obtaining, and delay the receipt of, necessary marketing approvals.

The deuterated compounds that we produce and seek to develop can have similar pharmacological properties as their corresponding non-deuterated compounds. Therefore, we believe that we, or our collaborators, may, in some instances, be able to obtain clearance from the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to follow expedited development programs for some deuterated compounds that reference and rely on findings previously obtained from prior preclinical studies or clinical trials of the corresponding non-deuterated compounds. For example, our collaborator Avanir reported in June 2013 that the FDA has agreed to an expedited development pathway for AVP-786, a product candidate Avanir is developing that includes our licensed deuterated dextromethorphan compound, permitting Avanir to reference data from its development of dextromethorphan and quinidine in its IND, and any future NDA, for AVP-786.

While we anticipate that following an expedited development pathway may be possible for some of our current and future product candidates, we cannot be certain that we, or our collaborators, will be able to

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

secure clearance to follow such expedited development pathways from the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. In addition, if we follow, or one of our collaborators follows, such an expedited regulatory pathway and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities are not satisfied with the results of our having done so, such as might be the case if a deuterated compound is found to have undesirable side effects or other undesirable properties that were not anticipated based on the corresponding non-deuterated compound, the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities may be unwilling to grant clearance to follow expedited development pathways for other deuterated compounds.

Consequently, we, or our collaborators, may be required to pursue full development programs with respect to any product candidates that we, or they, previously anticipated would be able to follow an expedited development pathway, including conducting a full range of preclinical and clinical studies to attempt to establish the safety and efficacy of these product candidates. A need to conduct a full range of development activities would significantly increase the costs of development and length of time required before we, or our collaborators, could seek marketing approval of such a product candidate as compared to the costs and timing that we or they anticipate. While we have been able to reference, for purposes of some of our IND-enabling studies, data generated during development of the corresponding non-deuterated compound, we have not ourselves obtained clearance from the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority to reference such data in connection with more advanced stages of development.

Serious adverse events or undesirable side effects or other unexpected properties of CTP-354 or any of our other product candidates, including those that we have licensed to collaborators, may be identified during development that could delay or prevent the product candidate’s marketing approval.

Serious adverse events or undesirable side effects caused by, or other unexpected properties of, our product candidates could cause us, one of our collaborators, an institutional review board or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials of one or more of our product candidates and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of marketing approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. A dose of a deuterated compound could, in comparison to an equal dose of the corresponding non-deuterated compound, result in increased exposure levels, distribution and half-life in the body and alter the levels of particular metabolites that are present in the body. These changes may cause serious adverse events or undesirable side effects that we or our collaborators did not anticipate, whether based on the characteristics of the corresponding non-deuterated compound or otherwise. If any of our other product candidates is associated with serious adverse events or undesirable side effects or have properties that are unexpected, we, or our collaborators, may need to abandon development or limit development of that product candidate to certain uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective. Many compounds that initially showed promise in clinical or earlier stage testing have later been found to cause undesirable or unexpected side effects that prevented further development of the compound.

For CTP-354, we are seeking to achieve GABAA receptor occupancy levels that are well above those attained by other GABAA modulators, such as benzodiazepines, and we do not know what adverse effects may be associated with such high GABAA receptor occupancy. In our clinical trials of CTP-354, moderate adverse events have been reported including dizziness, drowsiness and nausea at single doses. Additional or more serious adverse events, undesirable side effects or other unexpected properties of CTP-354 or any of our other product candidates could arise or become known either during further clinical development or, if approved, after the approved product has been marketed. If such an event occurs during development, clinical trials for our product candidates could be suspended or terminated and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us or our collaborators to cease further development, require us to conduct additional clinical trials or other tests or studies or deny approval of the applicable product candidate.

 

 

 

23


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Even if one of our product candidates receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success and the market opportunity for the product candidate may be smaller than we estimate.

We have never commercialized a product. Even if CTP-354 or any of our other product candidates, including those licensed to our collaborators, is approved by the appropriate regulatory authorities for marketing and sale, it may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third party payors and others in the medical community. For example, physicians are often reluctant to switch their patients from existing therapies even when new and potentially more effective or convenient treatments enter the market. Further, patients often acclimate to the therapy that they are currently taking and do not want to switch unless their physicians recommend switching products or they are required to switch therapies due to lack of reimbursement for existing therapies.

Efforts to educate the medical community and third party payors on the benefits of our product candidates may require significant resources and may not be successful. If any of our product candidates is approved but does not achieve an adequate level of market acceptance, we may not generate significant revenues and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of CTP-354 or any of our other product candidates, including those licensed to our collaborators, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

Ø  

the efficacy and safety of the product;

 

Ø  

the potential advantages of the product compared to alternative treatments;

 

Ø  

the prevalence and severity of any side effects;

 

Ø  

the clinical indications for which the product is approved;

 

Ø  

whether the product is designated under physician treatment guidelines as a first-line therapy or as a second- or third-line therapy;

 

Ø  

limitations or warnings, including distribution or use restrictions, contained in the product’s approved labeling;

 

Ø  

our ability, or the ability of our collaborators, to offer the product for sale at competitive prices;

 

Ø  

the product’s convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

 

Ø  

the willingness of the target patient population to try, and of physicians to prescribe, the product;

 

Ø  

the strength of sales, marketing and distribution support;

 

Ø  

the approval of other new products for the same indications;

 

Ø  

changes in the standard of care for the targeted indications for the product;

 

Ø  

the timing of market introduction of our approved products as well as competitive products;

 

Ø  

availability and amount of reimbursement from government payors, managed care plans and other third party payors;

 

Ø  

adverse publicity about the product or favorable publicity about competitive products; and

 

Ø  

potential product liability claims.

The potential market opportunities for our product candidates are difficult to precisely estimate. Our estimates of the potential market opportunities are predicated on many assumptions including industry knowledge and publications, third party research reports and other surveys. While we believe that our

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

internal assumptions are reasonable, these assumptions involve the exercise of significant judgment on the part of our management, are inherently uncertain and the reasonableness of these assumptions has not been assessed by an independent source. If any of the assumptions proves to be inaccurate, the actual markets for our product candidates could be smaller than our estimates of the potential market opportunities.

If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval and we, or others, later discover that the drug is less effective than previously believed or causes undesirable side effects that were not previously identified, our ability to market the drug, or that of our collaborators, could be compromised.

Clinical trials of our product candidates are conducted in carefully defined subsets of patients who have agreed to enter into clinical trials. Consequently, it is possible that our clinical trials may indicate an apparent positive effect of a product candidate that is greater than the actual positive effect, if any, or alternatively fail to identify undesirable side effects. If, following approval of a product candidate, we, or others, discover that the drug is less effective than previously believed or causes undesirable side effects that were not previously identified, any of the following adverse events could occur:

 

Ø  

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval of the drug or seize the drug;

 

Ø  

we, or our collaborators, may be required to recall the drug or change the way the drug is administered;

 

Ø  

additional restrictions may be imposed on the marketing of, or the manufacturing processes for, the particular drug;

 

Ø  

we may be subject to fines, injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties;

 

Ø  

regulatory authorities may require the addition of labeling statements, such as a “black box” warning or a contraindication;

 

Ø  

we, or our collaborators, may be required to create a Medication Guide outlining the risks of the previously unidentified side effects for distribution to patients;

 

Ø  

we, or our collaborators, could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients;

 

Ø  

the drug may become less competitive; and

 

Ø  

our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could have a material and adverse effect on our operations and business and could adversely impact our stock price.

If we are unable to establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities or enter into sales, marketing and distribution arrangements with third parties, we may not be successful in commercializing any product candidates that we develop if and when those product candidates are approved.

We do not have a sales, marketing or distribution infrastructure and have no experience in the sale, marketing or distribution of pharmaceutical products. To achieve commercial success for any approved product, we must either develop a sales and marketing organization or outsource these functions to third parties. We plan to use a combination of third party collaboration, licensing and distribution arrangements and a focused in-house commercialization capability to sell any products that receive marketing approval.

We generally plan to seek to retain full commercialization rights for the United States for products that we can commercialize with a specialized sales force and to retain co-promotion or similar rights for the

 

 

 

25


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

United States when feasible in indications requiring a larger commercial infrastructure. The development of sales, marketing and distribution capabilities will require substantial resources, will be time-consuming and could delay any product launch. If the commercial launch of a product candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing and distribution capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we could have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization costs. This may be costly, and our investment could be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel. In addition, we may not be able to hire or retain a sales force in the United States that is sufficient in size or has adequate expertise in the medical markets that we plan to target. If we are unable to establish or retain a sales force and marketing and distribution capabilities, our operating results may be adversely affected. If a potential partner has development or commercialization expertise that we believe is particularly relevant to one of our products, then we may seek to collaborate with that potential partner even if we believe we could otherwise develop and commercialize the product independently.

We plan to collaborate with third parties for commercialization in the United States of any products that require a large sales, marketing and product distribution infrastructure. We also plan to commercialize our product candidates outside the United States through collaboration, licensing and distribution arrangements with third parties. As a result of entering into arrangements with third parties to perform sales, marketing and distribution services, our product revenues or the profitability of these product revenues may be lower, perhaps substantially lower, than if we were to directly market and sell products in those markets. Furthermore, we may be unsuccessful in entering into the necessary arrangements with third parties or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. In addition, we may have little or no control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively.

If we do not establish sales and marketing capabilities, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval.

We face substantial competition from other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies and our operating results may suffer if we fail to compete effectively.

The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive. We expect that we, and our collaborators, will face significant competition from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide with respect to CTP-354 and any other of our product candidates that we, or they, may seek to develop or commercialize in the future. Specifically, there are a number of large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that currently market and sell products or are pursuing the development of product candidates for the treatment of the key indications of our priority programs, including spasticity, neurologic disorders, cancer and inflammation. Our competitors may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing technologies and drug products that are more effective, have fewer or more tolerable side effects or are less costly than any product candidates that we are currently developing or that we may develop, which could render our product candidates obsolete and noncompetitive.

We are initially developing CTP-354 for the treatment of spasticity in multiple sclerosis and spinal cord injury. Current first-line treatment for spasticity includes oral and local agents and physical and occupational therapy. Four oral drugs have been approved in the United States for the treatment of spasticity: baclofen (Lioresal®), tizanidine (Zanaflex®), diazepam (Valium) and dantrolene (Dantrium®), each of which is available on a generic basis. Spasticity is also treated through localized injections of botulinum toxin. In addition, there are several potentially competitive product candidates in Phase 3 clinical development being pursued by pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including GW Pharmaceuticals plc and Osmotica Pharmaceuticals Corp.

 

 

 

26


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

We are developing CTP-499 for the treatment of type 2 diabetic kidney disease in patients with macroalbuminuria. The current standard of care in this indication is angiotensin modulation, which is treatment with an angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor, which we refer to as an ACEi, or an angiotensin receptor blocker, which we refer to as an ARB. Both of these types of drugs are available on a generic basis. We are developing CTP-499 for administration in combination with these drugs. These drugs are well established therapies that are widely accepted by physicians, patients and third party payors. Physicians, patients and third party payors may not accept the addition of CTP-499 to their current treatment regimens for a variety of potential reasons, including a desire not to incur the additional cost of CTP-499 or a perception that the addition of CTP-499 would be poorly tolerated or of limited benefit. If CTP-499 receives marketing approval, it may also face competition from a number of product candidates that are currently in clinical development including one potentially competitive product candidate in Phase 3 clinical development being pursued by AbbVie Inc.

Avanir has reported that it plans to develop AVP-786 for the treatment of neurologic and psychiatric disorders. There are a number of marketed drugs and product candidates in clinical development for these indications.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we, or our collaborators, may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other marketing approval for their products before we, or our collaborators, are able to obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we, or our collaborators, are able to enter the market.

Many of our existing and potential future competitors have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining marketing approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

We also face competition in the development of deuterated compounds.

Several large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have begun to cover deuterated analogs of their product candidates in patent applications and may choose to develop these deuterated compounds. These large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies may have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining marketing approvals and marketing approved products than we do. In addition, we know of one biotechnology company, Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and possibly two others, DeutRx LLC and Berolina innovative Research and Development Services Pharma GmbH, that are developing product candidates based on deuterium substitution. These competitors may be more successful than us in developing deuterated compounds. In addition, these competitors may enter into collaborative arrangements or business combinations that result in their ability to research and develop deuterated compounds more effectively than us. Our potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations.

If our competitors in the development of deuterated compounds are able to grow their intellectual property estates and create new and successful deuterated compounds more effectively than us, our ability to identify additional compounds for preclinical and clinical development and obtain product

 

 

 

27


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

revenues in future periods could be compromised, which could result in significant harm to our operations and financial position.

If the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities approve generic versions of any of our products that receive marketing approval, or such authorities do not grant our products appropriate periods of data exclusivity before approving generic versions of our products, the sales of our products could be adversely affected.

Once an NDA is approved, the product covered thereby becomes a “reference listed drug” in the FDA’s publication, “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations.” Manufacturers may seek approval of generic versions of reference listed drugs through submission of abbreviated new drug applications, or ANDAs, in the United States. In support of an ANDA, a generic manufacturer need not conduct clinical studies. Rather, the applicant generally must show that its product has the same active ingredient(s), dosage form, strength, route of administration and conditions of use or labeling as the reference listed drug and that the generic version is bioequivalent to the reference listed drug, meaning it is absorbed in the body at the same rate and to the same extent. Generic products may be significantly less costly to bring to market than the reference listed drug and companies that produce generic products are generally able to offer them at lower prices. Thus, following the introduction of a generic drug, a significant percentage of the sales of any branded product or reference listed drug may be typically lost to the generic product.

The FDA may not approve an ANDA for a generic product until any applicable period of non-patent exclusivity for the reference listed drug has expired. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, provides a period of five years of non-patent exclusivity for a new drug containing a new chemical entity. Specifically, in cases where such exclusivity has been granted, an ANDA may not be filed with the FDA until the expiration of five years unless the submission is accompanied by a Paragraph IV certification that a patent covering the reference listed drug is either invalid or will not be infringed by the generic product, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following approval of the reference listed drug. While we believe that our product candidates contain active ingredients that would be treated as new chemical entities by the FDA and, therefore, if approved, should be afforded five years of data exclusivity, the FDA may disagree with that conclusion and may approve generic products after a period that is less than five years. Manufacturers may seek to launch these generic products following the expiration of the applicable marketing exclusivity period, even if we still have patent protection for our product.

Competition that our products may face from generic versions of our products could materially and adversely impact our future revenue, profitability and cash flows and substantially limit our ability to obtain a return on the investments we have made in those product candidates.

To the extent we, or our collaborators, market products that are deuterated analogs of generic drugs that are approved or will be approved while we market our products, our products will likely compete against these generic products and the sales of our products could be adversely affected.

We anticipate that some of the products that we, or our collaborators, may develop will be deuterated analogs of approved drugs that are or will then be available on a generic basis. In addition, if we develop a product that is a deuterated analog of a non-generic approved drug, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may also approve generic versions of the corresponding non-deuterated drug. If approved, we expect that our deuterated products will compete against these generic non-deuterated compounds in the same indications. Efforts to educate the medical community and third party payors on the benefits of any product that we develop as compared to the corresponding non-deuterated

 

 

 

28


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

compound, or generic versions of it, may require significant resources and may not be successful. If physicians, rightly or wrongly, do not believe that a product that we, or our collaborators, develop offers substantial advantages over the corresponding non-deuterated compound, or generic versions of the corresponding non-deuterated compound, or that the advantages offered by our product as compared to the corresponding non-deuterated compound, or its generic versions, are not sufficient to merit the increased price over the corresponding non-deuterated compound, or its generic versions, that we, or our collaborators, would seek, physicians might not prescribe that product. In addition, third party payors may refuse to provide reimbursement for a product that we, or our collaborators, develop when the corresponding non-deuterated compound, or generic versions of the corresponding non-deuterated compound, offer a cheaper alternative therapy in the same indication, or may otherwise encourage use of the corresponding non-deuterated compound, or generic versions of the corresponding non-deuterated compound, over our product, even if our product possesses favorable pharmaceutical properties.

Competition that our product candidates may face from any generic non-deuterated product on which our product candidate is based or a later-approved generic version of a branded non-deuterated product on which our product is based, could materially and adversely impact our future revenue, profitability and cash flows and substantially limit our ability to obtain a return on the investments we have made in those product candidates.

Even if we, or our collaborators, are able to commercialize any product candidate that we, or they, develop, the product may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third party payor reimbursement practices or healthcare reform initiatives that could harm our business.

The commercial success of our product candidates will depend substantially, both domestically and abroad, on the extent to which the costs of our product candidates will be paid by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third party payors. If reimbursement is not available, or is available only to limited levels, we, or our collaborators, may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Even if coverage is provided, the approved reimbursement amount may not be high enough to allow us, or our collaborators, to establish or maintain pricing sufficient to realize a sufficient return on our or their investments.

There is significant uncertainty related to third party payor coverage and reimbursement of newly approved drugs. Marketing approvals, pricing and reimbursement for new drug products vary widely from country to country. Some countries require approval of the sale price of a drug before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product licensing approval is granted. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. As a result, we, or our collaborators, might obtain marketing approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay commercial launch of the product, possibly for lengthy time periods, which may negatively impact the revenues we are able to generate from the sale of the product in that country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability or the ability of our collaborators to recoup our or their investment in one or more product candidates, even if our product candidates obtain marketing approval.

Our ability, and the ability of our collaborators, to commercialize CTP-354 or any other product candidate will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Government authorities and third party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which medications they will cover and establish reimbursement

 

 

 

29


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

levels. The healthcare industry is acutely focused on cost containment, both in the United States and elsewhere. Government authorities and third party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications, which could affect our ability or that of our collaborators to sell our product candidates profitably. These payors may not view our products, if any, as cost-effective, and coverage and reimbursement may not be available to our customers, or those of our collaborators, or may not be sufficient to allow our products, if any, to be marketed on a competitive basis. Cost-control initiatives could cause us, or our collaborators, to decrease the price we, or they, might establish for products, which could result in lower than anticipated product revenues. If the prices for our products, if any, decrease or if governmental and other third party payors do not provide adequate coverage or reimbursement, our prospects for revenue and profitability will suffer.

There may also be delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs, and coverage may be more limited than the indications for which the drug is approved by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Moreover, eligibility for reimbursement does not imply that any drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution. Reimbursement rates may vary, by way of example, according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used. Reimbursement rates may also be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs or may be incorporated into existing payments for other services.

In addition, increasingly, third party payors are requiring higher levels of evidence of the benefits and clinical outcomes of new technologies and are challenging the prices charged. We, and our collaborators, cannot be sure that coverage will be available for any product candidate that we, or they, commercialize and, if available, that the reimbursement rates will be adequate. Further, the net reimbursement for drug products may be subject to additional reductions if there are changes to laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. An inability to promptly obtain coverage and adequate payment rates from both government-funded and private payors for any our product candidates for which we, or our collaborators, obtain marketing approval could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition.

We may not be successful in our efforts to identify or discover additional potential product candidates.

A significant portion of the research that we are conducting involves the development of new deuterated compounds using our DCE Platform. The drug discovery that we are conducting using our DCE Platform may not be successful in creating compounds that have commercial value or therapeutic utility beyond the corresponding non-deuterated compound, or at all. Our research programs may initially show promise in creating potential product candidates, yet fail to yield viable product candidates for clinical development for a number of reasons, including:

 

Ø  

deuterated analogs of existing non-deuterated compounds or newly designed deuterated compounds may not demonstrate satisfactory efficacy or other benefits, such as convenience of dosing, increased tolerability, enhanced formation of desirable active metabolites or reduced formation of toxic metabolites;

 

Ø  

potential product candidates may, on further study, be shown to have harmful side effects or other characteristics that indicate that they are unlikely to be products that will receive marketing approval and achieve market acceptance; or

 

Ø  

pharmaceutical companies have begun to claim deuterated analogs of their compounds in patent filings, resulting in otherwise promising deuterated product candidates already being covered by patents or patent applications.

 

 

 

30


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Our research programs to identify new product candidates will require substantial technical, financial and human resources. We may be unsuccessful in our efforts to identify new potential product candidates. In addition, we may focus our efforts and resources on one or more potential product candidates that ultimately prove to be unsuccessful.

If we are unable to identify suitable additional compounds for preclinical and clinical development, our ability to develop product candidates and obtain product revenues in future periods could be compromised, which could result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely impact our stock price.

Product liability lawsuits against us could divert our resources, cause us to incur substantial liabilities and limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.

We face an inherent risk of product liability claims as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates despite obtaining appropriate informed consents from our clinical trial participants. We will face an even greater risk if we or our collaborators commercially sell any product that we may or they may develop. For example, we may be sued if any product we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during clinical testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

Ø  

decreased demand for our product candidates or products that we may develop;

 

Ø  

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

Ø  

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

Ø  

significant costs to defend resulting litigation;

 

Ø  

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

Ø  

loss of revenue;

 

Ø  

reduced resources of our management to pursue our business strategy; and

 

Ø  

the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

Although we maintain general liability insurance of $2 million in the aggregate and clinical trial liability insurance of $5 million in the aggregate, this insurance may not fully cover potential liabilities that we may incur. The cost of any product liability litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. We will need to increase our insurance coverage if and when we begin selling any product candidate that receives marketing approval. In addition, insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive. If we are unable to obtain or maintain sufficient insurance coverage at an acceptable cost or to otherwise protect against potential product liability claims, it could prevent or inhibit the development and commercial production and sale of our product candidates, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

 

 

31


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

JZP-386 is a deuterated analog of a Schedule I controlled substance and will likely be classified as a Schedule I or Schedule III controlled substance, which could substantially limit our ability to obtain the quantities of JZP-386 needed to conduct clinical trials and the ability of our collaborator to market and sell JZP-386 if it receives marketing approval. We also expect CTP-354 to be classified as a Schedule IV controlled substance, which would result in restrictions on the sale and distribution of that product if it receives marketing approval.

The placement of drugs or other substances into schedules under the Controlled Substances Act of 1970, the CSA, is based upon the substance’s medical use, potential for abuse and safety or dependence liability. Under the CSA, every person who manufactures, distributes, dispenses, imports or exports any controlled substance must register with the U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency, or DEA, unless exempt. Our product candidate JZP-386, which we have licensed to Jazz Pharmaceuticals, is a deuterium-substituted analog of sodium oxybate. Sodium oxybate is regulated as a chemical by the DEA as a Schedule I controlled substance. Because of the Schedule I classification of sodium oxybate, JZP-386 is regulated by the DEA as a Schedule I controlled substance. As a result, we will be required to obtain a license to ship the chemical that we are using as the precursor to JZP-386, which may delay or prevent the manufacturing of JZP-386 for clinical trials.

Specifically, the DEA limits the quantity of certain Schedule I controlled substances that may be produced in the United States in any year through a quota system. If our contract manufacturers for JZP-386, or those for Jazz Pharmaceuticals, manufacture JZP-386 in the United States, they will be required to obtain separate DEA quotas to supply us or Jazz Pharmaceuticals with JZP-386 for the conduct of clinical trials. Different, but potentially no less burdensome regulations, may apply if we or Jazz Pharmaceuticals choose to contract for the manufacture of JZP-386 outside of the United States.

The process of obtaining the quotas needed to conduct the planned clinical trials of JZP-386 may involve lengthy legal and other efforts and we or Jazz Pharmaceuticals, or suppliers or manufacturers for us or Jazz Pharmaceuticals, may not be able to obtain sufficient quotas from the DEA. If we or Jazz Pharmaceuticals, or suppliers or manufacturers for us or Jazz Pharmaceuticals, cannot obtain the quotas that are needed on a timely basis, or at all, we and Jazz Pharmaceuticals may not be able to conduct, on a timely basis or at all, the clinical trials of JZP-386 that are planned, including the Phase 1 clinical trial that we will be responsible for conducting, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects could be adversely affected.

If JZP-386 is approved for marketing in the United States, we believe that the commercial drug containing JZP-386 will remain subject to the CSA as a Schedule III controlled substance. Those restrictions could limit the marketing and distribution of the commercial drug containing JZP-386. We also expect our product candidate, CTP-354, to be classified as a Schedule IV controlled substance under the CSA. Although the CSA’s restrictions governing substances in Schedule IV are not as stringent as those for substances in Schedule III, they too could limit our ability to market and sell CTP-354, if it is approved for marketing.

In addition, failure to maintain compliance with applicable requirements under the CSA, particularly as manifested in loss or diversion of regulated substances, can result in enforcement action that could include civil penalties, refusal to renew registrations or quotas, revocation of registrations or quotas or criminal proceedings, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Individual states also regulate controlled substances, and we and Jazz Pharmaceuticals, and contract manufacturers for us and Jazz Pharmaceuticals, will be subject to state regulation on distribution of these products.

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR DEPENDENCE ON THIRD PARTIES

We depend on collaborations with third parties for the development and commercialization of some of our product candidates and expect to continue to do so in the future. Our prospects with respect to those product candidates will depend in significant part on the success of those collaborations.

We have entered into collaborations with Celgene, Avanir and Jazz Pharmaceuticals for the development and commercialization of certain of our product candidates and expect to enter into additional collaborations in the future. We have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development or commercialization of our product candidates. Our ability to generate revenues from these arrangements will depend on our collaborators’ abilities to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements. In addition, our collaborators have the right to abandon research or development projects and terminate applicable agreements, including funding obligations, prior to or upon the expiration of the agreed upon terms.

Collaborations involving our product candidates pose a number of risks, including the following:

 

Ø  

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations;

 

Ø  

collaborators may not perform their obligations as expected;

 

Ø  

collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of our product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs, based on clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus or available funding or external factors, such as an acquisition, that divert resources or create competing priorities such as occurred in a prior collaboration we had with Glaxo Group Limited, or GSK;

 

Ø  

collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

 

Ø  

product candidates developed in collaboration with us, including in particular product candidates based on deuteration of a collaborator’s marketed drugs or advanced clinical candidates, may be viewed by our collaborators as competitive with their own product candidates or products, which may cause collaborators to cease to devote resources to the commercialization of our product candidates;

 

Ø  

a collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of such product or products;

 

Ø  

disagreements with collaborators, including disagreements over proprietary rights, contract interpretation or the preferred course of development, might cause delays or termination of the research, development or commercialization of product candidates, might lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to product candidates, or might result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive;

 

Ø  

collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation;

 

Ø  

collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability; and

 

Ø  

collaborations may be terminated and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates.

 

 

 

33


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Collaboration agreements may not lead to development or commercialization of product candidates in the most efficient manner or at all. If a collaborator of ours is involved in a business combination, it could decide to delay, diminish or terminate the development or commercialization of any product candidate licensed to it by us.

We expect to seek to establish additional collaborations, and, if we are not able to establish them on commercially reasonable terms, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

Our drug development programs and the potential commercialization of our product candidates will require substantial additional cash to fund expenses. We may seek one or more collaborators for the development and commercialization of one or more of our product candidates. For example, conducting pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials of CTP-499 in patients with type 2 diabetic kidney disease with macroalbuminuria will likely involve significant cost and we expect that we would conduct any large Phase 3 clinical trial of CTP-499 in type 2 diabetic kidney disease in collaboration with one or more partners. A key element of our business strategy is the development of deuterated product candidates based on approved drugs, advanced clinical candidates or previously studied compounds. Our likely collaborators for these product candidates in many cases will include the pharmaceutical companies that developed the corresponding non-deuterated compounds. In addition, likely collaborators may include large and mid-size pharmaceutical companies, regional and national pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies.

We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the potential differentiation of our product candidate from its corresponding non-deuterated analog, design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities and the regulatory pathway for any such approval, the potential market for the product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering the product to patients and the potential of competing products. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available for collaboration and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate.

Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators. We are also restricted under the terms of certain of our existing collaboration agreements from entering into collaborations regarding or otherwise developing specified compounds that are similar to the compounds that are subject to those agreements and collaboration agreements that we enter into in the future may contain further restrictions on our ability to enter into potential collaborations or to otherwise develop specified compounds.

We may not be able to negotiate collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of the product candidate for which we are seeking to collaborate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue. In cases

 

 

 

34


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

where we seek a collaborator for a product compound that is a deuterated analog of a compound that has been previously developed, failure to enter into a collaboration with the developer of the corresponding non-deuterated compound may result in a loss of the potential to obtain clearance from the FDA to follow expedited development programs that reference and rely on findings previously obtained from the developer’s prior preclinical or clinical studies of the corresponding non-deuterated compound.

We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials. If they do not perform satisfactorily, our business may be materially harmed.

We do not independently conduct clinical trials of any of our product candidates. We rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, clinical data management organizations, medical institutions and clinical investigators, to conduct these clinical trials and expect to rely on these third parties to conduct clinical trials of any other product candidate that we develop. Any of these third parties may terminate their engagements with us under certain circumstances. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements, it could delay our product development activities.

Our reliance on these third parties for clinical development activities limits our control over these activities but we remain responsible for ensuring that each of our studies is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal, regulatory and scientific standards. For example, notwithstanding the obligations of a contract research organization for a trial of one of our product candidates, we remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial. Moreover, the FDA requires us to comply with standards, commonly referred to as current Good Clinical Practices, or cGCPs, for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of trial participants are protected. The FDA enforces these cGCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators, clinical trial sites and institutional review boards. If we or our third party contractors fail to comply with applicable cGCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our product candidates, which would delay the marketing approval process. We cannot be certain that, upon inspection, the FDA will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with cGCPs. We are also required to register clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, ClinicalTrials.gov, within certain timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

Furthermore, the third parties conducting clinical trials on our behalf are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such contractors, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time, skill and resources to our ongoing development programs. These contractors may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other drug development activities, which could impede their ability to devote appropriate time to our clinical programs. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols, we may not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approvals for our product candidates. If that occurs, we will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our product candidates. In such an event, our financial results and the commercial prospects for any product candidates that we seek to develop could be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed, impaired or foreclosed.

We also rely on other third parties to store and distribute drug supplies for our clinical trials. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or marketing

 

 

 

35


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

approval of our product candidates or commercialization of any resulting products, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

Because there are limited sources of deuterium, we, and our collaborators, are exposed to a number of risks and uncertainties associated with our deuterium supply.

We believe that all of the deuterium that we use in manufacturing our product candidates is currently derived, directly or indirectly, from deuterium oxide. For most of our deuterium supply we rely on bulk supplies of deuterium oxide, which we currently source from two suppliers, one located in the United States and one located abroad, which is affiliated with a foreign government. We may establish a deuterium oxide supply arrangement with an additional supplier, which is located outside of the United States and is affiliated with a foreign government. It is also possible that our current U.S. supplier of deuterium oxide relies on our current foreign supplier, as well as our potential future foreign supplier, for its supply of deuterium oxide, although we are not familiar with its procurement practices.

We estimate that our current source of deuterium oxide will be sufficient to meet our anticipated requirements through at least 2015. However, we do not have long-term agreements with our current suppliers. If we are not able to establish or maintain supply arrangements with the foreign government-affiliated suppliers from which we have purchased and believe we may be able to purchase additional deuterium oxide, or the relevant foreign governments decide to withhold any authorization for the export of deuterium oxide that we seek, we may be unable to secure alternative sources. If we are unable to obtain sufficient supplies of deuterium oxide from our current suppliers or our potential future foreign supplier, we would be forced to either seek alternative suppliers of deuterium oxide, likely in other countries, or alternative sources of deuterium. Such alternative supplies may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

In order to internationally transport any deuterium oxide that we purchase from either of these two foreign suppliers, we, or our U.S. supplier, may be required to obtain an export license from the country of origin and we may be required to obtain an International Import Certificate from the country of destination. We are also required to obtain an export license from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission before shipping deuterium oxide from the United States to any contract manufacturer in another country. Each of these documents specifies the maximum amount of deuterium oxide that we, or our suppliers, are permitted to either import or export. In particular, in order to obtain additional supplies of deuterium oxide from the foreign-government affiliated supplier from which we have purchased deuterium oxide, we will be required to obtain an additional export license from the country of origin and a U.S. import certificate. While we have obtained similar licenses and certificates in the past, we may not be able to obtain them in the future in a timely manner or at all. We have not obtained an export license from the country in which our potential future foreign supplier is located and may not be able to do so in a timely fashion or at all. In addition, our current U.S. export license may be insufficient to meet our future requirements and we may not be able to obtain further licenses in a timely manner or at all.

Certain of our manufacturing processes for our product candidates incorporate deuterium by using deuterated chemical intermediates or reagents that are derived from deuterium oxide. For the deuterated chemical intermediates and reagents, we are not subject to the license requirements applicable to deuterium oxide; however the manufacturer of the deuterated chemical intermediate or reagent may themselves be required to obtain deuterium oxide under applicable licensing requirements. Most of the manufacturers of these deuterated chemical intermediates and reagents are not located in countries that produce bulk quantities of deuterium oxide. Therefore, our ability to source these deuterated chemical intermediates will depend on the ability of these manufacturers to obtain deuterium oxide from other countries. In the future we may arrange for supplies of deuterated chemical intermediates or reagents from manufacturers located in countries from which they can source deuterium oxide in bulk. However,

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

contract manufacturers in these countries may not represent a viable alternative to our current suppliers. We do not have long-term agreements with our suppliers of deuterated chemical intermediates or reagents and we obtain some of these deuterated chemical intermediates or reagents from single sources, putting us at risk of uncontrolled cost increases or supply interruptions if we cannot establish alternative sourcing arrangements. Deuterated chemical intermediates may be expensive or difficult to obtain or may be produced by specialized techniques that are not widely practiced and we may not be able to enter into arrangements for larger scale supply of deuterated chemical intermediates on acceptable terms, or at all.

If we are unable to obtain sufficient supplies of deuterium, our ability to produce our product candidates would be impeded and our business, financial condition and prospects could be harmed. In particular, certain of our manufacturing processes, including those for CTP-499 and certain other of our product candidates, are projected to require particularly large quantities of deuterium for late-stage clinical trials and for commercialization. Consequently, any adverse impact on our ability to obtain deuterium oxide from our current suppliers, import deuterium oxide into the United States or export deuterium oxide to our contract manufacturers could have a particularly severe impact on our ability to develop or commercialize those product candidates.

Similarly, to develop and commercialize any of our licensed product candidates, our collaborators will need to obtain supplies of deuterium and will be subject to risks and requirements in connection with sourcing deuterium that are similar to the ones that we face. In addition, if any of our product candidates is approved by the FDA, then the FDA will also have regulatory jurisdiction over the manufacture and use of deuterium oxide and deuterated chemical intermediates or reagents in such products. Any adverse impact on our, or our collaborators’, ability to obtain deuterium could delay or prevent the development or commercialization of our product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We contract with third parties for the manufacture and distribution of our product candidates for clinical trials and expect to continue to do so in connection with our future development and commercialization efforts. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or such quantities at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

We currently have only very limited internal capabilities to manufacture our product candidates. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third party contractors to manufacture preclinical and clinical supplies of our product candidates and to package, label and ship these supplies. We expect to rely on third party contractors to manufacture, package, label and distribute commercial quantities of any product candidate that we commercialize following approval for marketing by applicable regulatory authorities. Reliance on such third party contractors entails risks, including:

 

Ø  

manufacturing delays if our third party contractors give greater priority to the supply of other products over our product candidates or otherwise do not satisfactorily perform according to the terms of the agreements between us and them;

 

Ø  

the possible termination or nonrenewal of agreements by our third party contractors at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us;

 

Ø  

the possible breach by the third party contractors of our agreements with them;

 

Ø  

the failure of third party contractors to comply with applicable regulatory requirements;

 

Ø  

the possible mislabeling of clinical supplies, potentially resulting in the wrong dose amounts being supplied or active drug or placebo not being properly identified;

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

 

Ø  

the possibility of clinical supplies not being delivered to clinical sites on time, leading to clinical trial interruptions, or of drug supplies not being distributed to commercial vendors in a timely manner, resulting in lost sales; and

 

Ø  

the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how.

We currently rely on a small number of third party contract manufacturers to supply the majority of our required finished product for our preclinical studies and clinical trials. We do not have long-term agreements with any of these third parties. If any of our existing manufacturers should become unavailable to us for any reason, we may incur some delay in identifying or qualifying replacements.

If any of our product candidates are approved by any regulatory agency, we plan to enter into agreements with third party contract manufacturers for the commercial production and distribution of those products. It may be difficult for us to reach agreement with a contract manufacturer on satisfactory terms or in a timely manner, especially if the manufacturer believes it is uniquely suited to use our deuterium chemistry manufacturing processes or that our deuterium chemistry manufacturing processes bear greater production risks than manufacture of non-deuterated compounds. In addition, we may face competition for access to manufacturing facilities as there are a limited number of contract manufacturers operating under current good manufacturing practices, or cGMPs, that are capable of manufacturing our product candidates. Consequently, we may not be able to reach agreement with third party manufacturers on satisfactory terms, which could delay our commercialization efforts.

Third party manufacturers are required to comply with cGMPs and similar regulatory requirements outside the United States. Facilities used by our third party manufacturers must be approved by the FDA after we submit an NDA and before potential approval of the product candidate. Similar regulations apply to manufacturers of our product candidates for use or sale in foreign countries. We do not control the manufacturing process and are completely dependent on our third party manufacturers for compliance with the applicable regulatory requirements for the manufacture of our product candidates. If our manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA and any applicable foreign regulatory authority, they will not be able to secure the applicable approval for their manufacturing facilities. If these facilities are not approved for commercial manufacture, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which could result in delays in obtaining approval for the applicable product candidate.

In addition, our manufacturers are subject to ongoing periodic inspections by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies for compliance with cGMPs and similar regulatory requirements both prior to and following the receipt of marketing approval for any of our product candidates. Some of these inspections may be unannounced. Failure by any of our manufacturers to comply with applicable cGMPs or other regulatory requirements could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspensions or withdrawals of approvals, operating restrictions, interruptions in supply and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our product candidates and have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any products that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

 

 

 

38


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient patent protection for our product candidates, or if the scope of the patent protection is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates may be adversely affected.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our proprietary product candidates. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property, competitors may be able to erode or negate any competitive advantage we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability. To protect our proprietary position, we file patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our novel product candidates that are important to our business. The patent application and approval process is expensive and time-consuming. We may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Neither deuterium itself, nor the general concept of selective substitution of deuterium for hydrogen in existing compounds are patentable; therefore we usually seek patents on a compound-by-compound basis or on a relatively narrow genus of compounds. We are not guaranteed that patents will issue protecting any particular deuterated compound for which we seek patent protection.

Our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection for our product candidates may be limited if disclosures of non-deuterated compounds are held to anticipate or make obvious claims of deuterated analogs of the same or similar compounds. In addition, several large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have begun to pursue patent protection for deuterated analogs of their products and product candidates, and may in the future obtain patent protection that covers deuterated analogs of those product candidates. If patents directed primarily to non-deuterated compounds are deemed to protect deuterated analogs of those compounds or patent claims on deuterated analogs of compounds become common in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, these factors may limit, in part or in whole, our ability to seek and obtain patent protection for new product candidates based on deuterium modification of compounds. It may also limit in part or in whole, our ability to develop new product candidates based on deuterium modification of such compounds without obtaining a license from those patent holders.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology and pharmaceutical patents has emerged to date in the United States or in many foreign jurisdictions. In addition, the determination of patent rights with respect to pharmaceutical compounds commonly involves complex legal and factual questions, which has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain.

Assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, currently, the first to file a patent application is generally entitled to the patent. However, prior to March 16, 2013, in the United States, the first to invent was entitled to the patent. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. Moreover, we may be subject to a third party preissuance submission of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review or interference proceedings, in the United States or elsewhere, challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate,

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or product candidates and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third party patent rights.

Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our product candidates, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive products. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. For example, European patent law restricts the patentability of methods of treatment of the human body more than United States law does.

Even if our patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. Our competitors may also seek approval to market their own products similar to or otherwise competitive with our products. Alternatively, our competitors may seek to market generic versions of any approved products by submitting ANDAs to the FDA in which they claim that patents owned or licensed by us are invalid, unenforceable or not infringed. In these circumstances, we may need to defend or assert our patents, or both, including by filing lawsuits alleging patent infringement. In any of these types of proceedings, a court or other agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid or unenforceable, or that our competitors are competing in a non-infringing manner. Thus, even if we have valid and enforceable patents, these patents still may not provide protection against competing products or processes sufficient to achieve our business objectives.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our owned and licensed patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad, including challenges through the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office post-grant review procedures. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products. In addition, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected and our business would be harmed.

While we have obtained composition of matter patents with respect to our most advanced product candidates, our DCE Platform is not patented. In seeking to develop and maintain a competitive position through our DCE Platform and as to other aspects of our business, we rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our consultants, independent contractors, advisors, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, suppliers and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with employees and certain consultants. Any party with whom we have executed such an agreement may breach that agreement and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, if any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent such third party, or those to whom they communicate such technology or information, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our business and competitive position could be harmed.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time consuming and divert the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents, in addition to counterclaims asserting that our patents are invalid or unenforceable, or both. In any patent infringement proceeding, there is a risk that a court will decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue. There is also a risk that, even if the validity of such patents is upheld, the court will construe the patent’s claims narrowly or decide that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover the invention. An adverse outcome in a litigation or proceeding involving our patents could limit our ability to assert our patents against those parties or other competitors, and may curtail or preclude our ability to exclude third parties from making and selling similar or competitive products. Any of these occurrences could adversely affect our competitive business position, business prospects and financial condition. Similarly, if we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

Even if we establish infringement, the court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may or may not be an adequate remedy. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. Moreover, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient financial or other resources to file and pursue such infringement claims, which typically last for years before they are concluded. Even if we ultimately prevail in such claims, the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our management and scientific personnel could outweigh any benefit we receive as a result of the proceedings.

If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, such litigation could be costly and time consuming and could prevent or delay us from developing or commercializing our product candidates.

Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our DCE Platform without infringing the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of third parties. Numerous third party U.S. and non-U.S. issued patents and pending applications exist for compounds and methods of use for the treatment of spasticity, kidney disease, neurologic disorders, cancer and inflammation, the key indications for our priority programs. In addition, some of the non-deuterated compounds on which our product candidates are, or future product candidates may be, based are covered by issued patents or patent applications, the holders of which may attempt to assert claims against us. To date, we are not aware of any judicial decision holding that a patent that covers a non-deuterated compound should be construed to also cover deuterated analogs thereof, absent specific claims with respect to the deuterated analogs. Any such judicial decision, or legal proceedings asserting

 

 

 

41


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

such claims, could increase the likelihood of potential infringement claims being asserted against us. If any third party patents or patent applications are found to cover our product candidates or their methods of use, we may not be free to manufacture or market our product candidates as planned without obtaining a license, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

There is a substantial amount of intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, and we may become party to, or threatened with, litigation or other adversarial proceedings regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products candidates, including interference proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing or future intellectual property rights. The outcome of intellectual property litigation is subject to uncertainties that cannot be adequately quantified in advance. The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have produced a significant number of patents, and it may not always be clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of products or methods of use. The coverage of patents is subject to interpretation by the courts, and the interpretation is not always uniform. If we are sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our product candidates, products or methods either do not infringe the patent claims of the relevant patent or that the patent claims are invalid or unenforceable, and we may not be able to do this. Proving invalidity is difficult. For example, in the United States, proving invalidity requires a showing of clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity enjoyed by issued patents. We may also assert that a patent claim for a corresponding non-deuterated compound does not cover our product. However, we are not aware of any judicial proceedings addressing the question of whether our product would be outside the scope of such a patent claim. Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs and the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel could be diverted in pursuing these proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, we may not have sufficient resources to bring these actions to a successful conclusion.

If we are found to infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be forced, including by court order, to cease developing, manufacturing or commercializing the infringing product candidate or product. Alternatively, we may be required to obtain a license from such third party in order to use the infringing technology and continue developing, manufacturing or marketing the infringing product candidate. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business.

RISKS RELATED TO REGULATORY APPROVAL AND OTHER LEGAL COMPLIANCE MATTERS

Even if we complete the necessary preclinical and clinical studies, the marketing approval process is expensive, time consuming and uncertain and may prevent us or our collaborators from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of some or all of our product candidates. As a result, we cannot predict when or if, and in which territories, we, or our collaborators, will obtain marketing approval to commercialize a product candidate.

The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, marketing, promotion and distribution of drug products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, which regulations differ from country to country. We, and our collaborators, are not permitted to market our product candidates in the United States or in other countries until we, or they,

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

receive approval of an NDA from the FDA or marketing approval from applicable regulatory authorities outside the United States. Our product candidates are in various stages of development and are subject to the risks of failure inherent in drug development. We, and our collaborators, have not submitted an application for or received marketing approval for any of our product candidates in the United States or in any other jurisdiction. We have limited experience in conducting and managing the clinical trials necessary to obtain marketing approvals, including FDA approval of an NDA.

The process of obtaining marketing approvals, both in the United States and abroad, is lengthy, expensive and uncertain. It may take many years, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. This is the case even though the deuterated compounds that we produce and seek to develop can have similar pharmacological properties as their corresponding non-deuterated compounds. Even if, as a result of any such similarities, we, or our collaborators, obtain clearance from the FDA and other regulatory authorities to follow expedited development programs for some deuterated compounds that reference and rely on previous findings for non-deuterated compounds, the review and approval of our product candidates may still take a substantial period of time.

In addition, changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment or promulgation of additional statutes, regulations or guidance or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate. Any marketing approval we, or our collaborators, ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable.

Any delay in obtaining or failure to obtain required approvals could materially adversely affect our ability or that of our collaborators to generate revenue from the particular product candidate, which likely would result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely impact our stock price.

Failure to obtain marketing approval in international jurisdictions would prevent our product candidates from being marketed abroad.

In order to market and sell our products in the European Union and many other jurisdictions, we, and our collaborators, must obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval may differ substantially from that required to obtain FDA approval. The marketing approval process outside the United States generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. In addition, in many countries outside the United States, it is required that the product be approved for reimbursement before the product can be approved for sale in that country. We, and our collaborators, may not obtain approvals from regulatory authorities outside the United States on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one regulatory authority outside the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA.

Even if we, or our collaborators, obtain marketing approvals for our product candidates, the terms of approvals and ongoing regulation of our products may limit how we, or they, manufacture and market our products, which could materially impair our ability to generate revenue.

Once marketing approval has been granted, an approved product and its manufacturer and marketer are subject to ongoing review and extensive regulation. We, and our collaborators, must therefore comply

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for any of our product candidates for which we or they obtain marketing approval. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved labeling. Thus, we and our collaborators will not be able to promote any products we develop for indications or uses for which they are not approved.

In addition, manufacturers of approved products and those manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMPs, which include requirements relating to quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and reporting requirements. We, our contract manufacturers, our collaborators and their contract manufacturers could be subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA to monitor and ensure compliance with cGMPs.

Accordingly, assuming we, or our collaborators, receive marketing approval for one or more of our product candidates, we, and our collaborators, and our and their contract manufacturers will continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, product surveillance and quality control.

If we, and our collaborators, are not able to comply with post-approval regulatory requirements, we, and our collaborators, could have the marketing approvals for our products withdrawn by regulatory authorities and our, or our collaborators’, ability to market any future products could be limited, which could adversely affect our ability to achieve or sustain profitability. Further, the cost of compliance with post-approval regulations may have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Any of our product candidates for which we, or our collaborators, obtain marketing approval in the future could be subject to post-marketing restrictions or withdrawal from the market and we, or our collaborators, may be subject to substantial penalties if we, or they, fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we, or they, experience unanticipated problems with our products following approval.

Any of our product candidates for which we, or our collaborators, obtain marketing approval in the future, as well as the manufacturing processes, post-approval studies and measures, labeling, advertising and promotional activities for such product, among other things, will be subject to continual requirements of and review by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration and listing requirements, requirements relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, requirements regarding the distribution of samples to physicians and recordkeeping. Even if marketing approval of a product candidate is granted, the approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, including the requirement to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS.

The FDA may also impose requirements for costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of a product. The FDA and other agencies, including the Department of Justice, closely regulate and monitor the post-approval marketing and promotion of products to ensure that they are manufactured, marketed and distributed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. The FDA imposes stringent restrictions on manufacturers’ communications regarding off-label use and if we, or our collaborators, do not market any of our product candidates for which we, or they, receive marketing approval for only their approved indications, we, or they, may be subject to warnings or enforcement action for off-label marketing. Violation of the FDCA and other statutes, including the False Claims Act, relating to the promotion and advertising of prescription drugs may lead to investigations or allegations of violations of federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws and state consumer protection laws.

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

In addition, later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with our products or their manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may yield various results, including:

 

Ø  

restrictions on such products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes;

 

Ø  

restrictions on the labeling or marketing of a product;

 

Ø  

restrictions on product distribution or use;

 

Ø  

requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

 

Ø  

warning letters or untitled letters;

 

Ø  

withdrawal of the products from the market;

 

Ø  

refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;

 

Ø  

recall of products;

 

Ø  

fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenues;

 

Ø  

suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;

 

Ø  

refusal to permit the import or export of products;

 

Ø  

product seizure; or

 

Ø  

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us and our collaborators to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we, or they, may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability, or the ability of our collaborators, to profitably sell any products for which we, or they, obtain marketing approval. We expect that current laws, as well as other healthcare reform measures that be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we, or our collaborators, may receive for any approved products.

In the United States, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, changed the way Medicare covers and pays for pharmaceutical products and could decrease the coverage and price that we, or our collaborators, may receive for any approved products. While the MMA only addresses drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. Therefore, any reduction in reimbursement that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

More recently, in March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or collectively the PPACA.

Among the provisions of the PPACA of potential importance to our product candidates are the following:

 

Ø  

an annual, non-deductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents;

 

Ø  

an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program;

 

 

 

45


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

 

Ø  

expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the False Claims Act and the Anti-Kickback Statute, new government investigative powers and enhanced penalties for noncompliance;

 

Ø  

a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices;

 

Ø  

extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability;

 

Ø  

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs;

 

Ø  

expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program new requirements to report financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals;

 

Ø  

a new requirement to annually report drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians; and

 

Ø  

a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, starting in 2013. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the United States Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us and our collaborators to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

Our relationships with customers and third party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third party payors and customers, if any, will subject us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. The laws and regulations may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing approval. These include the following:

 

Ø  

Anti-Kickback Statute. The federal healthcare anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation or arranging of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

Ø  

False Claims Act. The federal False Claims Act imposes criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented false or fraudulent claims for payment by a federal healthcare program or making a false statement or record material to payment of a false claim or

 

 

 

46


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

 

avoiding, decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government, with potential liability including mandatory treble damages and significant per-claim penalties, currently set at $5,500 to $11,000 per false claim;

 

Ø  

HIPAA. The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters, and, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms and technical safeguards, with respect to maintaining the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

Ø  

Transparency Requirements. Federal laws require applicable manufacturers of covered drugs to report payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals;

 

Ø  

Controlled Substances Act. The CSA regulates the handling of controlled substances such as JZP-386 and, potentially, CTP-354; and

 

Ø  

Analogous State and Foreign Laws. Analogous state and foreign fraud and abuse laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws can apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services and are generally broad and are enforced by many different federal and state agencies as well as through private actions.

Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not pre-empted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion of products from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. From time to time and in the future, our operations may involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials, and may also produce hazardous waste products. Even if we contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and waste products, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from the use or disposal of our hazardous

 

 

 

47


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

We maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, but this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. However, we do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues, if any.

In some countries, such as the countries of the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we, or our collaborators, may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be materially harmed.

RISKS RELATED TO EMPLOYEE MATTERS AND MANAGING GROWTH

Our future success depends on our ability to retain our Chief Executive Officer and other key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of management personnel in recent years. Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biotechnology and pharmaceuticals industries depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific and medical personnel. We are highly dependent on the pharmaceutical research and development and business development expertise of Roger D. Tung, our President and Chief Executive Officer, as well as the other principal members of our management, scientific and development team. Although we have formal employment agreements with our executive officers, these agreements do not prevent them from terminating their employment with us at any time. In addition, although we maintain a key-man insurance policy with respect to Dr. Tung, we do not carry key-man insurance on any of our other executive officers or employees and may not carry any key-man insurance in the future.

If we lose one or more of our executive officers, our ability to implement our business strategy successfully could be seriously harmed. Furthermore, replacing executive officers may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to develop, gain marketing approval of and commercialize products successfully. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these additional key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to develop and commercialize product candidates will be limited.

We expect to grow our organization, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of drug manufacturing, regulatory affairs and sales, marketing and distribution. Our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities to devote time to managing these growth activities. To manage these growth activities, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Our inability to effectively manage the expansion of our operations may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, give rise to operational mistakes, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees and reduced productivity among remaining employees. Our expected growth could require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of additional product candidates. If our management is unable to effectively manage our expected growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate revenues could be reduced and we may not be able to implement our business strategy. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize product candidates and compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMMON STOCK AND THIS OFFERING

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution in the book value of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $         per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. Purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately     % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our stock and will own approximately     % of our common stock outstanding after this offering, excluding any shares of our common stock that they may have acquired prior to this offering. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option or our previously issued options and warrants to acquire common stock at prices below the assumed initial public offering price are exercised, you will experience further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. Although we have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or, if developed, be

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

maintained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop or is not maintained, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchase in this offering without depressing the market price for the shares or at all. An inactive trading market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

The price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for smaller pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

Ø  

the success of existing or new competitive products or technologies;

 

Ø  

the timing and results of clinical trials of CTP-354 and any other product candidate;

 

Ø  

commencement or termination of collaborations for our development programs;

 

Ø  

failure or discontinuation of any of our development programs;

 

Ø  

results of clinical trials of product candidates of our competitors;

 

Ø  

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

 

Ø  

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

 

Ø  

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

Ø  

the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or clinical development programs;

 

Ø  

the results of our efforts to develop additional product candidates or products;

 

Ø  

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

Ø  

announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

 

Ø  

sales of our common stock by us, our insiders or other stockholders;

 

Ø  

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

Ø  

changes in estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, that cover our stock;

 

Ø  

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

Ø  

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

 

Ø  

general economic, industry and market conditions; and

 

Ø  

the other factors described in this “Risk factors” section.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of our common

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and plan to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or SOX Section 404, not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In this prospectus, we have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. We expect that we will need to hire additional accounting, finance and other personnel in connection with our becoming, and our efforts to comply with the requirements of being, a public company and our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time towards maintaining compliance with these requirements. These requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that the rules and regulations applicable to us as a public company may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors. We are currently evaluating these rules and regulations, and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

Pursuant to SOX Section 404 we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our second filing of an Annual Report on Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, after we become a public company. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with SOX Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by SOX Section 404. If we identify one or more material weaknesses, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of common stock intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding based on the 63,382,601 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 56,047,067 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. Of these shares, the              shares sold by us in this offering may be resold in the public market immediately, unless purchased by our affiliates. The remaining 63,382,601 shares are currently restricted under securities laws or as a result of lock-up or other agreements, but will be able to be sold after this offering as described in the “Shares eligible for future sale” section of this prospectus. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of 56,047,067 shares of our common stock, will have rights, subject to conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or, along with the holder of a warrant to purchase 400,000 shares of common stock, to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also plan to register all              shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance and once vested, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, accordingly, stockholders must rely on capital appreciation, if any, for any return on their investment.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently plan to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the operation, development and growth of our business. Furthermore, the terms of our debt facility with Hercules preclude us from paying dividends, and any

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

future debt agreements may also preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Upon the closing, our executive officers and directors, combined with our stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock before this offering will, in the aggregate, beneficially own shares representing approximately     % of our capital stock. As a result, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose to act together, would control the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of ownership control may:

 

Ø  

delay, defer or prevent a change in control;

 

Ø  

entrench our management or the board of directors; or

 

Ø  

impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us that other stockholders may desire.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our corporate charter and our bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

 

Ø  

establish a classified board of directors such that all members of the board are not elected at one time;

 

Ø  

allow the authorized number of our directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

Ø  

limit the manner in which stockholders can remove directors from the board;

 

Ø  

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on at stockholder meetings;

 

Ø  

require that stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and prohibit actions by our stockholders by written consent;

 

Ø  

limit who may call a special meeting of stockholder meetings;

 

Ø  

authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a “poison pill” that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors; and

 

Ø  

require the approval of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast to amend or repeal certain provisions of our charter or bylaws.

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner. This could discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring us or merging with us, whether or not it is desired by, or beneficial to, our stockholders.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. There can be no assurance that analysts will cover us, or provide favorable coverage. If one or more analysts downgrade our stock or change their opinion of our stock, our share price would likely decline. In addition, if one or more analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Special note regarding forward-looking statements and industry data

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management and expected market growth are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “would” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.

These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements about:

 

Ø  

our plans to identify, develop and commercialize novel small molecule drugs based on our knowledge of deuterium chemistry;

 

Ø  

our expectations with respect to lifting of the partial clinical hold on CTP-354 that prevents us from administering doses in excess of 60 mg per day in single dose clinical trials and 6 mg per day in multiple dose clinical trials;

 

Ø  

our plans to have up to five product candidates in clinical trials in 2014, including two in Phase 2 clinical trials;

 

Ø  

ongoing and planned clinical trials for our product candidates, whether conducted by us or by our collaborators, including the timing of initiation of these trials and of the anticipated results;

 

Ø  

our plans to enter into collaborations for the development and commercialization of product candidates;

 

Ø  

the potential benefits of any future collaboration;

 

Ø  

our ability to receive research and development funding and achieve anticipated milestones under our collaborations;

 

Ø  

the timing of and our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for our product candidates;

 

Ø  

the rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical utility of our products;

 

Ø  

our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy;

 

Ø  

our intellectual property position and strategy;

 

Ø  

our ability to identify additional products or product candidates with significant commercial potential;

 

Ø  

our expectations related to the use of proceeds from this offering;

 

Ø  

our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

 

Ø  

developments relating to our competitors and our industry; and

 

Ø  

the impact of government laws and regulations.

We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the “Risk factors” section, that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

Special note regarding forward-looking statements and industry data

 

 

not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, collaborations, joint ventures or investments that we may make or enter into.

You should read this prospectus, the documents that we reference in this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications and third party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe these industry publications and third party research, surveys and studies are reliable, we have not independently verified such data.

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

As of September 30, 2013 we had cash and cash equivalents and investments of $42.6 million. We currently estimate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and investments, as follows:

 

Ø  

approximately $         to fund development of CTP-354;

 

Ø  

approximately $         to fund research and development to advance our pipeline of additional product candidates; and

 

Ø  

the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development, the status of and results from clinical trials, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

Based on our planned use of the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents and investments described above, we estimate that such funds will be sufficient to enable us to conduct our ongoing CTP-354 Phase 1 imaging study, our planned CTP-354 Phase 1 multiple ascending dose clinical trial, two planned Phase 2 clinical trials of CTP-354, further development of some of our other product candidates and to fund our operating expenses, debt service and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next          months. This estimate assumes we either enter into a collaboration agreement pursuant to which a partner funds further development of CTP-499 or we do not otherwise expend significant funds for further development of this product candidate. We do not expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents and investments will be sufficient to enable us to fund the completion of development of any of our product candidates.

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. We do not intend to pay any cash dividends to the holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is prohibited by the covenants of our debt facility with Hercules and may be further restricted by the terms of any of our future indebtedness.

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, investments and capitalization as of September 30, 2013 on:

 

Ø  

an actual basis;

 

Ø  

a pro forma basis giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 56,047,067 shares of our common stock, and the conversion of our outstanding warrant to purchase 400,000 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock to a warrant to purchase 400,000 shares of common stock, upon the closing of this offering; and

 

Ø  

a pro forma as adjusted basis giving additional effect to the sale of              shares of our common stock offered in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the filing and effectiveness of a restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering.

You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, “Selected consolidated financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2013
      Actual     Pro forma     Pro forma
as adjusted
     (in thousands, except share and per
share data)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 18,612      $ 18,612     

Investments, available for sale

     23,961        23,961     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cash and cash equivalents and investments

   $ 42,573      $ 42,573     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Leasehold improvement loan, net of current portion

     332        332     

Loan payable, net of current portion

     9,316        9,316     

Warrant to purchase redeemable securities

     489            

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share:

      

Series A: 10,000,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     9,993            

Series B: 24,250,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     48,487            

Series C: 22,000,000 shares authorized, 15,130,400 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     37,806            

Series D: 6,666,667 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     15,858            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     112,144            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 83,716,667 shares authorized, 7,317,956 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 83,716,667 shares authorized, 63,365,023 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 100,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and              shares outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     7        63     

Additional paid-in capital

     1,400        113,977     

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     7        7     

Accumulated deficit

     (107,722     (107,722  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (106,308     6,325     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total capitalization

   $ 15,973      $ 15,973     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

Capitalization

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of total cash and cash equivalents and investments and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above does not include:

 

Ø  

400,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of September 30, 2013, at an exercise price of $2.50 per share;

 

Ø  

11,351,037 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.56 per share;

 

Ø  

651,007 shares of our common stock available for future issuance under our equity compensation plans as of September 30, 2013; and

 

Ø  

an additional              shares of our common stock that become available for future issuance under the 2014 Plan in connection with this offering.

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value as of September 30, 2013 was $5.8 million, or $0.80 per share of our common stock. Historical net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by 7,317,956 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2013.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2013 was $6.3 million, or $0.10 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of our common stock outstanding on September 30, 2013, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering and the reclassification of a warrant to purchase preferred stock into a warrant to purchase common stock.

After giving effect to our issuance and sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2013 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $         per share. The initial public offering price per share will significantly exceed the pro forma net tangible book value per share. Accordingly, new investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering will suffer an immediate dilution of their investment of $         per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to the new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering without giving effect to the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $                

Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2013

   $ 0.80     

Decrease attributable to the conversion of outstanding preferred stock and warrant to purchase preferred stock

     (0.70  

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2013

     0.10     

Increase per share attributable to sale of shares of common stock in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

     $     
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

     $     
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value by $         million, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $         per share and the dilution to investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value will increase to $         per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $         per share and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors. If any shares are issued upon exercise of outstanding options or our outstanding warrant, you will experience further dilution.

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

Dilution

 

 

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2013, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before the deduction of the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares purchased     Total consideration     Average
price
per share
 
      Number      %     Amount     %         

Existing stockholders

     63,365,023                $ 113,086,899 (1)             $ 1.78   

New investors

           
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100   $          100   $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes $3.9 million of the purchase price for shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock that was allocated for financial reporting purposes to deferred revenue under our collaboration agreement with GSK.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $         million and increase (decrease) the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by approximately     %, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The number of shares purchased from us by existing stockholders is based on 7,317,956 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2013, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 56,047,067 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

Ø  

400,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of September 30, 2013, at an exercise price of $2.50 per share;

 

Ø  

11,351,037 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.56 per share;

 

Ø  

651,007 shares of our common stock available for future issuance under our equity compensation plans as of September 30, 2013; and

 

Ø  

an additional              shares of our common stock that become available for future issuance under the 2014 Plan in connection with this offering.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full, the number of shares held by new investors will increase to             , or     % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering and the percentage of shares held by existing stockholders will decrease to     % of the total shares outstanding.

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Selected consolidated financial data

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section of this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.

The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2013 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information in those statements.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Nine months ended September 30,  
Consolidated statements of operations
data:
               2011                 2012                 2012                 2013  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Revenue:

        

License and research and development revenue

   $  13,967      $  11,349      $  11,126      $  21,995   

Milestone revenue

     5,500        1,500        1,500        2,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     19,467        12,849        12,626        23,995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     23,436        24,193        18,384        16,460   

General and administrative

     7,377        7,266        5,620        6,366   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30,813        31,459        24,004        22,826   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (11,346     (18,610     (11,378     1,169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment income

     44        22        17        17   

Interest and other expense

     (18     (1,856     (1,324     (1,327
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (11,320   $ (20,444   $ (12,685   $ (141
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (1,069     (388     (290     (296
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (12,389   $ (20,832   $ (12,975   $ (437
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share applicable to common stockholders—basic and diluted(1)

   $ (1.71   $ (2.86   $ (1.78   $ (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares used in net loss per share applicable to common stockholders—basic(1)

     7,251        7,290        7,290        7,295   

Weighted-average number of common shares used in net loss income per share applicable to common stockholders—diluted(1)

     7,251        7,290        7,290        7,295   

Pro forma net loss per share applicable to common stockholders(1)(2):

        

Basic:

     $ (0.32     $ (0.00
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted:

     $ (0.32     $ (0.00
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding(1)(2):

        

Basic:

       63,337          63,342   

Diluted:

       63,337          63,342   

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial data

 

 

 

     As of December 31,     As of September 30,  
Consolidated balance sheet data:    2011     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 22,949      $ 7,490      $ 18,612   

Investments, available for sale

     19,705        20,067        23,961   

Total assets

     49,403        33,129        48,969   

Deferred revenue

     11,022        2,750        20,548   

Loan payable, net of discount

     7,135        19,731        16,771   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     111,460        111,848        112,144   

Total stockholders’ deficit

   $ (86,718   $ (106,687   $ (106,308

 

(1)   See Notes 2 and 15 within the notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share applicable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share applicable to common stockholders.

 

(2)   Pro forma to reflect the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 56,047,067 shares of common stock, and the conversion of our outstanding warrant to purchase 400,000 shares of preferred stock into a warrant to purchase 400,000 shares of common stock, upon the closing of this offering.

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many important factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

OVERVIEW

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company applying our extensive knowledge of deuterium chemistry to discover and develop novel small molecule drugs. Our approach starts with approved drugs, advanced clinical candidates or previously studied compounds that we believe can be improved with deuterium substitution, a process we refer to as deuteration, to provide better pharmacokinetic or metabolic properties and thereby enhance clinical safety, tolerability or efficacy. We believe this approach may enable drug discovery and clinical development that is more efficient and less expensive than conventional small molecule drug research and development.

We are utilizing our DCE Platform to discover and develop product candidates for a variety of indications. CTP-354 and AVP-786 are advancing in clinical trials and we have multiple preclinical candidates, two of which we expect to move into clinical trials in 2014. Our priority programs include:

 

Ø  

CTP-354 for spasticity associated with multiple sclerosis and spinal cord injury, which is in Phase 1 clinical trials;

 

Ø  

CTP-499 for type 2 diabetic kidney disease, which is in a Phase 2 clinical trial;

 

Ø  

AVP-786 for neurologic and psychiatric disorders, which has completed a Phase 1 clinical trial under our collaboration with Avanir;

 

Ø  

CTP-730 for inflammatory diseases, which is in preclinical development under our collaboration with Celgene; and

 

Ø  

JZP-386 for narcolepsy, which is in preclinical development under our collaboration with Jazz Pharmaceuticals.

Through September 30, 2013, we had received an aggregate of $105.4 million in upfront and milestone payments, equity investments and research and development funding from current and former collaborations.

Since our inception in 2006, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to our research and development efforts relating to our product candidates, including activities to: develop our DCE Platform and our core capabilities in deuterium chemistry, identify potential product candidates, undertake preclinical studies and clinical trials, manufacture product in compliance with cGMPs, provide general and administrative support for these operations and establish our intellectual property. We do not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We have funded our operations primarily through private placements of our preferred stock, debt financing and funding from collaborations. Since inception, we have raised an aggregate of $221.7 million to fund our operations, of which $88.7 million was through upfront license fees, milestone payments, reimbursement of research and development costs and other payments under our current and former collaborations,

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

$113.0 million in gross proceeds from the sale of convertible preferred stock, which includes an equity premium of $3.9 million, and $20.0 million was from the gross proceeds of a secured debt financing and the related issuance of a warrant to purchase preferred stock.

We have incurred net losses in each year from our inception in 2006 through 2012. Our net losses were $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $12.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. We do not expect to be profitable for the year ending December 31, 2013. Substantially all of our net losses have resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations.

We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years. We expect our expenses will increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

 

Ø  

continue to develop and conduct clinical trials and additional preclinical studies with respect to CTP-354;

 

Ø  

initiate and continue research, preclinical and clinical development efforts for our other product candidates and potential product candidates;

 

Ø  

seek to identify additional product candidates;

 

Ø  

seek marketing approvals for our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

Ø  

establish sales, marketing, distribution and other commercial infrastructure in the future to commercialize various products for which we may obtain marketing approval;

 

Ø  

require the manufacture of larger quantities of product candidates for clinical development and potentially commercialization;

 

Ø  

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

Ø  

hire additional personnel, such as clinical, quality control and scientific personnel;

 

Ø  

add equipment and physical infrastructure to support our research and development; and

 

Ø  

add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and personnel and infrastructure necessary to help us comply with our obligations as a public company.

We do not expect to generate revenue from product sales unless and until we, or our collaborators, successfully complete development and obtain marketing approval for one or more of our product candidates, which we expect will take a number of years and is subject to significant uncertainty. We have developed the internal capability to manufacture up to low kilogram quantities of deuterated active pharmaceutical ingredients for use in Phase 1 clinical trials. However, to date, almost all of our manufacturing activities have been performed by third parties. Additionally, we currently utilize third-party contract research organizations to carry out our clinical development activities and we do not yet have a sales organization. If we obtain or believe that we are likely to obtain, marketing approval for any of our product candidates for which we retain commercialization rights, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. We expect to seek to fund our operations through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings and additional collaborations and licensing arrangements for at least the next several years. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements as and when needed

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

would force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our research and development programs and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our ability to develop our products. We will need to generate significant revenues to achieve sustained profitability and we may never do so.

COLLABORATIONS

We have entered into a number of collaborations for the research, development and commercialization of deuterated compounds. To date, our collaborations have provided us with significant funding for both our specific development programs and our DCE Platform. They also have provided us with access to the considerable scientific, development, regulatory and commercial capabilities of our collaborators. In addition, in some instances, where we develop and seek to collaborate with respect to deuterated analogs of marketed drugs or of drug candidates that are more advanced in clinical trials, our collaborators may be eligible to seek an expedited development or regulatory pathway by relying on previous clinical data regarding their corresponding non-deuterated compound. For example, our collaborator Avanir reported agreeing with the FDA to an expedited development pathway for AVP-786. We believe that our collaborations have contributed to our ability to progress our product candidates and build our DCE Platform. We have established the following key collaborations:

 

Ø  

Celgene. In April 2013, we entered into a master development and license agreement with Celgene, which is primarily focused on the research, development and commercialization of specified deuterated compounds targeting cancer or inflammation. The collaboration is initially focused on one program, but has the potential to encompass up to four programs. For the initial program, we granted Celgene an exclusive worldwide license to develop, manufacture and commercialize deuterated analogs of a selected non-deuterated compound and several close chemical derivatives thereof. We further granted Celgene licenses with respect to two additional programs and an option with respect to a third additional program. We and Celgene have agreed on the non-deuterated compound for each of the two additional license programs. For the option program, Celgene may select the non-deuterated compound at a later time, which, unless otherwise agreed by us, will be limited to a compound for which Celgene possesses exclusive rights. With respect to the two additional license programs, we granted Celgene an upfront exclusive worldwide license to develop, manufacture and commercialize deuterated products that contain deuterated analogs of the agreed upon non-deuterated compounds. Celgene is restricted from utilizing their research, development and commercialization rights under each of the upfront licenses, unless, within seven years after the effective date of the agreement, Celgene pays us a license exercise fee. If Celgene does not elect to pay the license exercise fee during the seven year period, the license will expire. With respect to the option program, once a compound is selected, Celgene may exercise its option by paying us an option exercise fee within seven years of the effective date of the agreement, and upon Celgene’s exercise of the option we will grant to Celgene an exclusive worldwide license to develop, manufacture and commercialize deuterated products that contain deuterated analogs of the selected non-deuterated compound.

Under the Celgene agreement, we received a non-refundable upfront payment of $35.0 million in April 2013. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we recognized $17.0 million of revenue upon the delivery of a license for the initial program and $0.4 million of revenue related to research and development services performed on the initial program. In addition, we are eligible to earn up to $23.0 million in development milestone payments, including $8.0 million related to the completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial, up to $247.5 million in regulatory milestone payments and up to $50.0 million in sales-based milestone payments related to products within the initial program. If Celgene exercises its rights with respect to either of the two additional license programs, we will receive a license exercise fee for the applicable program of $30.0 million and will also be eligible to earn up to $23.0 million in development milestone payments and up to $247.5 million in regulatory milestone payments for that program. Additionally, with respect to one of the additional license programs we are eligible to receive

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

up to $100.0 million in sales-based milestone payments based on net sales of products, and with respect to the other additional license program we are eligible to receive up to $50.0 million in sales-based milestone payments based on net sales of products. If Celgene exercises its option with respect to the option program in respect of a compound to be identified at a later time, we will receive an option exercise fee of $10.0 million and will be eligible to earn up to $23.0 million in development milestone payments and up to $247.5 million in regulatory milestone payments. In addition, with respect to each program, Celgene is required to pay us royalties on net sales of each licensed product at defined percentages ranging from the mid-single digits to low double digits below 20%, on worldwide net product sales of licensed products. The royalty rate is reduced on a country-by-country basis during any period within the royalty term when there is no patent claim or regulatory exclusivity covering the licensed product in the particular country.

Under the Celgene agreement, we are responsible for conducting and funding research and development activities for the initial program at our own expense pursuant to agreed upon development plans. These activities consist of the completion of single and multiple ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trials and any mutually agreed upon additional Phase 1 clinical trials. If Celgene exercises its rights with respect to any additional program and pays us the applicable exercise fee, we are responsible for conducting research and development activities at our own expense pursuant to agreed upon development plans until the completion of the first Phase 1 clinical trial, which will be defined in each development plan on a program-by-program basis. In addition, if Celgene exercises its rights with respect to the option program and pays us the applicable exercise fee, we are responsible for seeking to generate a deuterated compound for clinical development in the selected option program at our own expense.

 

Ø  

Avanir. In February 2012, we entered into a development and license agreement with Avanir under which we granted Avanir an exclusive worldwide license to develop, manufacture and commercialize deuterated dextromethorphan containing products. Avanir is initially focused on developing AVP-786, which is a combination of a deuterated dextromethorphan analog and an ultra-low dose of quinidine, for the treatment of neurologic and psychiatric disorders.

Under the Avanir agreement, we received a non-refundable upfront payment of $2.0 million in February 2012 and a milestone payment of $2.0 million in April 2013. We are also eligible to receive, with respect to licensed products comprising a combination of deuterated dextromethorphan and quinidine, up to $4.0 million in development milestone payments, including $2.0 million related to initiation of dosing in a Phase 2 or Phase 3 clinical trial for AVP-786, up to $37.0 million in regulatory and commercial launch milestone payments and up to $125.0 million in sales-based milestone payments based on net product sales of licensed products. In addition, we are eligible for higher development milestones, up to an additional $43.0 million, for licensed products that do not require quinidine. Avanir is currently developing deuterated dextromethorphan only in combination with quinidine. Avanir also is required to pay us royalties at defined percentages ranging from the mid-single digits to low double digits below 20% on worldwide net product sales of licensed products. The royalty rate is reduced, on a country-by-country basis, during any period within the royalty term when there is no patent claim covering the licensed product in the particular country.

Avanir is responsible for funding 100% of our research and development costs incurred under the development plan or for activities conducted at Avanir’s request, subject to limitations specified in the agreement. However, Avanir is currently conducting all research and development activities without our services.

 

Ø  

Jazz Pharmaceuticals. In February 2013, we entered into a development and license agreement with Jazz Pharmaceuticals to research, develop and commercialize products containing deuterated sodium oxybate, or D-SXB. We are initially focusing on one analog, designated as JZP-386. Under the terms

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

of the agreement, we granted Jazz Pharmaceuticals an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license under intellectual property controlled by us to develop, manufacture and commercialize D-SXB products including JZP-386.

Under the Jazz Pharmaceuticals agreement, we received a non-refundable upfront payment of $4.0 million in February 2013. We are also eligible to receive up to $8.0 million in development milestone payments, up to $35.0 million in regulatory milestone payments and up to $70.0 million in sales milestone payments based on net product sales of licensed products. In addition, Jazz Pharmaceuticals is required to pay us royalties at defined percentages ranging from the mid-single digits to low double digits below 20%, on a country-by-country and licensed product-by-licensed product basis, on worldwide net product sales of licensed products. The royalty rate is lowered, on a country-by-country basis, under certain circumstances as specified in the agreement.

We are currently conducting certain development activities for a Phase 1 clinical trial with respect to JZP-386 pursuant to an agreed upon development plan, and we will be responsible for supplying a deuterated intermediate for making clinical trial material for a Phase 1 clinical trial and a subsequent Phase 2 clinical trial. Pursuant to the agreement, our costs for activities under the development plan, including pass-through costs and the costs of our employees’ time at a rate per full-time equivalent year of our employees’ time, which we mutually agreed to, are reimbursed by Jazz Pharmaceuticals. This reimbursement is subject to limitations in the agreement, including adherence within a particular percentage to the development budget.

Following termination of the agreement with respect to a country or countries, but not in its entirety, by Jazz Pharmaceuticals for Jazz Pharmaceuticals’ convenience, Jazz Pharmaceuticals may provide us written notice that it desires to continue or recommence development and commercialization of licensed products in such country or countries, in which event Jazz Pharmaceuticals’ license with respect to D-SXB products in such country or countries and corresponding payment obligations under the agreement will be reinstated except in specified circumstances in which we have previously notified Jazz Pharmaceuticals of our intent to develop or commercialize licensed products in such country or countries either directly or through a third party licensee.

In addition to these collaborations, in February 2012, we entered into a sponsored research agreement with Fast Forward LLC, or Fast Forward, a subsidiary of the National Multiple Sclerosis Society, to fund the preclinical advancement of CTP-354. Under the Fast Forward agreement, we received a non-refundable upfront payment of $0.2 million, as well as further non-refundable payments of $0.6 million for the achievement of the preclinical development milestones set forth in the agreement. We are obligated to make milestone payments to Fast Forward not in excess of a low-single digit multiple of the funding amount if we commercialize CTP-354 or license the development and commercialization of CTP-354 to a third party.

In May 2009, we entered into a research and development collaboration and license agreement with GSK to research, develop and commercialize multiple products containing deuterated compounds, including CTP-499 and, ultimately, CTP-298, which was developed pursuant to the agreement for the treatment of HIV. Our agreement with GSK, as subsequently amended, expired in May 2012 after GSK opted out of further development under the agreement. The rights to the product candidates developed under the agreement have reverted to us and we are free to pursue them without further obligation to GSK other than to repay GSK an amount of up to $2.75 million, if we commercialize CTP-499 or if, prior to a specified date in 2018, we re-license or transfer rights to CTP-499.

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

FINANCIAL OPERATIONS OVERVIEW

Revenue

We have not generated any revenue from the sales of products. All of our revenue to date has been generated through collaboration, license and research arrangements with collaborators and nonprofit organizations for the development and commercialization of product candidates.

The terms of these agreements include one or more of the following types of payments: non-refundable license fees, payments for research and development activities, payments based upon the achievement of specified milestones, payment of license exercise or option fees relating to product candidates and royalties on any net product sales. To date, we have received non-refundable upfront payments, several milestone payments and certain research and development service revenues. However, we have not yet earned any license exercise or option fees, sales-based milestone payments or royalty revenue as a result of product sales.

In the future, we will seek to generate revenue from a combination of product sales, milestone payments and royalties on future product sales in connection with our current collaborations with Celgene, Avanir and Jazz Pharmaceuticals, or other collaborations we may enter into.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for the development of our product candidates, which include:

 

Ø  

employee-related expenses, including salary, benefits, travel and stock-based compensation expense;

 

Ø  

expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations and investigative sites that conduct our clinical trials;

 

Ø  

the cost of acquiring, developing and manufacturing clinical trial materials;

 

Ø  

facilities, depreciation and other expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, insurance and other supplies;

 

Ø  

platform-related lab expenses, which consist of costs related to synthesis, analysis and in vitro and in vivo characterization of deuterated compounds to support the selection and progression of potential product candidates;

 

Ø  

expenses related to consultants and advisors; and

 

Ø  

costs associated with preclinical activities and regulatory operations.

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Costs for certain development activities are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using information and data provided to us by our vendors and our clinical sites.

The following summarizes our development programs.

 

Ø  

CTP-354, a novel, potentially first-in-class, non-sedating treatment for spasticity that we are initially developing for use in patients with multiple sclerosis and patients with spinal cord injury to address a significant unmet medical need in these markets. We recently completed a 71-subject Phase 1 single ascending dose clinical trial of CTP-354 and are currently conducting a Phase 1 imaging study. We currently plan to initiate a multiple ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial evaluating daily doses of 2 mg and 6 mg of CTP-354 in healthy volunteers during the first quarter of 2014. Assuming successful completion of the multiple ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial, we plan to initiate a Phase 2 clinical program for CTP-354 in the second half of 2014. We expect that the Phase 2 clinical program will include one clinical trial for the treatment of spasticity associated with multiple sclerosis and one clinical trial for the treatment of spasticity associated with spinal cord injury. Due to the fact that we did not determine a maximum tolerated dose in our preclinical testing, the FDA has informed us that we may not administer multiple doses of CTP-354 in excess of 6 mg per day in clinical trials without

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

first conducting an additional higher dose preclinical toxicology study. We believe that multiple doses of 6 mg per day would be sufficient for the treatment of spasticity; however we intend to conduct the additional preclinical toxicology study to enable us to evaluate higher doses of CTP-354, if needed in our spasticity trials, as well as to support clinical development in other disease indications.

 

Ø  

CTP-499, a novel, potentially first-in-class, treatment for type 2 diabetic kidney disease that we are developing as an additive treatment to the current standard of care. We are currently conducting a three-part Phase 2 clinical trial of CTP-499 in which we have enrolled patients with type 2 diabetic kidney disease and macroalbuminuria. In 2013, we completed the first part of this trial, a 24-week, double-blind, parallel, two-arm, placebo-controlled study in 182 patients. We have also completed dosing in the second part of the trial, a blinded 24-week extension study, which, combined with the data from the first part of the trial, has provided 48 weeks of placebo-controlled data in 123 patients. We did not achieve statistical significance in the primary efficacy endpoint of this trial, which was measured at 24 weeks. However, we believe that the data we have analyzed to date from the first 48 weeks of treatment support the potential of CTP-499 to help protect kidney function in patients with rapidly progressing type 2 diabetic kidney disease. We have conducted preliminary analyses of these 48 weeks of data, but have not yet completed a full analysis. We expect to report the final top line results for the first 48 weeks of the trial in the first half of 2014.

 

Ø  

AVP-786, a combination of a deuterium-substituted dextromethorphan analog and an ultra-low dose of quinidine. We have granted Avanir an exclusive license to develop and commercialize deuterated dextromethorphan analogs, including the analog in AVP-786. Avanir is developing AVP-786 for the treatment of neurologic and psychiatric disorders. In February 2013, Avanir reported positive results from a Phase 1 clinical trial of AVP-786. In October 2013, Avanir reported plans to advance AVP-786 into a Phase 2 clinical trial in the second half of 2014 for treatment-resistant major depressive disorder in patients with insufficient response to conventional anti-depressants.

 

Ø  

A collaboration with Celgene to research, develop and commercialize certain deuterated compounds for the treatment of cancer or inflammation, with an initial focus on a single program. In the initial program, we have selected CTP-730, a product candidate for the treatment of inflammatory diseases, and expect to begin clinical trials in 2014.

 

Ø  

A collaboration with Jazz Pharmaceuticals to research, develop and commercialize JZP-386, a product candidate containing a deuterated analog of sodium oxybate for potential use in patients with narcolepsy. Sodium oxybate is the active ingredient in the marketed drug Xyrem. In December 2013, an IMPD, the basis for initiating clinical trials in the European Union, was filed for JZP-386. Jazz Pharmaceuticals has reported that, subject to approval of the IMPD, it expects a first-in-human clinical trial of JZP-386 to commence in 2014.

 

Ø  

C-10068, a novel oral deuterium-substituted analog of dextroethorphan, a compound with preclinical pharmacological activities qualitatively similar to those of dextromethorphan, that we are investigating for the potential treatment of pain and seizures. We are conducting further preclinical evaluation of C-10068.

We are also conducting a number of other preclinical programs, including deuterated ivacaftor for the potential treatment of cystic fibrosis and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.

We plan to continue to seek to identify compounds that can be improved through selective deuterium substitution and believe we are capable of identifying one to two novel deuterated compounds per year that we can advance into preclinical development while concurrently progressing our existing pipeline.

A significant portion of our research and development costs have been external costs, which we track on a program-by-program basis. These external costs include fees paid to investigators, consultants, central laboratories and contract research organizations in connection with our clinical trials, and costs related to acquiring and manufacturing clinical trial materials. Our internal research and development costs are primarily personnel-related costs, depreciation and other indirect costs. We do not track our internal

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

research and development expenses on a program-by-program basis as they are deployed across multiple projects under development.

The successful development of any of our product candidates is highly uncertain. As such, at this time, we cannot reasonably predict with certainty the duration and completion costs of the current or future clinical trials of any of our product candidates or if, when, or to what extent we will generate revenues from the commercialization and sale of any of our product candidates that obtain marketing approval. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. The duration, costs, and timing of clinical trials and development of our product candidates will depend on a variety of factors, including:

 

Ø  

the scope and rate of progress of our ongoing as well as any additional clinical trials and other research and development activities;

 

Ø  

results from ongoing as well as any additional clinical trials and research and development activities;

 

Ø  

significant and changing government regulation;

 

Ø  

the terms and timing and receipt of any regulatory approvals;

 

Ø  

the performance of our collaborators;

 

Ø  

our ability to manufacture, market, commercialize and achieve market acceptance for any of our product candidates that we are developing or may develop in the future; and

 

Ø  

the expense and success of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of a product candidate could mean a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. For example, if the FDA or another regulatory authority were to require us to conduct clinical trials or other research and development activities beyond those that we currently anticipate will be required for the completion of clinical development of a product candidate, including as a result of the partial clinical hold on CTP-354 that prevents us from administering doses in excess of 6 mg per day in multiple dose clinical trials, or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any of our clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of clinical development.

Research and development activities are central to our business model. Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. We expect research and development costs to increase significantly for the foreseeable future as our product candidate development programs progress. However, we do not believe that it is possible at this time to accurately project total program-specific expenses through commercialization. There are numerous factors associated with the successful commercialization of any of our product candidates, including future trial design and various regulatory requirements, many of which cannot be determined with accuracy at this time based on our stage of development. Additionally, future commercial and regulatory factors beyond our control will impact our clinical development programs and plans.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs for personnel, including stock-based compensation and travel expenses for our employees in executive, operational, finance, legal, business development and human resource functions. Other general and administrative expenses include facility-related costs, depreciation and other expenses not allocated to research and development expense and professional fees for directors, accounting and legal services and expenses associated with obtaining and maintaining patents.

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we increase our headcount to support our continued research and development of our product candidates. We also anticipate increased expenses associated with being a public company, including costs for audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services, director and officer insurance premiums, and investor relations costs. Additionally, if and when we believe a regulatory approval of the first product candidate that we intend to commercialize on our own appears likely, we anticipate an increase in payroll and related expenses as a result of our preparation for commercial operations, especially as it relates to the sales and marketing of our product candidates.

Investment income

Investment income consists of interest income earned on cash equivalents and short-term and long-term investments.

Interest and other expense

Interest and other expense consists primarily of interest expense on amounts outstanding under our debt facility with Hercules, amortization of debt discount and the re-measurement gain or loss associated with the change in the fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events, and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our judgments and estimates in light of changes in circumstances, facts and experience. The effects of material revisions in estimates, if any, will be reflected in the consolidated financial statements prospectively from the date of change in estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements require the most significant judgments and estimates.

Revenue recognition

We have primarily generated revenue through arrangements with collaborators for the development and commercialization of product candidates.

Collaboration revenue

The terms of our collaboration and license agreements have typically contained multiple elements, or deliverables, which have included licenses, or options to obtain licenses, to product candidates, referred to as exclusive licenses, as well as research and development activities to be performed by us on behalf of the collaborator related to the licensed product candidates. Payments that we may receive under these agreements include non-refundable upfront license fees, payment for research and development activities, payments based upon achievement of specified milestones, payment upon exercise of license rights or options to license product candidates and royalties on any resulting product sales.

Multiple-Element Arrangements. Our collaborations primarily represent multiple-element arrangements. We analyze multiple-element arrangements based on the guidance in Financial Accounting Standards

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 605-25, Revenue Recognition-Multiple-Element Arrangements, or ASC 605-25. Pursuant to the guidance in ASC 605-25, we evaluate multiple-element arrangements to determine the deliverables included in the arrangement and whether the individual deliverables represent separate units of accounting or whether they must be accounted for as a combined unit of accounting. This evaluation involves subjective determinations and requires us to make judgments about the individual deliverables and whether such deliverables are separable from the other aspects of the contractual relationship. Deliverables are considered separate units of accounting provided that: (1) the delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a standalone basis and (2) if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in our control. In assessing whether a delivered item(s) has standalone value, we consider whether the collaboration partner can use the delivered item(s) for its intended purpose without the receipt of the remaining element(s), whether the value of the deliverable is dependent on the undelivered item(s) and whether there are other vendors that can provide the undelivered element(s). In making these assessments, we consider factors such as the research, manufacturing and commercialization capabilities of the collaboration partner and the availability of the associated expertise in the general marketplace. The terms of our collaboration and licensing arrangements do not contain general rights of return that would preclude recognition of revenue.

Arrangement consideration that is fixed or determinable is allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method. We determine the selling price of a unit of accounting following the hierarchy of evidence prescribed by ASC 605-25. Accordingly, we determine the estimated selling price for units of accounting within each arrangement using vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price, if available, third-party evidence of selling price if vendor-specific objective evidence is not available, or best estimate of selling price if neither vendor-specific objective evidence nor third-party evidence is available. We typically use best estimate of selling price to estimate the selling price for exclusive licenses and research and development services, since we generally do not have vendor-specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of selling price for these items. Determining the best estimate of selling price for a unit of accounting requires significant judgment. In developing the best estimate of selling price for a unit of accounting, we consider applicable market conditions and relevant entity-specific factors, including factors that were contemplated in negotiating the agreement with the customer and estimated costs. We validate the best estimate of selling price for units of accounting by evaluating whether changes in the key assumptions used to determine the best estimate of selling price will have a significant effect on the allocation of arrangement consideration between multiple units of accounting.

Our multiple-element revenue arrangements may include the following:

 

Ø  

Option Arrangements. An option to obtain an exclusive license is considered substantive if, at the inception of the arrangement, we are at risk as to whether the collaboration partner will choose to exercise the option. Factors that we consider in evaluating whether an option is substantive include the overall objective of the arrangement, the benefit the collaborator might obtain from the arrangement without exercising the option, the cost to exercise the option and the likelihood that the option will be exercised. For arrangements under which an option is considered substantive, we do not consider the item underlying the option to be a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement and the associated option fees are not included in allocable arrangement consideration, assuming the option is not priced at a significant and incremental discount. Conversely, for arrangements under which an option is not considered substantive, we would consider the item underlying the option to be a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement and a corresponding amount would be included in the allocable arrangement consideration. A significant and incremental discount included in an otherwise substantive option is considered to be a separate deliverable at the inception of the arrangement.

 

Ø  

Exclusive Licenses. We recognize arrangement consideration allocated to each unit of accounting when all of the revenue recognition criteria included in ASC Topic 605 Revenue Recognition are satisfied for

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

that particular unit of accounting. We will recognize as revenue arrangement consideration attributed to exclusive licenses that have standalone value from the other deliverables to be provided in an arrangement upon delivery. We will recognize as revenue arrangement consideration attributed to exclusive licenses that do not have standalone value from the other deliverables to be provided in an arrangement over our estimated performance period as the arrangement would be accounted for as a single, combined unit of accounting.

 

Ø  

Research and Development Services. We recognize revenue associated with research and development services ratably over the associated period of performance. If there is no discernible pattern of performance and/or objectively measurable performance measures do not exist, then we recognize revenue on a straight-line basis over the period we are expected to complete our performance obligations. Conversely, if the pattern of performance in which the service is provided to the customer can be determined and objectively measurable performance measures exist, then we recognize revenue under the arrangement using the proportional performance method. Revenue recognized is limited to the lesser of the cumulative amount of payments received or the cumulative amount of revenue earned as of the period ending date.

Milestone Revenue. At the inception of an arrangement that includes milestone payments, we evaluate whether each milestone is substantive and at risk to both parties on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone. This evaluation includes an assessment of whether:

 

Ø  

the consideration is commensurate with either our performance to achieve the milestone or the enhancement of the value of the delivered item(s) as a result of a specific outcome resulting from our performance to achieve the milestone;

 

Ø  

the consideration relates solely to past performance; and

 

Ø  

the consideration is reasonable relative to all of the deliverables and payment terms within the arrangement.

We evaluate factors such as the scientific, clinical, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the respective milestone and the level of effort and investment required to achieve the respective milestone in making this assessment. There is considerable judgment involved in determining whether a milestone satisfies all of the criteria required to conclude that a milestone is substantive. We have concluded that all of the development and regulatory milestones included in our current collaboration arrangements are substantive. Accordingly, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605-28, Revenue Recognition-Milestone Method, revenue from development and regulatory milestone payments will be recognized in their entirety upon successful accomplishment of the milestone, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Milestones that are not considered substantive would be recognized as revenue over the remaining period of performance, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Revenue from sales-based milestone payments will be accounted for as royalties and recognized as revenue upon achievement of the milestone, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

Royalty Revenue. We will recognize royalty revenue in the period of sale of the related product(s), based on the underlying contract terms, provided that the reported sales are reliably measurable and we have no remaining performance obligations, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

Accrued research and development expenses

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed or when contractual milestones are met. We make

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include fees paid to:

 

Ø  

contract research organizations in connection with clinical trials;

 

Ø  

investigative sites in connection with clinical trials;

 

Ø  

vendors in connection with preclinical development activities; and

 

Ø  

vendors related to product manufacturing, development and distribution of clinical supplies.

We generally accrue expenses related to research and development activities based on the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with multiple contract research organizations that conduct and manage clinical trials on our behalf as well as other vendors that provide research and development services. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the clinical expense. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of subjects and the completion of clinical trial milestones. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or prepaid accordingly. Non-refundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received rather than when the payment is made.

Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, if our estimates of the status and timing of services performed differ from the actual status and timing of services performed we may report amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there has been no material differences from our estimates to the amount actually incurred.

Stock-based awards

We issue stock-based awards to employees and non-employees, generally in the form of stock options. We account for our stock-based awards in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, or ASC 718. ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and modifications to existing stock options, to be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on their fair values. We account for stock-based awards to non-employees in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees, which requires the fair value of the award to be remeasured at each reporting period as the award vests. We recognize the compensation cost of stock-based awards to employees on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award and use an accelerated attribution model for awards to non-employees. Described below is the methodology we have utilized in measuring stock-based compensation expense. Following the consummation of this offering, stock option values will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock. Our assumptions may differ from those used in prior periods, and changes in the assumptions may have a significant impact on the fair value of future equity awards, which could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

We estimate the fair value of our stock options granted to employees and non-employees using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including:

 

Ø  

the expected volatility of our stock;

 

Ø  

the expected term of the award;

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

Ø  

the risk-free interest rate;

 

Ø  

expected dividends; and

 

Ø  

the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant.

Due to the lack of a public market for the trading of our common stock and a lack of company specific historical and implied volatility data, we have based our estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a group of similar companies that are publicly traded. For these analyses, we have selected companies with comparable characteristics to ours including enterprise value, risk profiles, position within the industry, and with historical share price information sufficient to meet the expected life of our stock-based awards. We compute the historical volatility data using the daily closing prices for the selected companies’ shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of our stock-based awards. We will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own stock price becomes available. We have estimated the expected life of our employee stock options using the “simplified” method, whereby, the expected life equals the average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option. The risk-free interest rates for periods within the expected life of the option are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the options were granted. We assumed an expected dividend yield of 0% based on consideration of our historical dividend experience and future dividend expectations. We have not historically declared or paid dividends to stockholders.

We are also required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from our estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent that actual forfeitures differ from our estimates, the difference is recognized as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates are revised.

We have computed the fair value of employee stock options at the date of grant using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Nine months
ended September 30,
 
      2011     2012     2012     2013  

Expected volatility

     78.1     72.8     72.8     70.3

Expected term (in years)

     6.0        6.0        6.0        6.0   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.09     0.95     0.95     1.69

Expected dividend yield

                

The following table presents the grant dates, numbers of underlying shares of common stock and the per share exercise prices of stock options granted between January 1, 2012 and the date of this prospectus, along with the fair value per share utilized to calculate stock-based compensation expense:

 

Date of grant   

Number of
shares of common

stock underlying

options granted

     Option exercise price      Estimated
common stock fair
value per share
on grant date
 

1/26/2012

     5,000       $ 0.62       $ 0.62   

3/22/2012

     28,000         0.62         0.62   

11/12/2012

     184,500         0.51         1.55 (1) 

5/3/2013

     88,000         0.66         2.30 (1) 

5/28/2013

     370,000         0.66         2.99 (1) 

 

(1)   The common stock fair value per share on grant date was adjusted in connection with a retrospective fair value assessment for financial reporting purposes, as described below.

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

We have not granted any other equity incentive awards between January 1, 2012 and the date of this prospectus and do not expect to make any significant equity incentive award grants prior to the closing of our initial public offering.

Determination of fair value of common stock on grant dates

We have historically granted stock options at exercise prices not less than the estimated fair value of our common stock. As there has been no public market for our common stock to date, we have periodically determined for financial reporting purposes the estimated fair value per share of our common stock using valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid. We performed valuations of our common stock as of June 30, 2011, December 31, 2012, April 30, 2013 and June 30, 2013 based on a number of objective and subjective factors, including:

 

Ø  

the prices of our preferred stock sold to outside investors in arm’s length transactions, and the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock as compared to those of our common stock, including the liquidation preferences of our preferred stock;

 

Ø  

our results of operations, financial position and the status of research and development efforts;

 

Ø  

the composition of, and changes to, our management team and board of directors;

 

Ø  

the lack of liquidity of our common stock as a private company;

 

Ø  

our stage of development and business strategy and the material risks related to our business and industry;

 

Ø  

the achievement of enterprise milestones, including entering into collaboration and license agreements;

 

Ø  

the valuation of publicly traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

Ø  

any external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors;

 

Ø  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock and stock options, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions; and

 

Ø  

the state of the initial public offering market for similarly situated privately held biotechnology companies.

The dates of our valuations have not always coincided with the dates of our stock-based compensation grants. In determining the exercise prices of the options set forth in the table above, our board of directors considered, among other things, the most recent contemporaneous valuations of our common stock and our assessment of additional objective and subjective factors we believed were relevant as of the grant date. The additional factors considered when determining any changes in fair value between the most recent contemporaneous valuation and the grant dates included, when available, the prices paid in recent transactions involving our equity securities, as well as our stage of development, our operating and financial performance and current business conditions.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of fair value of our common stock. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an initial public offering or other liquidity event and the determinations of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net (loss) income and net (loss) income per common share could have been significantly different.

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Common stock valuation methodologies. Our valuations were prepared in accordance with the guidelines in the Practice Aid, which prescribes several valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, market and income approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its common stock. We generally used the market approach, in particular the guideline company and precedent transaction methodologies, based on inputs from comparable public companies’ equity valuations and comparable acquisition transactions, to estimate the enterprise value of our company.

Methods used to allocate our enterprise value to classes of securities. In accordance with the Practice Aid, we considered the various methods for allocating the enterprise value across our classes and series of capital stock to determine the fair value of our common stock at each valuation date. The methods we considered consisted of the following:

 

Ø  

Option Pricing Method. Under the option pricing method, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

 

Ø  

Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM. The PWERM is a scenario-based analysis that estimates the value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

 

Ø  

Hybrid Method. The hybrid method is a PWERM where the value in one of the scenarios in the PWERM is calculated using an option pricing method.

For each of the valuations described below, we used the PWERM or the hybrid method to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock. We modeled future outcomes for an initial public offering, sale and sale below the preferred stock liquidation preference.

June 30, 2011 valuation

For the June 30, 2011 valuation, we utilized the PWERM to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock using the following probability-weighted scenarios:

 

Liquidity scenario weighting        

Initial Public Offering- High Case

     10

Initial Public Offering- Base Case

     15

Sale- High Case

     10

Sale- Base Case

     25

Sale Below the Liquidation Preference

     40

For each future exit scenario, we considered the rights and preferences of each class of our capital stock in order to determine the appropriate allocation of our future exit value to the shares of our common stock. We considered the possibility of a potential high case initial public offering in 2015 assuming GSK elected to exercise its option to license our CTP-298 program targeting the treatment of HIV and we received positive data from two then-anticipated Phase 2 clinical trials for CTP-499. We also considered the possibility of a potential base case initial public offering in 2014 assuming that we received positive data for CTP-499 from the first of these Phase 2 clinical trials and GSK elected to exercise its option to license CTP-298. We contemplated different projected pre-money enterprise values in each of the initial public offering scenarios based on the estimated timing of the initial public offering and estimated status of the our pipeline at such a time. We estimated the initial public offering exit values based on comparable transactions of guideline companies, specifically recent biotechology initial public offerings for companies at a similar stage of development. In the sale scenarios, we contemplated similar timing to the initial public offering scenarios and we estimated our sale values based on comparable sales of

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

guideline companies at a similar stage of development. In the liquidation scenario, we contemplated circumstances in which we did not achieve significant clinical trial success. Therefore, the liquidation scenario had a liquidity event below the full liquidation preference leaving no value to the common stock.

We then discounted the common stock value under each of the future scenarios back to the present value using an assumed cost of capital for the sales and liquidation preference scenarios of 20% for the preferred stock and 35% for the common stock, and for the initial public offering scenarios of 25% for the preferred and common stock. The cost of capital utilized for the PWERM scenario is a risk-adjusted cost of capital, indicating that at the time of an exit event, the risk associated with a company is anticipated to decrease commensurate with its progress toward commercialization. For the June 30, 2011 valuation, we used a cost of capital for companies in the bridge/initial public offering stage of development, as contemplated by the Practice Aid, which we considered to be the most appropriate given our stage of development. For the sales and liquidation preference scenarios, we applied different discount rates to the preferred and common stock to reflect the incremental volatility in common stock returns relative to those of the preferred stock. Specifically, the preferred stock has economic and control rights superior to those of the common stock, which include preferred dividends and liquidation preferences, redemption rights, conversion rights, voting rights and board composition rights, among others. As such, the discount rate applied to the proceeds allocable to the preferred stock was less than the discount rate applied to the proceeds allocable to the common stock because of the incremental volatility associated with common stock returns, as well as certain economic and control rights.

Since we were valuing a minority interest in our company as a closely held, non-public company with no liquid market for its shares, we determined that a discount for lack of marketability is applicable. Our estimate of the appropriate discount for lack of marketability took into consideration put option methodologies consistent with the Practice Aid. Put option models indicated discounts of 44% to 51%. We selected a smaller discount taking into account empirical studies of restricted stock issued by publicly traded companies. We applied a discount for lack of marketability of 15% in all scenarios.

Based on these assumptions, we concluded that our common stock had a fair value of $0.62 per share as of June 30, 2011.

Stock option grants from January 2012 to March 2012

Our board of directors granted options to purchase common stock on January 26, 2012 and March 22, 2012, with each option having an exercise price of $0.62 per share. In establishing this exercise price, our board of directors considered input from management, including the valuation we conducted of our common stock as of June 30, 2011, as well as the objective and subjective factors outlined above. At each such date, our board of directors considered the events and circumstances most likely to affect the value of our common stock that occurred between June 30, 2011 and the grant date. Our board of directors determined that, other than the continued progression of our CTP-298 and CTP-499 programs that was contemplated in the assumptions used for the June 30, 2011 valuation, there were no events that occurred between June 30, 2011 and March 2012 that were indicative of a significant change in the fair value of our common stock since June 30, 2011. Moreover, between the June 30, 2011 valuation and the dates of the January 2012 and March 2012 awards, we did not believe that an initial public offering had become more likely. In addition, during the period from June 30, 2011 to the date of the March 2012 awards, overall market conditions, and particularly the market for biopharmaceutical initial public offerings, were not promising. Based on these factors, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock at January 26, 2012 and March 22, 2012 was $0.62 per share.

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Retrospective valuations

In late June 2013, based on our board of directors’ review of overall market conditions, the improving market for biopharmaceutical initial public offerings and the progress of our clinical trials, including the expectation that data with respect to these clinical trials would become available in the second half of 2013, our board of directors determined that a significant shift was occurring with respect to the valuation we could achieve in an initial public offering and authorized us to begin preparing a Form S-1 registration statement for confidential submission to the SEC prior to our receipt of clinical trial data.

We selected underwriters and held an organizational meeting in mid-July 2013. We believe these events increased the probability of an early initial public offering scenario and, therefore, we performed retrospective valuations for our common stock as of December 31, 2012, April 30, 2013 and June 30, 2013.

Based on the factors described below, we concluded that our common stock had a fair value of $1.55 per share as of December 31, 2012, $2.30 per share as of April 30, 2013 and $2.99 per share as of June 30, 2013. For financial reporting purposes, we have applied these values retrospectively to our option grants made on November 12, 2012, May 3, 2013 and May 28, 2013.

December 31, 2012 retrospective valuation. For the retrospective valuation as of December 31, 2012, we used the hybrid of PWERM and the option pricing method. For our December 31, 2012 valuation, we considered two possible outcomes: an initial public offering scenario and a later unspecified liquidity event or option pricing method scenario. For the December 31, 2012 valuation, we estimated the value of our common stock by assigning a 60% weighting to the estimated value using the option pricing method and a 40% weighting to the estimated fair value under the initial public offering scenario. We deemed the 40% weighting of our initial public offering scenario appropriate because we believed that positive clinical trial data would be necessary to complete an initial public offering transaction.

As an indicator of value for the initial public offering scenario, we considered guideline public company information under the market approach. The guideline public companies included recent biopharmaceutical initial public offerings for companies at a similar stage of development. We estimated the time to an initial public offering date as 1.1 years based on the expected timing of our clinical trial data, our board of directors’ assessment of our prospects and market conditions. We allocated the future equity value at the expected initial public offering date to each class of preferred stock and the common stock assuming conversion of all preferred classes to common. We then discounted the values of each class of equity in the initial public offering scenarios at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. We assumed risk-adjusted rates of 25% for the common shares and preferred shares. We selected these risk-adjusted rates based on studies of the rates of return expected by venture capital investors, as presented in the Practice Aid.

In the option pricing method scenario, we assumed an equity value equal to the present value of our equity in a future unspecified liquidity event. Significant assumptions for the option pricing method included volatility, the risk-free rate and the time to liquidity. We calculated annual rates of volatility based on weekly historical trading data for a group of guideline public companies at a similar stage of development. For the option pricing method scenario, the estimated time to liquidity was 3.2 years. The anticipated timing of a liquidity event was management’s estimate in the event our planned initial public offering did not occur. We interpolated a risk-free rate commensurate with the time to liquidity based on the observed yields for three-year U.S. Treasuries. We applied a discount for lack of marketability to the value indicated for our common stock. We estimated the discount for lack of marketability to be 30% in the option pricing method scenario and 10% in the initial public offering scenario. We decreased the discount for lack of marketability in the initial public offering scenario as compared to that used for the initial public offering scenario for the June 30, 2011 valuation because we believed that we were moving closer to a potential initial public offering.

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

The following table summarizes the significant assumptions we used in the hybrid method to determine the fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2012:

 

December 31, 2012 retrospective valuation    Initial public
offering
    Option pricing
method
 

Probability weighting

     40     60

Estimated time to liquidity

     1.1        3.2   

Weighted-average cost of capital

     25     25

Annual volatility

            77.0

Risk-free interest rate

            0.35

Discount for lack of marketability

     10     30

Estimated per share present value of marketable common stock (before discount for lack of marketability and probability weighting)

   $   3.01      $   1.10   

Based on the factors above, we determined that our common stock had a fair value of $1.55 per share as of December 31, 2012. The estimated per share fair value of our common stock calculated in our valuation as of December 31, 2012 increased from the June 30, 2011 valuation of $0.62 per share due primarily to the following factors, which were incorporated into the December 31, 2012 valuation:

 

Ø  

increased probability of an initial public offering;

 

Ø  

pending collaborations with Jazz Pharmaceuticals and Celgene, which were in advanced stages of negotiation;

 

Ø  

continued progression of the CTP-499 Phase 2 clinical trial and achievement of full enrollment; and

 

Ø  

our determination to progress an additional program, CTP-354, into a Phase 1 clinical trial on our own.

We used the retrospective valuation as of December 31, 2012 to value the stock option grants in November 2012 for accounting purposes.

April 30, 2013 retrospective valuation. For the retrospective valuation as of April 30, 2013, we used the hybrid method. For our April 30, 2013 valuation, we considered two possible outcomes: an initial public offering scenario and a later unspecified liquidity event or option pricing method scenario. Based on the occurrence of several biopharmaceutical initial public offerings in early 2013 and an overall improvement in market conditions for biopharmaceutical initial public offerings, we assumed that our probability of an initial public offering had increased from 40% as of December 31, 2012 to 60% as of April 30, 2013.

As an indicator of value for the initial public offering scenario, we considered guideline public company information under the market approach. The guideline companies included recent biopharmaceutical initial public offerings for companies at a similar stage of development. In addition, based on an assessment of our prospects and market conditions, our board of directors had advised us at this time to begin internal preparations so that an initial public offering could occur shortly following our receipt of our clinical trial data. As a result, we shortened the estimated time to an initial public offering to 0.6 years as compared to 1.1 years as of December 31, 2012. We allocated the future equity value at the expected initial public offering date to each class of preferred stock and the common stock assuming conversion of all preferred classes to common. We then discounted the values of each class of equity in the initial public offering scenario at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. We assumed risk-adjusted rates of 25% for the common shares and preferred shares. We selected these risk-adjusted rates based on studies of the rates of return expected by venture capital investors, as presented in the Practice Aid.

In the option pricing method scenario, we assumed an equity value equal to the present value of our equity in a future unspecified liquidity event. Significant assumptions for the option pricing method

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

included volatility, the risk-free rate and the time to liquidity. We calculated annual rates of volatility based on weekly historical trading data for a group of guideline public companies in a similar stage of development. For the option pricing method scenario, the estimated time to liquidity was 2.8 years. The anticipated timing of a liquidity event was management’s estimate in the event our planned initial public offering did not occur. We interpolated a risk-free rate commensurate with the time to liquidity based on the observed yields for two-year and three-year U.S. Treasuries. We applied a discount for lack of marketability to the value indicated for our common stock. We estimated the discount for lack of marketability to be 30% in the option pricing method scenario and 7.5% in the initial public offering scenario. We decreased the discount for lack of marketability in the initial public offering scenario as compared to that used for the initial public offering scenario for the December 31, 2012 retrospective valuation because we believed that we were moving closer to a potential initial public offering.

The following table summarizes the significant assumptions we used in the hybrid method to determine the fair value of our common stock as of April 30, 2013:

 

April 30, 2013 retrospective valuation    Initial public
offering
    Option pricing
method
 

Probability weighting

     60     40

Estimated time to liquidity

     0.6        2.8   

Weighted-average cost of capital

     25     25

Annual volatility

            83.8

Risk-free interest rate

            0.31

Discount for lack of marketability

     7.5     30

Estimated per share present value of marketable common stock (before discount for lack of marketability and probability weighting)

   $ 3.48      $ 1.31   

Based on the factors above, we determined that our common stock had a fair value of $2.30 per share as of April 30, 2013. The estimated per share fair value of our common stock calculated in our retrospective valuation as of April 30, 2013 increased from the December 31, 2012 retrospective valuation of $1.55 per share due primarily to the following factors, which were incorporated into the April 30, 2013 retrospective valuation:

 

Ø  

increased probability and accelerated timing of our possible initial public offering;

 

Ø  

announcement by Avanir of positive data from its AVP-786 Phase 1 clinical trial, as a result of which we earned a $2.0 million milestone;

 

Ø  

our entry into collaborations with Jazz Pharmaceuticals and Celgene; and

 

Ø  

improved capital market conditions for companies in our industry, as evidenced by a recent increase in the number of public offerings by such companies and the recent stock market performance of publicly traded companies in our industry.

We used the retrospective valuation as of April 30, 2013 to value the stock option grants on May 3, 2013 for accounting purposes.

June 30, 2013 retrospective valuation. For the retrospective valuation as of June 30, 2013, we used the hybrid method with an initial public offering scenario and a later unspecified liquidity event or option pricing method scenario. We increased the probability of an initial public offering from 60% determined as of April 30, 2013 to 70% because in June 2013, our board of directors authorized us to begin preparing a Form S-1 registration statement for confidential submission to the SEC prior to our receipt of our clinical trial data.

As an indicator of value for the initial public offering scenario, we considered guideline public company information under the market approach. The guideline companies included recent biopharmaceutical initial

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

public offerings for companies at a similar stage of development. We also considered an increase in value, or step-up, from the last preferred stock financing round to the initial public offering price based on discussion with the underwriters for our possible initial public offering. We allocated the future equity value at the expected initial public offering date to each class of preferred stock and the common stock assuming conversion of all preferred classes to common. We then discounted the values of each class of equity in the initial public offering scenarios at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. We assumed risk-adjusted rates of 25% for the common shares and preferred shares. We selected these risk-adjusted rates based on studies of the rates of return expected by venture capital investors, as presented in the Practice Aid.

In the option pricing method scenario, we assumed an equity value equal to the present value of our equity in a future unspecified liquidity event. Significant assumptions for the option pricing method included volatility, the risk-free rate and the time to liquidity. We calculated annual rates of volatility based on weekly historical trading data for a group of guideline public companies in a similar stage of development. For the option pricing method scenario, the estimated time to liquidity was 2.7 years. The anticipated timing of a liquidity event was management’s estimate in the event our planned initial public offering did not occur. We interpolated a risk-free rate commensurate with the time to liquidity based on the observed yields for two-year and three-year U.S. Treasuries. We applied a discount for lack of marketability to the value indicated for our common stock. We estimated the discount for lack of marketability to be 30% in the option pricing method scenario and 5% in the initial public offering scenario. We decreased the discount for lack of marketability in the initial public offering scenario as compared to that used for the initial public offering scenario for the April 30, 2013 retrospective valuation because we believed that we were moving closer to a potential initial public offering.

The following table summarizes the significant assumptions we used in the hybrid method to determine the fair value of our common stock as of June 30, 2013:

 

June 30, 2013 retrospective valuation    Initial public
offering
    Option pricing
method
 

Probability weighting

     70     30

Estimated time to liquidity

     0.4        2.7   

Weighted-average cost of capital

     25     25

Annual volatility

            84.5

Risk-free interest rate

            0.56

Discount for lack of marketability

     5     30

Estimated per share present value of marketable common stock (before discount for lack of marketability and probability weighting)

   $ 4.05      $ 1.41   

Based on the factors above, we determined that our common stock had a fair value of $2.99 per share as of June 30, 2013. The estimated per share fair value of our common stock calculated in our retrospective valuation as of June 30, 2013 increased from the April 30, 2013 retrospective valuation of $2.30 per share due primarily to the following factors, which were incorporated into the June 30, 2013 retrospective valuation:

 

Ø  

increased probability of our initial public offering;

 

Ø  

improved capital market conditions for companies in our industry, as evidenced by a recent increase in the number of public offerings by such companies and the recent stock market performance of publicly traded companies in our industry;

 

Ø  

our initiation of a Phase 1 single ascending dose clinical trial for CTP-354; and

 

Ø  

Avanir reporting that the FDA had agreed to an expedited development pathway for AVP-786.

We used the retrospective valuation as of June 30, 2013 to value the stock option grants on May 28, 2013 for accounting purposes.

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of these valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future performance, including the successful enrollment and completion of our clinical trials as well as the determination of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could have been different. The foregoing valuation methodologies are not the only methodologies available and they will not be used to value our common stock once this offering is complete. We cannot make assurances as to any particular valuation for our common stock. Accordingly, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the foregoing valuation methodologies as an indicator of future stock prices.

EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY STATUS

In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period, and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by us as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, we believe that the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Comparison of the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013, together with the changes in those items in dollars.

Revenue

 

      Nine months ended September 30,    

Increase

(Decrease)

 
(in thousands)            2012             2013    

Revenue:

      

License and research and development revenue

   $ 11,126      $ 21,995      $ 10,869   

Milestone revenue

     1,500        2,000        500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     12,626        23,995        11,369   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     18,384        16,460        (1,924

General and administrative

     5,620        6,366        746   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     24,004        22,826        (1,178
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (11,378     1,169        12,547   

Investment income

     17        17          

Interest and other expense

     (1,324     (1,327     3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (12,685   $ (141   $ (12,544
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue was $24.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to $12.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, an increase of $11.4 million. The increase in revenue was

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

primarily due to license revenue recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 of $17.0 million under our collaboration with Celgene and $3.7 million under our collaboration with Jazz Pharmaceuticals, in connection with our grant of licenses under these collaborations, as well as $2.0 million of milestone revenue recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 based on positive data from Avanir’s Phase 1 clinical trial of AVP-786. In comparison, we recognized revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 comprised primarily of $8.3 million of research and development revenue and $1.5 million of milestone revenue under our collaboration with GSK, which ended in 2012. We recognized license revenue of $2.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 relating to the license grant to Avanir for deuterated dextromethorphan. In addition, an increase of $0.3 million in revenue recognized for services performed under our collaborations contributed to the overall increase in revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 as compared to the prior year period.

As of September 30, 2013, we had deferred revenue of:

 

Ø  

$17.6 million related to our collaboration with Celgene, $3.9 million of which is classified as current and $13.7 million of which is classified as long-term, on our consolidated balance sheet;

 

Ø  

$0.2 million related to our collaboration with Jazz Pharmaceuticals and associated with research and development services to be performed and recognized as revenue over the estimated remaining performance period of 39 months; and

 

Ø  

$2.8 million related to a payment received from GSK that we will not recognize as revenue until all repayment obligations lapse.

Research and development expenses

The following table summarizes our external research and development expenses, by program, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013, with our internal research expenses separately classified by category. Because Avanir is conducting the clinical development of AVP-786 at its expense, we made minimal investment in the program during these periods.

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2012      2013  

Direct research and development expenses:

     

CTP-499

   $ 4,165       $ 3,334   

CTP-354

     890         1,316   

CTP-298(1)

     1,462         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total direct research and development expenses

     6,517         4,653   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Employee and contractor-related expenses

     6,853         8,063   

Platform-related lab expenses

     2,481         1,297   

Facility expenses

     2,165         2,074   

Other expenses

     368         374   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Personnel and other expenses

     11,867         11,807   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 18,384       $ 16,460   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   We were developing CTP-298 for the treatment of HIV prior to the termination of our collaboration with GSK.

Research and development expenses were $16.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to $18.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, a decrease of $1.9 million. The decrease was primarily due to a $1.5 million decrease in CTP-298 expenses due to the completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial in May 2012, a $0.8 million decrease in CTP-499 expenses due to the completion

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

of a preclinical toxicology study in August 2012 and subjects completing the Phase 2 clinical trial during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and a $1.2 million decrease in platform-related laboratory expenses. These decreases were partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in employee and contractor-related expenses that were a result of employee bonuses earned during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and a $0.4 million increase in CTP-354 expenses upon the initiation of Phase 1 clinical trials during the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

From our inception through September 30, 2013, we incurred external research and development expenses of $20.8 million for CTP-499, $3.2 million for CTP-354 and $3.6 million for CTP-298.

We expect to incur increased research and development costs in future periods relating to:

 

Ø  

continued development of CTP-354 through two Phase 2 clinical trials;

 

Ø  

our Celgene collaboration, as we expect to initiate Phase 1 clinical trials in 2014; and

 

Ø  

hiring of additional research and development personnel and initiation and continuation of other programs.

We expect that our research and development expenses relating to CTP-499 will decrease significantly in the first quarter of 2014, when we conclude the first of the two extension studies in our Phase 2 clinical trial. We may seek one or more collaborators for future development of CTP-499.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses were $6.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to $5.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, an increase of $0.8 million. The increase was primarily due to an increase in market research expenditures of $0.3 million and an increase in compensation expense of $0.6 million relating to employee bonuses earned during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in legal and patent fees.

We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in future periods as we expand our operations and incur additional costs in connection with being a public company. These increases will likely include legal, auditing and filing fees, additional insurance premiums and general compliance and consulting expenses.

Interest and other expense

Interest and other expense was an expense of $1.3 million for both the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Expense recognized in connection with re-measurement of the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant that we issued to Hercules in connection with draws under our debt facility decreased by $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 as compared to the prior year period. This decrease was offset by an increase of $0.2 million in interest expense associated with $12.5 million of principal that we drew under our debt facility with Hercules in March 2012.

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, together with the changes in those items in dollars.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Increase
(Decrease)
 
(in thousands)                2011                 2012    

Revenue:

      

License and research and development revenue

   $ 13,967      $ 11,349      $ (2,618

Milestone revenue

     5,500        1,500        (4,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     19,467        12,849        (6,618

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     23,436        24,193        757   

General and administrative

     7,377        7,266        (111
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30,813        31,459        646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (11,346     (18,610     7,264   

Investment income

     44        22        (22

Interest and other expense

     (18     (1,856     1,838   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (11,320   $ (20,444   $ 9,124   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

Revenue was $12.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $19.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $6.6 million. The decrease in revenue was primarily due to decreases of $5.7 million in research and development revenue and $4.0 million in milestone revenue under our collaboration with GSK, which were partially offset by $2.0 million of license revenue relating to the license grant to Avanir for deuterated dextromethorphan analogs and $0.4 million of research and development revenue under our Avanir collaboration as well as $0.7 million of research and development revenue relating to our sponsored research agreement with Fast Forward. Revenue under our collaboration with GSK constituted substantially all of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 and related to CTP-298.

Research and development expenses

The following table summarizes our external research and development expenses, by program, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, with our internal research expenses separately classified by category. Because Avanir is conducting the clinical development of AVP-786 at its expense, we made minimal investment in the program during these periods.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
(in thousands)                2011                  2012  

Direct research and development expenses:

     

CTP-499

   $ 5,942       $ 5,967   

CTP-354

     359         1,091   

CTP-298(1)

     2,778         1,478   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total direct research and development expenses

     9,079         8,536   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Employee and contractor-related expenses

     9,411         9,031   

Platform-related lab expenses

     1,564         3,270   

Facility expenses

     2,911         2,833   

Other expenses

     471         523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Personnel and other expenses

     14,357         15,657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 23,436       $ 24,193   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   We were developing CTP-298 for the treatment of HIV prior to the termination of our collaboration with GSK.

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Research and development expenses were $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $23.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $0.8 million. The increase was primarily due to $1.7 million of increased expenses relating to preclinical programs that are now covered by our collaboration with Celgene and $0.7 million of increased expenses relating to our CTP-354 program associated with IND-enabling toxicology studies. These increases were partially offset by $1.3 million of decreased expenses with respect to CTP-298 and a $0.3 million decrease in employee compensation expense.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses were $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, which was comparable to general and administrative expenses of $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interest and other expense

Interest and other expense was an expense of $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to an expense of $18 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase in expense of $1.9 million. The increase was primarily due to interest expense on $7.5 million of principal that we drew under our debt facility with Hercules in December 2011 and $12.5 million of principal that we drew under our debt facility with Hercules in March 2012.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We have incurred cumulative losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception in April 2006, and as of September 30, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $107.7 million. We anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for at least the next several years. We expect that our research and development and general and administrative expenses will continue to increase and, as a result, we will need additional capital to fund our operations, which we may raise through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings and additional collaborations and licensing arrangements.

We have financed our operations to date primarily through private placements of our preferred stock, debt financing and funding from collaborations. As of September 30, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents and investments of $42.6 million.

Cash flows

The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods set forth below:

 

     Year ended December 31,     Nine months ended September 30,  
(in thousands)                2011                 2012                 2012                 2013  

Net cash provided by (used in):

        

Operating activities

   $ (18,085   $ (26,427   $ (19,088   $ 18,640   

Investing activities

     22,901        (1,200     (8,851     (4,256

Financing activities

     6,985        12,168        12,251        (3,262
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,801      $ (15,459   $ (15,688   $ 11,122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $18.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to net cash used in operating activities of $19.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to receipt in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 of a non-refundable upfront

 

 

 

89


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

payment of $35.0 million related to our collaboration with Celgene and a non-refundable upfront payment of $4.0 million related to our collaboration with Jazz Pharmaceuticals. Net cash used in operating activities was $26.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cash used in operating activities in 2012 was driven by a $4.0 million decrease in milestone revenue from collaborations, an increase of $1.3 million in interest payments relating to indebtedness incurred in December 2011 and March 2012 under our debt facility with Hercules and a $1.2 million decrease in accounts payable.

Investing activities. Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities consisted of purchases of fixed assets, purchases of short-term and long-term investments, and proceeds from the maturity of short-term and long-term investments. Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $4.3 million compared to net cash used in investing activities of $8.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The decrease in net cash used in investing activities was primarily due to a decrease in purchases of investments of $5.5 million, partially offset by a decrease in maturities of investments of $1.0 million. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.2 million compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in net cash provided by investing activities was primarily due to decreased maturities of investments of $26.4 million, partially offset by a decrease in purchase of investments of $2.5 million.

Financing activities. Net cash used in financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $3.3 million compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $12.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The decrease in net cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to our receipt during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 of proceeds of $12.5 million under our debt facility with Hercules, combined with an increase in principal payments under our debt facility with Hercules of $3.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 as compared to the prior year period. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $12.2 million compared to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to an increase of $5.2 million in proceeds under our debt facility with Hercules.

Operating capital requirements

To date, we have not generated any revenue from product sales. We do not know when, or if, we will generate any revenue from product sales. We do not expect to generate significant revenue from product sales unless and until we, or our collaborators, obtain marketing approval of and commercialize one of our current or future product candidates. Because our product candidates are in various stages of development and the outcome of these efforts is uncertain, we cannot estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete development and commercialization of our product candidates or whether or when we will achieve profitability. We anticipate that we will continue to generate losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect the losses to increase as we continue the development of, and seek marketing approvals for, our product candidates, and begin to commercialize any approved products for which we retain commercialization rights. We are subject to all of the risks incident in the development of new drug products, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business, as well as additional risks stemming from the unproven nature of deuterated drugs. Upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. We anticipate that we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and investments as of September 30, 2013, will enable us to fund our operating expenses, debt service and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next         months, without giving effect to potential milestone payments that we may receive under existing collaboration agreements. This estimate assumes we

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

either enter into a collaboration agreement pursuant to which a partner funds further development of CTP-499 or we do not otherwise expend significant funds for further development of this product candidate. However, we may require additional capital for the further development of our existing product candidates and may also need to raise additional funds sooner to pursue other development activities related to additional product candidates.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings and additional collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. Except for any obligations of our collaborators to reimburse us for research and development expenses or to make milestone payments under our agreements with them, upon completion of this offering, we will not have any committed external sources of funds. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of additional debt or equity securities, it could result in dilution to our existing stockholders, increased fixed payment obligations and these securities may have rights senior to those of our common stock. We are subject to covenants under our existing loan and security agreement with Hercules, and may become subject to covenants under any future indebtedness, that could limit our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends, which could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. In addition, the pledge of substantially all of our assets with the exception of our intellectual property as collateral, and the negative pledge with respect to our intellectual property, under our debt facility with Hercules limit our ability to obtain additional debt financing.

Our expectation with respect to the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement and involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors, including those discussed in the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. If we cannot expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities because we lack sufficient capital, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Contractual obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2012:

 

(in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 year
     1 to 3
years
     3 to 5
years
     More than
5 years
 

Long-term debt obligations(1)

   $ 22,880       $ 6,510       $ 16,370       $  —       $  —   

Operating lease obligations(2)

     4,978         1,762         3,216                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 27,858       $ 8,272       $ 19,586       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Consists of payment obligations for principal and interest under our debt facility with Hercules. As of December 31, 2012, we had $20.0 million in outstanding borrowings under the debt facility, bearing interest at a variable rate of the greater of 8.5% and an amount equal to 8.5% plus the prime rate of interest minus 5.25%, subject to a cap of 11%. Under the terms of the loan and security agreement governing the debt facility, we were required to pay interest only through April 30, 2013, which from January 1, 2013 to April 30, 2013 consisted of monthly payments of $0.1 million. Following April 30, 2013, we are required to repay this indebtedness in equal monthly payments of $0.7 million through October 15, 2015. The loans under the debt facility are collateralized by a lien on substantially all of our corporate assets, excluding intellectual property, which is subject to a negative pledge under the loan and security agreement. The loan and security agreement contains default provisions that include the occurrence of a material adverse effect, as defined therein, that would entitle the lender to declare all principal, interest and other amounts owed by us under the loan and security agreement immediately due and payable.

 

(2)   Consists of future lease payments and repayment obligations with respect to leasehold improvements under the operating lease for our office and laboratory space at 99 Hayden Avenue, Lexington, Massachusetts. The operating lease expires on September 30, 2015.

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

We also have obligations to make future payments to third parties that become due and payable on the achievement of certain development, regulatory and commercial milestones, such as the start of a clinical trial, filing of an NDA, approval by the FDA or product launch. We have not included these commitments on our balance sheet or in the table above because the achievement and timing of these milestones is not fixed and determinable. These commitments include:

 

Ø  

An obligation to make a payment to GSK of up to $2.8 million if we commercialize CTP-499 or if, prior to a specified date in 2018, we re-license or transfer rights to our CTP-499 program prior to a specified date in 2018.

 

Ø  

Obligations to make milestone payments to Fast Forward not in excess of a low-single digit multiple of the $0.8 million Fast Forward funding amount if we commercialize CTP-354 or license the development and commercialization of CTP-354 to a third party.

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with contract research organizations for preclinical research studies, research supplies and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination on notice, and therefore are cancelable contracts and not included in the table of contractual obligations and commitments.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates, particularly because our investments are in short-term available-for-sale securities and interest on our debt facility accrues at a variable rate that references the prime rate.

We had cash and cash equivalents and investments of $42.6 million as of September 30, 2013 and $27.6 million as of December 31, 2012, in each case primarily money market mutual funds consisting of U.S. government-backed securities. Our available-for-sale securities are subject to interest rate risk and will fall in value if market interest rates increase. Due to the short-term duration of our investment portfolio and the low risk profile of our investments, an immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio.

We had outstanding borrowings under our debt facility with Hercules of $17.0 million as of September 30, 2013 and $20.0 million as of December 31, 2012. Interest is payable at a variable rate of the greater of 8.5% and an amount equal to 8.5% plus the prime rate of interest minus 5.25%, provided however, that the per annum interest rate shall not exceed 11%. As a result of the 11% maximum annual interest rate and interest rate protection until prime exceeds 5.25%, we have limited exposure to changes in interest rates on borrowings under this facility. An immediate 10% change in the prime rate as of September 30, 2013 would have no effect on the amount of our required interest payments under the debt facility over the next twelve-month period.

We contract with suppliers of raw materials and contract manufacturers internationally. Transactions with these providers are predominantly settled in U.S. dollars and, therefore, we believe that we have only minimal exposure to foreign currency exchange risks. We do not hedge against foreign currency risks.

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and clinical trial costs. We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013.

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Business

OVERVIEW

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company applying our extensive knowledge of deuterium chemistry to discover and develop novel small molecule drugs. Our approach starts with approved drugs, advanced clinical candidates or previously studied compounds that we believe can be improved with deuterium substitution to provide better pharmacokinetic or metabolic properties and thereby enhance clinical safety, tolerability or efficacy. We believe our approach may enable drug discovery and clinical development that is more efficient and less expensive than conventional small molecule drug research and development.

We have a robust pipeline, including three clinical-stage candidates and a number of preclinical compounds that we are actively developing. Our clinical programs are CTP-354 for spasticity associated with multiple sclerosis and spinal cord injury, CTP-499 for diabetic kidney disease and AVP-786 for neurologic and psychiatric disorders under our collaboration with Avanir. We also have ongoing collaborations with Celgene, for deuterated compounds including CTP-730, which is in preclinical development for inflammatory diseases, and Jazz Pharmaceuticals, for JZP-386, a deuterated analog of sodium oxybate, the active ingredient in its marketed drug Xyrem®, which is in preclinical development for narcolepsy. Between our wholly owned and collaboration programs, we expect to have up to five product candidates in clinical development by the end of 2014, including at least two product candidates in Phase 2 clinical trials.

We believe we are the leader in applying deuterium chemistry in drug discovery and development. Deuterium is similar to hydrogen in size and shape. However, deuterium differs from hydrogen in one pharmaceutically important respect—deuterium forms a more stable chemical bond with carbon. This increased stability has the potential, through the selective substitution of deuterium for hydrogen, to improve pharmacokinetic and metabolic properties without changing a compound’s intrinsic biological activity. We believe that our application of deuterium chemistry, which we refer to as deuteration, is an efficient way to build on existing knowledge to create important new medicines.

We have built a deuterated chemical entity platform, which we refer to as our DCE Platform. Our platform comprises the proprietary know-how, techniques and information that we have accumulated since our inception in 2006. Our DCE Platform allows us to efficiently identify compounds for deuteration and to design, evaluate, develop and manufacture deuterated compounds.

In our drug discovery and development processes, we build on the significant existing information regarding the corresponding non-deuterated compound. This allows us to efficiently identify lead compounds and, in some cases, shorten the amount of time necessary to initiate clinical trials as compared to conventional small molecule drug research and development. In clinical development, we believe that the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities may allow some of our compounds that are deuterated analogs of approved products, or of compounds for which approval is pending, to follow an expedited development pathway by relying on previous clinical and preclinical data related to the non-deuterated compound. For example, in June 2013, Avanir reported that the FDA agreed to an expedited development pathway for AVP-786, permitting Avanir to reference data from its development of dextromethorphan and quinidine in its IND, and any future NDA, for AVP-786.

We are utilizing our DCE Platform to discover and develop product candidates for a variety of indications. CTP-354, CTP-499 and AVP-786 are advancing in clinical trials and we have multiple preclinical candidates, two of which we expect to move into clinical trials in 2014. Our priority programs include:

 

Ø  

CTP-354, a novel, potentially first-in-class, non-sedating treatment for spasticity that we are initially developing for use in patients with multiple sclerosis and patients with spinal cord injury to address a significant unmet medical need in these markets. CTP-354 is a subtype selective GABAA receptor modulator. GABAA receptors are found in the nervous system and, when activated, reduce the

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

 

transmission of certain nerve signals. Several classes of widely used drugs target GABAA receptors, including benzodiazepines and some sleep agents, none of which have the receptor subtype selectivity that we believe CTP-354 possesses. We designed CTP-354 to provide therapeutic benefits without the severe side effects and dosing burden that can limit or prevent the use of existing agents in treating spasticity. For example, the strong sedative effects of benzodiazepines severely limit their therapeutic use in spasticity and certain other indications. We recently completed a 71-subject Phase 1 single ascending dose clinical trial of CTP-354 and are currently conducting a Phase 1 imaging study. The results from our Phase 1 single ascending dose trial indicate that CTP-354 has a favorable pharmacokinetic profile that supports once-daily dosing. The results also indicate that CTP-354 did not cause sedation at levels of GABAA receptor occupancy well above the levels achieved by benzodiazepines at doses that are typically prescribed. GABAA receptor occupancy is a measure of the extent to which CTP-354 binds to GABAA receptors that we believe may correlate to therapeutic activity. We currently plan to initiate a multiple ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial evaluating daily doses of 2 mg and 6 mg of CTP-354 in healthy volunteers during the first quarter of 2014. Assuming successful completion of the multiple ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial, we plan to initiate a Phase 2 clinical program for CTP-354 in the second half of 2014. We expect that the Phase 2 clinical program will include one clinical trial for the treatment of spasticity associated with multiple sclerosis and one clinical trial for the treatment of spasticity associated with spinal cord injury. Due to the fact that we did not determine a maximum tolerated dose in our preclinical testing, the FDA has informed us that we may not administer multiple doses of CTP-354 in excess of 6 mg per day in clinical trials without first conducting an additional higher dose preclinical toxicology study. We believe that multiple doses of 6 mg per day would be sufficient for the treatment of spasticity; however we intend to conduct the additional preclinical toxicology study to enable us to evaluate higher doses of CTP-354, if needed in our spasticity trials, as well as to support clinical development in other disease indications.

 

Ø  

CTP-499, a novel oral multi-subtype selective inhibitor of PDEs, which are enzymes that we believe play an important role in type 2 diabetic kidney disease. According to a 2009 article in the American Diabetes Association journal Diabetes Care, type 2 diabetes is the leading cause of chronic kidney disease. Type 2 diabetic kidney disease can result in the need for dialysis and renal transplantation. Many patients with this disease continue to experience a decline in renal function despite treatment with standard of care therapies. We are developing CTP-499 as an additive treatment to the current standard of care to further slow progression towards kidney failure. We are currently conducting a three-part Phase 2 clinical trial of CTP-499 in which we have enrolled patients with type 2 diabetic kidney disease and macroalbuminuria. In 2013, we completed the first part of this trial, a 24-week, double-blind, parallel, two-arm, placebo-controlled study in 182 patients. We have also completed dosing in the second part of the trial, a blinded 24-week extension study, which, combined with the data from the first part of the trial, has provided 48 weeks of placebo-controlled data in 123 patients. We did not achieve statistical significance in the primary efficacy endpoint of this trial, which was measured at 24 weeks. However, we believe that the data we have analyzed to date from the first 48 weeks of treatment support the potential of CTP-499 to help protect kidney function in patients with rapidly progressing type 2 diabetic kidney disease. We have conducted preliminary analyses of these 48 weeks of data, but have not yet completed a full analysis. We expect to report the final top line results for the first 48 weeks of the trial in the first half of 2014.

 

Ø  

AVP-786, a combination of a deuterium-substituted dextromethorphan analog and an ultra-low dose of quinidine. We have granted Avanir an exclusive license to develop and commercialize deuterated dextromethorphan analogs, including the analog in AVP-786. Avanir is developing AVP-786 for the treatment of neurologic and psychiatric disorders. In February 2013, Avanir reported positive results from a Phase 1 clinical trial of AVP-786. In October 2013, Avanir reported plans to advance AVP-786 into a Phase 2 clinical trial in the second half of 2014 for treatment-resistant major depressive disorder in patients with insufficient response to conventional anti-depressants.

 

 

 

94


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

 

Ø  

A collaboration with Celgene to research, develop and commercialize certain deuterated compounds for the treatment of cancer or inflammation, with an initial focus on a single program. In the initial program, we have selected CTP-730, a product candidate for the treatment of inflammatory diseases, and expect to begin Phase 1 clinical trials in 2014.

 

Ø  

A collaboration with Jazz Pharmaceuticals to research, develop and commercialize JZP-386, a product candidate containing a deuterated analog of sodium oxybate for potential use in patients with narcolepsy. Sodium oxybate is the active ingredient in the marketed drug Xyrem. In December 2013, an IMPD, the basis for initiating clinical trials in the European Union, was filed for JZP-386. Jazz Pharmaceuticals has reported that, subject to approval of the IMPD, it expects a first-in-human clinical trial of JZP-386 to commence in 2014.

Through September 30, 2013, we had received an aggregate of $105.4 million in upfront and milestone payments, equity investments and research and development funding from current and former collaborations. Under our current collaborations, we have the potential to receive up to $1.6 billion in future milestone payments, including over $1.2 billion in research, development and regulatory milestones, as well as royalties on any future net product sales.

Our senior management team has extensive experience in drug discovery and development. Collectively, our team has been involved in the research, development or approval of 12 drugs. Dr. Roger D. Tung, our Chief Executive Officer and one of our founders, is an accomplished leader in drug research and development. Prior to founding our company, Dr. Tung was the Vice President of Drug Discovery at Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. At Vertex, he was a co-inventor of two drugs that were approved for the treatment of HIV, amprenavir and fosamprenavir, and oversaw the discovery of two other approved drugs, ivacaftor (Kalydeco) for cystic fibrosis and telaprevir (Incivek) for hepatitis C. Dr. Tung conceptualized our DCE Platform approach as a means to accelerate pharmaceutical research and development and create important new medicines. He has invented or co-invented many of the compounds in our pipeline.

OUR STRATEGY

Our strategy is to apply our extensive knowledge of deuterium chemistry to discover, develop and commercialize novel small molecule drugs. Key components of our strategy include:

 

Ø  

Rapidly advancing our deuterated product candidates. We seek to reduce the time and cost associated with conventional small molecule drug research and development by capitalizing on the known activity, safety, efficacy or development history of the non-deuterated analogs of our product candidates. Leveraging this knowledge, we have been able in a number of our programs, including CTP-499, to advance compounds from initial synthesis to clinical evaluation in less than two years. We also seek to develop product candidates that may be eligible for an expedited development or regulatory pathway, such as reported by Avanir for AVP-786.

 

Ø  

Establishing collaborations to develop and commercialize deuterated product candidates. Our current collaborations are focused on deuterated analogs of one or more of our collaborators’ proprietary compounds. In these situations, we benefit from our collaborators’ knowledge and experience with, and rights of reference to regulatory filings for, their corresponding non-deuterated compounds. We may establish similar collaborations in the future and also plan to enter into other collaborations to access the resources of larger biopharmaceutical companies.

 

Ø  

Capitalizing on our DCE Platform to build a robust pipeline of additional deuterated product candidates. Our DCE Platform consists of the proprietary know-how, techniques and information that we have developed over the past seven years. We broadly apply our DCE Platform to approved drugs, advanced clinical candidates or previously studied compounds. We particularly look to initiate development programs in areas of significant medical need and commercial opportunity. We believe we are capable of identifying one to two novel deuterated compounds per year that we can advance into preclinical development while concurrently progressing our existing pipeline.

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

 

Ø  

Retaining commercialization rights on a selective basis and building a specialized commercialization capability in the United States. We plan to use a combination of third party collaboration, licensing and distribution arrangements and a focused in-house commercialization capability to sell any of our products that receive marketing approval. For the United States, we plan to seek to retain full commercialization rights for products that we can commercialize with a specialized sales force and to retain co-promotion or similar rights, when feasible, in indications requiring a larger commercial infrastructure. We plan to collaborate with other parties for commercialization outside the United States.

 

Ø  

Expanding our broad patent estate covering deuterated compounds and related technology. Since our inception in 2006, we have systematically sought, and continue to seek, to identify compounds that can be improved through selective deuterium substitution and to obtain patent protection for deuterated analogs of these compounds with the goal of establishing a broad proprietary position in this field. We hold issued U.S. patents covering the composition of matter of each of our most advanced product candidates. In addition, we own issued patents or patent applications that claim the deuterated analogs of more than 90 non-deuterated compounds.

DEUTERIUM: IMPLICATIONS FOR DRUG RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

The average adult human body contains approximately two grams of deuterium. While essentially identical to hydrogen in size and shape, deuterium differs from hydrogen in that it contains an additional neutron. As a result, deuterium forms a more stable chemical bond with carbon than does hydrogen. The deuterium-carbon bond is typically six to nine times more stable than the hydrogen-carbon bond. This has important implications for drug development because drug metabolism often involves the breaking of hydrogen-carbon bonds.

 

LOGO

Because deuterium forms more stable bonds with carbon, deuterium substitution can in some cases alter drug metabolism, including through improved metabolic stability, reduced formation of toxic metabolites, increased formation of desired active metabolites, or a combination of these effects. At the same time, because deuterium closely resembles hydrogen, the substitution of deuterium for hydrogen has generally been found not to materially alter the intrinsic biological activity of a compound. Deuterated compounds can generally be expected to retain biochemical potency and selectivity similar to their hydrogen analogs. The effects, if any, of deuterium substitution on metabolic properties are highly dependent on the specific molecular positions at which deuterium is substituted for hydrogen. In addition, the metabolic effects of deuterium substitution, if any, are unpredictable, even in compounds that have similar chemical structures.

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

OUR DCE PLATFORM

Our DCE Platform consists of the proprietary know-how, techniques and information that we have developed over the past seven years. Deuterated compounds can have an increased half-life in the body and increased systemic exposure as compared to their corresponding non-deuterated analogs, which we believe can lead to benefits such as improved safety, efficacy, tolerability and convenience. Due to our significant experience in deuterium chemistry and pharmaceutical research and development, we believe we are well-positioned to efficiently identify compounds that can benefit from deuterium substitution and create optimally deuterated product candidates.

We believe that our DCE Platform can enable drug discovery and clinical development that is more efficient and less expensive than conventional small molecule drug research and development. Conventional drug discovery and development are lengthy processes with high failure rates. Relatively few molecules identified in drug discovery possess the beneficial pharmacological activity and acceptable tolerability and toxicity required to become clinically useful medicines that address commercially important needs. We believe that our product candidates may have a higher likelihood of becoming useful medicines because we selectively deuterate molecules that are already known to be pharmacologically active in vivo and have either been studied in humans or are closely chemically related to such molecules. We believe that our likelihood of success may be even greater in cases in which we have selectively deuterated analogs of approved drugs.

Our DCE Platform includes the following capabilities, which we believe provide us with key competitive advantages:

Selection of attractive compounds for deuteration. We identify candidate compounds for selective deuteration through the efforts of a team that integrates chemistry, biology, medical, regulatory, intellectual property and commercial expertise. We believe our ability to choose appropriate candidate molecules for selective deuteration is an important competitive advantage. We apply our experience and know-how to identify approved drugs, advanced clinical candidates or previously studied compounds that we believe can be improved with deuterium substitution to provide better pharmacokinetic or metabolic properties and thereby enhance clinical safety, tolerability or efficacy. We prioritize candidate compounds based on medical need, commercial opportunity, competitive and patent landscapes and internal strategic fit. We believe that we are capable of identifying one to two novel deuterated compounds per year that we can advance into preclinical development while concurrently progressing our existing pipeline.

Medicinal chemistry and chemical and biological testing of deuterated compounds. We have developed significant proprietary know-how in the design, synthesis, chemical analysis, bioanalytical assessment, preclinical evaluation and clinical development of deuterated compounds. Our know-how includes the ability to:

 

Ø  

synthesize a wide range of chemical compounds that incorporate deuterium selectively at specific positions and accurately analyze deuterium content at those positions;

 

Ø  

identify, through an efficient, iterative process, the deuterated compounds that possess improved in vitro or in vivo metabolic or pharmacokinetic properties relative to the corresponding non-deuterated compound;

 

Ø  

develop and apply bioanalytical methods to identify and measure metabolites formed by the in vitro and in vivo metabolism of deuterated compounds; and

 

Ø  

understand how the effects of selective deuterium substitution may translate from in vitro to in vivo systems and from non-human models to humans.

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Manufacturing of deuterated compounds. By applying our manufacturing and analytical know-how and capabilities, we are able to reproducibly manufacture deuterated compounds. Our manufacturing capabilities include the ability to:

 

Ø  

manufacture, analyze and formulate deuterated compounds that can be used in early stage clinical trials;

 

Ø  

manufacture low kilogram quantities of deuterated active pharmaceutical ingredients and product candidates suitable for clinical trials;

 

Ø  

transfer our methods to manufacturing vendors that can produce multi-kilogram quantities of clinical trial materials; and

 

Ø  

utilize a supply chain that we have built with multiple vendors that can provide deuterium reagents and intermediates in commercial scale quantities.

Development opportunities using our DCE Platform

We apply our DCE Platform to create deuterated analogs of:

 

Ø  

marketed drugs for their approved indications or compounds in clinical development for their targeted indications;

 

Ø  

marketed drugs for non-approved indications or compounds in clinical development for indications that were not previously targeted; and

 

Ø  

previously studied compounds, or close analogs thereof, that were not, or are no longer being, developed.

Potential advantages of product candidates based on our DCE Platform

We apply our DCE Platform to systematically identify approved drugs, advanced clinical candidates or previously studied compounds for which we believe we can improve or create clinical benefit through deuterium substitution. Potential advantages of our selective deuteration include:

 

Ø  

Improved metabolic profile. We have selectively deuterated compounds and compounds produced by metabolism of other compounds, which are called metabolites, to improve their metabolic profiles by reducing the formation of toxic or reactive metabolites or by increasing the formation of desired, active metabolites relative to the corresponding non-deuterated compound. The improved metabolic profile may potentially reduce or eliminate unwanted side effects or undesirable drug interactions. For example, Avanir has reported that, compared to dextromethorphan, the deuterated dextromethorphan in AVP-786 required less quinidine, a metabolic inhibitor, to achieve desired clinical blood levels in a Phase 1 clinical trial.

 

Ø  

Improved oral bioavailability. We have selectively deuterated compounds to reduce the extent of undesired metabolism in the wall of the intestines and in the liver, referred to as first-pass metabolism. This resulted in a larger percentage of unmetabolized drug reaching the target site of action. Deuterated compounds with improved bioavailability may be active at lower doses. For example, CTP-354 achieved substantially higher blood levels in in vivo preclinical tests than did the corresponding non-deuterated compound at an equivalent dose.

 

Ø  

Increased half-life. We have selectively deuterated compounds to prolong their pharamacokinetic profile, which is an increase in the half-life of the compound in the body. This may decrease the number of doses that a patient is required to take per day or provide more consistent exposure of the compound in comparison to the corresponding non-deuterated compound. For example, in preclinical in vivo testing, JZP-386 demonstrated a prolonged pharmacokinetic profile and reduced variability relative to sodium oxybate.

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Potential for expedited discovery and development of deuterated product candidates

We believe our approach of applying selective deuteration using our DCE Platform has the potential to provide a more efficient and less expensive approach to developing new chemical entity drugs as compared to conventional small molecule drug research and development. Key reasons include:

 

Ø  

By building on the known activity, safety or efficacy of approved drugs, advanced clinical candidates or previously studied compounds, we believe we can progress our product candidates through discovery and into clinical development more quickly than in conventional small molecule drug research and development. In a number of cases, including CTP-499, we have advanced compounds from initial synthesis to clinical evaluation in less than two years.

 

Ø  

We believe the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities may allow some of our compounds that are deuterated analogs of approved products, or of compounds for which approval is pending, to follow an expedited development pathway by relying on previous clinical data regarding the corresponding non-deuterated compound. For example, our collaborator Avanir reported agreeing with the FDA to an expedited development pathway for AVP-786 that would permit Avanir to reference data from its development of dextromethorphan and quinidine in its IND, and any future NDA, for AVP-786.

OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATES

The following table summarizes key information about our priority programs. All of these product candidates are small molecules designed for oral administration.

 

LOGO

CTP-354

Overview

CTP-354 is a novel, potentially first-in-class, non-sedating treatment for spasticity that we are initially developing for use in patients with multiple sclerosis and patients with spinal cord injury. CTP-354 is a subtype selective GABAA receptor modulator. GABAA receptors are found in the nervous system and, when activated, reduce the transmission of certain nerve signals.

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

GABAA receptors can possess one of a number of a subunits, including a1, a2, a3 and a5. The pharmacological effects of activating a GABAA receptor in the nervous system are believed to depend mainly on which type of a subunit the receptor contains. Several classes of widely used drugs target GABAA receptors, including benzodiazepines such as diazepam (Valium). Benzodiazepines are used for the treatment of anxiety, spasticity, muscle tension, insomnia, acute alcohol withdrawal and seizures. Activation of a1 GABAA receptors is believed to be mainly responsible for sedation and ataxia, which is a lack of muscle control during voluntary movements, associated with benzodiazepine use, and may also contribute to their amnesiac and habituating effects. Activation of a2, a3 and a5 GABAA receptors is believed to cause other therapeutic effects of benzodiazepines, including anti-spasticity, muscle relaxation, anti-anxiety, anti-seizure and potentially anti-pain activities. Some sleep agents, such as zolpidem (Ambien®) and zaleplon (Sonata®), also target GABAA receptors, but activate a1 GABAA receptors significantly more potently than the other a subtypes, which is believed to cause their pronounced sedative properties. Based on this clinical precedent as well as a variety of preclinical models, we believe that a compound that activates a2, a3 and a5 GABAA receptors but does not significantly activate a1 GABAA receptors will have clinical effects similar in a number of important respects to benzodiazepines, including anti-spasticity, muscle relaxant, anti-seizure and potentially anti-pain effects, but without the strong sedative effects of benzodiazepines.

We submitted an IND to the FDA in January 2013 for the development of CTP-354 for spasticity in patients with multiple sclerosis or spinal cord injury. We have completed a single ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial to evaluate the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics of CTP-354 in healthy volunteers. We have also conducted a Phase 1 positron emission tomography, or PET, imaging study to assess the brain GABAA receptor occupancy of CTP-354 following a single dose of the compound in healthy volunteers and plan to continue the study with multiple doses of CTP-354 in the first half of 2014.

We currently plan to initiate a multiple ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial evaluating daily doses of 2 mg and 6 mg of CTP-354 in healthy volunteers during the first quarter of 2014. Assuming successful completion of the multiple ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial, we plan to initiate a Phase 2 clinical program for CTP-354 in the second half of 2014. We expect that the Phase 2 clinical program will include one clinical trial for the treatment of spasticity associated with multiple sclerosis and one clinical trial for the treatment of spasticity associated with spinal cord injury. In our previous preclinical testing, minimal, if any, toxicity was observed for CTP-354, and a maximum feasible dose or a maximum tolerated dose was not determined. As a result, the FDA has informed us that we may not administer multiple doses of CTP-354 in excess of 6 mg per day in clinical trials without first conducting an additional higher dose preclinical toxicology study. We believe that multiple doses of 6 mg per day would be sufficient for the treatment of spasticity; however, we intend to conduct the additional preclinical toxicology study to enable us to evaluate higher doses of CTP-354, if needed in our spasticity trials, as well as to support clinical development in other disease indications. Based on the well-known efficacy of benzodiazepines and other GABAA modulators, we believe CTP-354 has potential in a number of other indications, including anxiety, chronic pain, muscle tension and epilepsy.

Background

CTP-354 is a deuterated analog of a compound discovered by Merck & Co. referred to as L-838417. L-838417 was found in preclinical animal studies to possess certain therapeutic benefits of the benzodiazepine class of drugs, but without their predominantly sedative effect. Merck reported that, in in vitro testing, L-838417 activated the a2, a3 and a5 GABAA receptors, which are associated with anti-spasticity, muscle relaxation, anti-anxiety, anti-seizure and, potentially, anti-pain activities, with approximately 40% of the in vitro activity of a benzodiazepine, with no significant activity at the a1 GABAA receptors. Moreover, in a number of in vivo animal studies, L-838417 provided potent muscle relaxant, anti-anxiety, anti-convulsant and anti-pain activity, without causing apparent sedation or

 

 

 

100


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

ataxia. In preclinical animal testing, Merck identified pharmacokinetic limitations of L-838417 relating to bioavailability and variability and did not progress the compound into clinical development. We designed CTP-354 to overcome the pharmacokinetic limitations of L-838417 while retaining its attractive pharmacological profile.

Spasticity

Spasticity is a chronic condition characterized by involuntary tightness, stiffness or contraction of muscles that occurs in patients who have damage to the brain or spinal cord. Spasticity can result from a wide range of disorders, including multiple sclerosis, spinal cord injury, cerebral palsy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, stroke and hereditary spastic paraplegia. Symptoms can range from mild muscle tightness to more severe symptoms, including crippling and painful inability to move limbs that can result in disability and diminished quality of life. The American Association of Neurological Surgeons estimated in 2006 that there were 12 million patients suffering from spasticity worldwide.

Market

Spasticity in Multiple Sclerosis. Multiple sclerosis is the most common disabling neurological condition affecting young adults, typically developing between the ages of 20 to 40 years. According to a 2008 World Health Organization report, multiple sclerosis affects more than 1.3 million people worldwide, including an estimated 400,000 people in the United States. Spasticity is one of the more common symptoms of multiple sclerosis and can be among the most painful, damaging and debilitating symptoms of multiple sclerosis. According to American Association of Neurological Surgeons, about 80% of people with multiple sclerosis suffer from some degree of spasticity. Of the estimated 400,000 patients diagnosed with multiple sclerosis in the United States, we estimate that at least 34%, or 140,000 patients, suffer from moderate to severe spasticity that impacts daily function in a meaningful way. Spasticity in multiple sclerosis may be as mild as the feeling of tightness of muscles or may be so severe as to produce painful, uncontrollable spasms of extremities, usually of the legs. Spasticity may also produce pain or tightness in and around joints, and can cause low back pain. Although spasticity in multiple sclerosis can occur in the arms and legs, it is much more common in the legs.

Spasticity in spinal cord injury. Spasticity is a significant health issue for many people with spinal cord injury. According to the National Spinal Cord Injury Statistics Center, in 2012, there were approximately 270,000 people in the United States suffering from spinal cord injury with approximately 12,000 new incidences per year. According to a 2011 report of the University of Washington Model Systems Knowledge Translation Center, 65% to 78% of spinal cord injury patients experience some degree of spasticity. Based on articles published in Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation in 1990 and 1999, we estimate that 28% to 46% of spinal cord injury patients suffer from problematic spasticity that could result in treatment. The most common muscles to be affected by spasticity in connection with spinal cord injury are the flexors, muscles that contract joints such as hips, knees or elbows, or the extensors, muscles that extend such joints. Spasms can occur as an automatic response to painful sensations.

Limitations of Current Treatments

Spasticity is typically treated with a combination of pharmacotherapy, physical therapy, occupational therapy and, in some severe cases, surgical intervention to sever affected nerves or muscles. The available pharmaceutical treatments for spasticity are frequently limited by either inadequate relief of symptoms or dose-limiting side effects, such as sedation, and based on a 2009 report of WE MOVE, a not-for-profit organization dedicated to improving awareness of movement disorders, we estimate that over 40% of

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

people with spasticity are not satisfied with the management of their disorder or the state of their overall health. First-line treatments for adult use in the United States typically include:

 

Ø  

Oral baclofen, the most commonly prescribed agent for spasticity, which is approved by the FDA for treatment of spasticity resulting from multiple sclerosis and spinal cord injury or spinal cord disease. It is also used extensively, although not approved, for treatment of spasticity in post-stroke and cerebral palsy patients. Baclofen has dose-limiting side effects, including drowsiness, dizziness and ataxia. Sedation resulting from baclofen is particularly problematic and many patients are maintained on sub-therapeutic doses due to lack of more attractive options. In addition, baclofen has a short half-life in the body and, as a result, it is typically dosed three times a day, which is an inconvenience for patients. Moreover, baclofen can result in severe withdrawal symptoms if abruptly discontinued, including hallucinations, seizures and rebound spasticity.

 

Ø  

Tizanidine, which is approved by the FDA for the general management of spasticity. Oral tizanidine is marketed as Zanaflex®. Tizanidine can be highly sedating, has a short half-life in the body and is not as widely used as baclofen for the treatment of spasticity. It is typically reserved for daily activities and times when relief of spasticity is most important. Use of tizanidine can also result in liver injury and the recommended monitoring of liver function imposes a burden on both the patient and the physician.

 

Ø  

Injected botulinum toxin, which is approved by the FDA for treatment of upper limb spasticity in adults, among other indications. Botulinum toxin, which is marketed as Botox®, is also used, although not approved for, treatment of children with cerebral palsy. It is currently in Phase 3 trials for that indication. Botulinum toxin can be very effective for treatment of spasticity in small muscle groups and localized injections of botulinum toxin are commonly used to treat spasticity as a monotherapy or in combination with other therapies. However, more extensive injections of botulinum toxin can result in systemic toxicity that is characterized by swallowing and breathing difficulties that can lead to death.

Other less commonly used treatments include:

 

Ø  

Diazepam, which is approved by the FDA as an oral agent for the treatment of spasticity related to upper motor neuron disorders, including cerebral palsy and paraplegia. Diazepam is marketed as Valium. Diazepam is a benzodiazepine and, like other benzodiazepines, its therapeutic efficacy is limited by side effects and concerns about abuse potential. The most commonly reported side effects of diazepam are drowsiness, fatigue, muscle weakness and ataxia. As a result of these side effects, use of diazepam for the treatment of spasticity is typically reserved for use in small doses at night for patients who have difficulty sleeping.

 

Ø  

Dantrolene, which is approved by the FDA as an oral agent for the treatment of spasticity resulting from upper motor neuron disorders such as spinal cord injury, stroke, cerebral palsy or multiple sclerosis, but which is rarely used as it causes severe muscle weakness and can cause liver damage.

 

Ø  

Abdominal implantation of a pump that injects baclofen around the spinal cord, referred to as intrathecal administration. Intrathecal administration of baclofen can provide effective relief of spasticity, particularly in lower limbs, but its use is limited by its invasiveness and potentially dangerous complications resulting from spinal fluid leaks, hemorrhage, infection, catheter dislodgement or blockage and pump failure. Abrupt discontinuation, whether as a result of catheter dislodgement, pump failure or another cause, can result in high fever, altered mental status, exaggerated rebound spasticity and, in rare cases, multiple organ-system failure and death.

 

Ø  

Surgical intervention, to sever sensory nerves or, more rarely, muscles. The use of surgical intervention is limited due its invasiveness and irreversibility.

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Potential Advantages of CTP-354 for Spasticity

We believe that CTP-354 has the potential to provide therapeutic benefits without the limitations of existing spasticity therapies, which can include severe sedative effects, toxicity, frequent dosing or invasiveness. In our Phase 1 clinical trials, CTP-354 demonstrated highly favorable pharmacokinetics with low variability, dose-proportional exposure, a long half-life in the body and high levels of GABAA receptor occupancy. We believe these results support once-daily dosing, which would provide a substantial improvement on the three-times-daily dosing required by current standard-of-care oral spasticity medicines. In our Phase 1 clinical trials, CTP-354 provided much higher levels of GABAA receptor occupancy without causing sedation than benzodiazepines at doses that are typically prescribed, which we believe supports the potential of CTP-354 to be a non-sedating treatment for spasticity.

CTP-354 Clinical Development

Phase 1 Single Ascending Dose Clinical Trial. In August 2013, we completed a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, single ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial in 71 healthy adult volunteers at a single center in the United States to assess the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics of CTP-354. Volunteers were randomized to receive CTP-354 or placebo in a three to one ratio with eight cohorts of eight volunteers each and one cohort of seven volunteers. Six volunteers in each cohort received a single dose of CTP-354 and the remaining subjects received placebo. Doses were administered in oral liquid suspensions ranging from 0.15 mg up to 60 mg.

In the clinical trial, CTP-354 was well-tolerated up to 60 mg, the highest dose tested. We did not test higher doses after our concurrently conducted Phase 1 imaging study indicated that high levels of GABAA receptor occupancy could be achieved at doses lower than 60 mg. In future studies, we anticipate testing doses of CTP-354 that are below 40 mg.

Pharmacokinetic data from our single ascending dose trial indicated that CTP-354 was well-absorbed with low inter-subject variability and a long plasma half-life, potentially supporting once-daily dosing of the compound. The following graph shows the mean plasma concentration over time following administration of single ascending doses of CTP-354 in the six subjects in each cohort of the trial who received CTP-354. As illustrated in the graph, doses of CTP-354 of 20 mg and higher resulted in plasma concentrations in excess of 100 ng/mL, maintained for 24 hours following dosing. Our Phase 1 imaging study indicated that these plasma concentrations corresponded to brain GABAA receptor occupancy of greater than 50%. We believe that the high GABAA receptor occupancy of CTP-354 at well-tolerated doses supports its potential as a non-sedating oral treatment for spasticity.

 

 

 

103


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

CTP-354 Mean Plasma Concentration vs. Time

 

LOGO

CTP-354 was generally well tolerated in our Phase 1 single ascending dose trial. No serious adverse events were reported in the trial. The most common adverse events observed in the trial were:

 

Ø  

dizziness, which was experienced by nine of the 54 subjects treated with CTP-354;

 

Ø  

drowsiness, which was experienced by seven of the 54 subjects treated with CTP-354;

 

Ø  

prolonged QTc, an indicator of potential cardiac arrhythmias, which was experienced by four of the 54 subjects treated with CTP-354; and

 

Ø  

pain or muscle tightness, which was experienced by three of the 54 subjects treated with CTP-354 and two of the 17 subjects receiving placebo.

Neurologic adverse effects were more common at higher doses of CTP-354, particularly 40 mg and 60 mg, whereas prolonged QTc and muscular adverse effects did not appear to be dose-dependent. In the clinical judgments of the principal study investigator and an independent medical monitor, no incident of QTc prolongation was considered to have posed a health risk to the subjects in the trial. All adverse events were considered mild with the exception of two incidents of dizziness and drowsiness in the 40 mg group, and one incident of nausea in the 60 mg group, each of which was considered moderate. Each incident of muscular pain or tightness with CTP-354 occurred at least one day after dosing.

Phase 1 Imaging Study. We are currently conducting a Phase 1 imaging clinical trial using PET scanning to measure the extent to which CTP-354 binds to GABAA receptors in the brain in healthy adult volunteers. For the first part of this imaging study, we evaluated single doses of CTP-354 of 4 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg and 60 mg in a total of nine healthy volunteers. We selected these doses because they did not produce dose-limiting side effects in our single ascending dose clinical trial and with the goal of providing a wide range of GABAA receptor occupancy. Our objectives in this study were to assess whether CTP-354 could provide similar or higher brain GABAA receptor occupancy levels than those typically provided by benzodiazepines at doses that do not cause dose-limiting sedation; and to compare the relationship between CTP-354 plasma levels and GABAA brain receptor occupancy.

In the first part of the imaging study, we observed average GABAA receptor occupancies of between 34% and 82% in subjects five hours after they received a single dose of either 4 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg or 60 mg of

 

 

 

104


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

CTP-354. For each subject, we conducted a baseline scan in which a small amount of flumazenil, a radiolabeled, positron emitting benzodiazepine, was injected intravenously and the brain was subsequently imaged to show flumazenil binding to the GABAA receptors. The subject was given a single oral dose of CTP-354 within two weeks of the baseline scan. Five hours after CTP-354 dosing, the subject received another injection of radiolabeled flumazenil and the imaging was repeated to provide a second scan. Twenty-four hours after CTP-354 dosing, the subject received another injection of radiolabeled flumazenil and the imaging was repeated to provide a third scan.

The images below were obtained from the two subjects who received a single 20 mg dose of CTP-354. In the images:

 

Ø  

the baseline, or first, scans appear bright due to the presence of radiolabeled flumazenil bound to the GABAA receptors;

 

Ø  

the second and third scans are not as bright as the first scan due to the binding of CTP-354 to the subjects’ GABAA brain receptors, which prevents the radiolabeled flumazenil from binding; and

 

Ø  

the third scan is somewhat brighter than the second scan, showing that less CTP-354 is bound to the GABAA receptors after 24 hours than after five hours.

Phase 1 Imaging Study: 20 mg of CTP-354

 

LOGO

The scans we obtained from the seven other patients in the first part of the imaging study were consistent with these scans from the subjects receiving the 20 mg dose, with GABAA receptor occupancy levels increasing with dosing levels between 4 mg and 40 mg, but appearing not to increase significantly between 40 mg and 60 mg.

In the first part of the imaging study, we obtained quantitative measures of GABAA receptor occupancy for the single doses of CTP-354 that were administered. A single 20 mg dose of CTP-354, a dose at which no sedative or other adverse events were reported in the study, provided GABAA receptor occupancy levels, at both five hours and 24 hours following dosing, substantially in excess of the 10% to 25% occupancy levels at which benzodiazepines and GABAA receptor-binding sleep drugs become highly sedative.

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

The table below shows the average GABAA receptor occupancy at five hours and 24 hours after dosing in the first part of the imaging study.

 

CTP-354 Dose   

Number of

Subjects

  

Average GABAA Receptor

Occupancy at 5 Hours

After Dosing

   

Average GABAA Receptor

Occupancy at 24 Hours

After Dosing

4 mg    2      34%      13%

 

20 mg

   2      63%      60%

 

40 mg

   3      79% (1)    71%

 

60 mg

   2      82%      76%

 

 

  (1)  

Reflects data from two of the three subjects. We could not calculate GABAA receptor occupancy at five hours for the first subject due to a computer error.

 

The graph below shows the relationship between plasma concentration and brain GABAA receptor occupancy for CTP-354 in the first part of the imaging study. The 17 data points on the graph below each represent a single reading in a single subject. These include two readings for each subject, one at five hours and one at 24 hours following dosing, with the exception of one subject for whom we could not calculate GABAA receptor occupancy at five hours due to a computer error. The graph below shows how GABAA receptor occupancy increases with increasing plasma concentration. As illustrated in the graph, we observed that plasma concentrations in excess of 100 ng/mL correlated with GABAA receptor occupancies greater than 50%.

CTP-354 GABAA Receptor Occupancy vs. Plasma Concentration in Healthy Volunteers

 

LOGO

In the Phase 1 imaging study, no adverse events were reported in volunteers receiving 4 mg or 20 mg of CTP-354. At 40 mg, two of three subjects reported mild to moderate dizziness, mild drowsiness and nausea and one subject each reported mild euphoria, loss of balance and lightheadedness. At 60 mg, adverse events included sedation and ataxia, both mild in one subject and both moderate in the other. One subject receiving 60 mg of CTP-354 reported mild lightheadedness, restlessness and irritability and the other reported mild dizziness. All adverse effects had resolved by the following day.

Based on clinical studies of diazepam and other benzodiazepines, we believe that the high and sustained brain GABAA receptor occupancy levels achieved by CTP-354, at doses that were well-tolerated in our Phase 1 clinical trials, provide evidence of its therapeutic potential. For instance, in our Phase 1 imaging study, a single 20 mg dose of CTP-354 did not cause sedation or ataxia while producing GABAA receptor

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

occupancy of greater than 50% sustained for 24 hours, which is much higher than the receptor occupancies at which benzodiazepines typically cause sedation. Therefore, we believe that CTP-354 may provide clinical benefit against spasticity similar to that of benzodiazepines without the dose-limiting effects of benzodiazepines. However, while the data we have obtained to date in our Phase 1 imaging study have generally been consistent, due to the relatively small scale of the study we cannot be certain that these data are representative of the data that would be obtained from a larger-scale clinical trial.

We plan to continue this Phase 1 imaging study to evaluate GABAA receptor occupancy after repeated dosing of CTP-354. We expect that repeated dosing will enable us to determine GABAA receptor occupancy levels after CTP-354 plasma levels are at steady state. We expect that this imaging study will support selection of therapeutically relevant doses for Phase 2 clinical trials.

Partial Clinical Hold

In November 2013, we received notice from the FDA of a partial clinical hold on CTP-354 that prevents us from administering single doses in excess of 60 mg per day and multiple doses in excess of 6 mg per day. We currently plan to initiate a multiple ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial evaluating daily doses of 2 mg and 6 mg of CTP-354 in healthy volunteers. We do not intend to conduct single dose clinical trials of CTP-354 with doses in excess of 60 mg.

In our previous preclinical testing, CTP-354 was associated with minimal, if any, toxicity. However, the FDA notice stated that, since a maximum tolerated dose was not achieved in those studies, preclinical testing at doses higher than those tested in our preclinical studies to date would be needed before we can clinically evaluate multiple doses that exceed 6 mg per day. In December 2013, we had a phone conference with the FDA to discuss the partial clinical hold notice. During the phone conference, the FDA confirmed that we could dose CTP-354 up to 6 mg per day in multiple doses for 28 days. They also stated that to administer CTP-354 in a Phase 2 clinical trial at multiple doses greater than 6 mg per day, the required additional testing could be conducted in only one animal species to determine a maximum tolerated dose or a maximum feasible dose. We estimate that administration of 6 mg per day of CTP-354 in multiple doses may provide brain GABAA receptor occupancy of about 60%, which is significantly higher than that achieved by typical clinical doses of benzodiazepines. Based on this estimated receptor occupancy level, we believe that multiple doses of 6 mg per day would be sufficient for the treatment of spasticity, the first indication for which we plan to conduct clinical trials. However, we intend to conduct the additional preclinical toxicology study in the first half of 2014 to enable us to evaluate higher doses of CTP-354, if needed in our spasticity trials, as well as to support clinical development in other disease indications. Based on our dialog with the FDA, we do not believe that the partial clinical hold will affect the timelines of our previously planned Phase 2 clinical trial of CTP-354.

Planned Additional Phase 1 Clinical Trial

We plan to commence a Phase 1 multiple ascending dose clinical trial in the first quarter of 2014 to evaluate safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics of CTP-354 in up to 62 healthy volunteers. We expect to report initial data from this planned Phase 1 clinical trial in the second half of 2014. We are designing this clinical trial to assess multiple doses and formulations of CTP-354 as well as the effects of taking CTP-354 with food as compared to following fasting. As a result of the long half-life of CTP-354, we believe that plasma concentrations of CTP-354 will increase over the course of a number of days when it is administered once daily. Accordingly, in this clinical trial we are planning to evaluate doses of CTP-354 lower than those that resulted in saturation of GABAA receptor occupancy following a single dose. We currently plan to evaluate daily doses of 2 mg and 6 mg of CTP-354 over 10-day periods, with dosing in a liquid suspension formulation. We may also incorporate into this clinical trial a cross-over to a solid dose formulation for subjects receiving 6 mg. If we are able to lift the partial clinical hold on

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

CTP-354, we plan to evaluate daily doses of CTP-354 that are higher than 6 mg over 10-day periods, with dosing that may be in a liquid suspension or a solid dose formulation.

Planned Phase 2 Clinical Development

Subject to successful completion of our planned Phase 1 multiple ascending dose clinical trial and our ongoing Phase 1 imaging study, we plan to advance CTP-354 into two Phase 2 clinical trials. We expect to commence the Phase 2 clinical development in the second half of 2014. We plan to determine dosing levels following completion of the Phase 1 multiple ascending dose clinical trial. We expect that the Phase 2 clinical trials will evaluate the safety and efficacy of CTP-354 for the potential treatment of spasticity associated with both multiple sclerosis and spinal cord injury and will feature two-way cross-over between dosing with CTP-354 and placebo.

CTP-354 Preclinical Development

Our preclinical program included testing of CTP-354 in a neuropathic pain rat model, in which CTP-354 was effective with no apparent sedation or ataxia at the therapeutic doses. Specifically, the effectiveness of CTP-354 in the neuropathic pain rat model at oral doses of between 10 and 100 mg/kg was similar to that of gabapentin, a standard positive control in this model, dosed at 100 mg/kg. In this preclinical test, 30 and 100 mg/kg doses of CTP-354 also demonstrated a longer duration of action than gabapentin. Our preclinical program also included studies in rat models in which CTP-354 demonstrated an improved pharmacokinetic profile compared to L-838417. We also conducted a GABAA receptor occupancy study in rats evaluating doses ranging from 1 mg to 30 mg. The minimally effective dose of CTP-354 in the rat neuropathic pain model was 1 mg/kg, a dose that provided rat brain GABAA receptor occupancy of about 25%. Higher doses resulted in greater occupancy, with 30 mg/kg resulting in brain GABAA receptor occupancy of about 80% to 85%.

Our preclinical program also included pharmacokinetic studies in rats comparing CTP-354 to L-838417. CTP-354 and L-838417 were orally dosed at 1 mg/kg in eight male Sprague-Dawley rats. The plasma levels of CTP-354 were significantly greater than those of L-838417. The maximum observed peak plasma concentration for CTP-354 was 4.8 times higher than that of L-838417 and the total exposure to CTP-354 was three times higher as compared to L-838417. Based on this study, we were encouraged to further develop CTP-354. The Phase 1 study that we later conducted showed that CTP-354 has a longer half-life in humans than it does in rats. The graph below shows the comparison of CTP-354 and L-838417 in this rat pharmacokinetic study.

CTP-354 vs. L-838417 Oral Pharmacokinetics in Rats

 

LOGO

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Fast Forward Sponsored Research Agreement

In February 2012, we entered into a sponsored research agreement with Fast Forward LLC, a subsidiary of the National Multiple Sclerosis Society, to fund the preclinical advancement of CTP-354. Under the Fast Forward agreement, we received a non-refundable upfront payment of $0.2 million, as well as further non-refundable payments of $0.6 million for the achievement of the preclinical development milestones set forth in the agreement. We are obligated to make milestone payments to Fast Forward not in excess of a low-single digit multiple of the funding amount if we commercialize CTP-354 or license the development and commercialization of CTP-354 to a third party.

Potential Additional Indications

Based on the well-known efficacy of benzodiazepines and other GABAA modulators, we believe CTP-354 has potential in a number of other indications, including anxiety, chronic pain, muscle tension and epilepsy.

CTP-499

Overview

CTP-499 is a novel oral multi-subtype selective inhibitor of PDEs that we are developing to slow the progression of type 2 diabetic kidney disease in patients with macroalbuminuria. We use the term type 2 diabetic kidney disease to refer to chronic kidney disease in patients with type 2 diabetes. We are developing CTP-499 as an additive treatment to the current standard of care for type 2 diabetic kidney disease, angiotensin modulation, which is treatment with an ACEi or an ARB. We are currently conducting a three-part Phase 2 clinical trial of CTP-499 in which we have enrolled patients with type 2 diabetic kidney disease and macroalbuminuria who were receiving standard-of-care treatment. We believe that CTP-499, if approved in this indication, will address a substantial commercial market, as despite the protective effect of angiotensin modulators in type 2 diabetic kidney disease, we estimate that each year over 40,000 patients with type 2 diabetes progress to end-stage kidney failure in the United States. We expect that we would conduct any large Phase 3 clinical trial of CTP-499 in type 2 diabetic kidney disease in collaboration with one or more partners.

CTP-499 is a deuterated analog of 1-(S)-5-hydroxyhexyl-3,7-dimethylxanthine, or HDX, an active metabolite of pentoxifylline. Pentoxifylline was approved over three decades ago for the treatment of intermittent claudication, or lower limb pain resulting from obstructed arteries, and has a well-established safety profile. Investigator-sponsored, single site clinical studies have evaluated pentoxifylline in chronic kidney disease patients, including in patients with diabetes, who were also simultaneously treated with an angiotensin modulator. In most of these studies, the investigator reported that patients experienced a reduction in albuminuria. In some of these studies, which were conducted for at least 12 months, the investigator also reported a slowing in decline of kidney function in patients receiving pentoxifylline compared to the decline in patients receiving placebo. We chose to develop CTP-499 because our preclinical research, combined with literature data, indicated that HDX, rather than pentoxifylline, may be responsible for the majority of these observed beneficial effects of pentoxifylline in humans.

Type 2 Diabetic Kidney Disease

Type 2 diabetic kidney disease is a condition in which the kidneys’ ability to filter blood is impaired and is typically chronic and progressive. The filtering ability of the kidney is measured as glomerular filtration rate, or GFR. Direct measurement of GFR is cumbersome. As a result, it is typically estimated by measuring blood levels of certain waste products, creatinine or cystatin C or both, and then applying

 

 

 

109


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

a mathematical formula that accounts for additional variables, including age, race and gender, to derive the eGFR. GFR and eGFR are measured in units of milliliters per minute per 1.73 meters squared, which is a typical adult body surface area. An eGFR of 60 to 89 is mild or early stage type 2 diabetic kidney disease, 30 to 59 is moderate or mid-stage, 15 to 29 is advanced or severe type 2 diabetic kidney disease and below 15 indicates kidney failure urgently requiring dialysis or kidney transplantation to avoid death.

Urinary excretion of albumin, a common protein in the blood, is believed to indicate kidney damage if sustained for longer than three months. Albumin excretion is typically measured in terms of UACR, a ratio that helps to correct for variability in urine concentrations. UACR is expressed as milligrams of albumin per gram of creatinine. A UACR greater than 300 mg/g is referred to as macroalbuminuria and, when sustained for three months or longer, generally indicates substantial kidney damage. Macroalbuminuria and reduced eGFR are independent indicators of kidney disease. Patients who have both macroalbuminuria and reduced eGFR are at high risk for rapidly advancing disease, death or progression to kidney failure.

Type 2 diabetic kidney disease is a highly complex, multifactorial disease involving inflammatory, oxidative and fibrotic processes. PDEs are a family of enzymes that regulate diverse pathways involved in these processes. Different PDEs, including several which CTP-499 inhibits, have been shown to contribute to kidney damage in preclinical animal models.

Market

According to the Centers for Disease Control, in 2011, approximately 26 million people in the United States had diabetes, with 90% to 95% suffering from type 2 diabetes, commonly referred to as adult-onset diabetes. According to a 2009 article in the American Diabetes Association journal Diabetes Care, type 2 diabetes is the leading cause of chronic kidney disease. The United States Renal Data Survey, a national data system that collects, analyzes and distributes information about end-stage renal disease, the most severe stage of chronic kidney disease, in the United States, indicates that diabetes is the leading cause of end-stage renal disease in the United States. Patients with type 2 diabetes and chronic kidney disease have a markedly increased mortality rate compared to type 2 diabetics without chronic kidney disease.

Patients with end stage renal disease resulting from chronic kidney disease and other causes impose a significant economic burden on the United States, constituting approximately 1.3% of Medicare beneficiaries but accounting for approximately 8.0% of Medicare expenditures, or $33 billion, according to the 2012 annual report of the United States Renal Data Survey. According to the United States Renal Data Survey, in 2010 in the United States, it cost approximately $60,000 more per year to treat a patient undergoing hemodialysis, treatment in which a machine filters wastes, salts and fluid from the blood, than a patient with chronic kidney disease who did not require hemodialysis. Consequently, we believe that a drug that would delay or prevent the progression of renal disease and the onset of end stage renal disease would have significant pharmacoeconomic benefits.

Limitations of Current Therapies

Current standard of care for type 2 diabetic kidney disease is treatment with angiotensin modulators. These are antihypertensive agents that also have the effect of reducing albuminuria and slowing the decline of renal function. However, despite treatment with these drugs, many type 2 diabetic kidney disease patients continue to experience loss in renal function at a rate that is significantly faster than normal age-related decline. We believe that an agent with a novel mechanism, such as CTP-499, that can complement the effects of angiotensin modulation and further slow the progression toward kidney failure would offer an important medical benefit and present a substantial commercial opportunity.

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

CTP-499 Phase 2 Clinical Trial

We are conducting a Phase 2 placebo-controlled clinical trial of CTP-499 in patients with type 2 diabetic kidney disease and macroalbuminuria. All patients enrolled in the clinical trial are being concurrently treated with angiotensin modulators. The clinical trial consists of three parts:

 

Ø  

Part 1—a double-blind, parallel, two-arm, placebo-controlled study evaluating the safety and efficacy of 600 mg of CTP-499 twice daily for 24 weeks. We enrolled 182 patients in this first part of the trial, which we completed in 2013.

 

Ø  

Part 2—a blinded 24-week extension study in which all patients who completed Part 1 were eligible to continue receiving 600 mg of CTP-499 or placebo twice daily. We enrolled 143 patients in this part of the clinical trial and have completed dosing. 124 of the 143 patients that we enrolled in Part 2 of the clinical trial completed Part 2. We have conducted preliminary analyses of the combined 48 weeks of data from Parts 1 and 2 of the clinical trial with respect to 123 of the 124 patients that completed Part 2 of the trial, but have not yet completed a full analysis of the data from Part 2. We expect to report the final top line results for the first 48 weeks of the trial in the first half of 2014.

 

Ø  

Part 3—all patients who complete Part 2 are eligible to receive 600 mg of CTP-499 twice daily in a 48 week open-label extension study. As of December 31, 2013, we had enrolled 102 patients in this part of the trial and commenced dosing.

The primary objective of the trial was to evaluate the safety and efficacy of treatment with CTP-499 administered in twice daily oral doses of 600 mg in a controlled release formulation for a minimum of 24 weeks. The primary endpoint was measurement of changes in UACR. Key secondary endpoints were:

 

Ø  

changes in serum creatinine and eGFR and

 

Ø  

safety, including incidence of adverse events.

The key criteria for inclusion of patients in the trial included the following characteristics:

 

Ø  

eGFR from 23 to 89 mL/min/1.73 m2, which indicates mild to moderately severe type 2 diabetic kidney disease;

 

Ø  

having been on a stable angiotensin modulation regimen for a minimum of four weeks prior to initiating screening and nine weeks prior to initiating dosing;

 

Ø  

blood pressure less than or equal to 145/90 mm Hg;

 

Ø  

glycosylated hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) less than or equal to 10.5%, for the purposes of excluding patients with poorly controlled blood glucose; and

 

Ø  

UACR greater than or equal to 200 mg/g in male patients and 300 mg/g in female patients, ratios of albumin to creatinine that are indicative of substantial kidney damage in men and women, but not more than 5,000 mg/g, a ratio indicative of severe kidney disease.

Phase 2 Clinical Trial Results

We believe that the preliminary data we have analyzed to date from the first 48 weeks of treatment support the potential of CTP-499 to help protect kidney function in patients with rapidly progressing type 2 diabetic kidney disease. As described below, we did not achieve statistical significance in the primary endpoint of the trial at 24 weeks. However, while our Phase 2 clinical trial was not intended to be powered for statistical significance with respect to serum creatinine or eGFR, and 48 weeks is a limited duration for measuring kidney function, our preliminary analyses of these key secondary endpoints at 48 weeks showed potential benefits including a nearly statistically significant impact on serum creatinine levels and a positive trend in eGFR.

 

 

 

111


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Our preliminary 48 week analyses suggest that the serum creatinine levels of patients who received CTP-499 rose less than those of patients who received placebo. Serum creatinine is waste product that is cleared by the kidneys. Our preliminary analyses indicate that the mean serum creatinine level in the 65 patients receiving CTP-499 increased by 0.13 mg/dL over the 48 weeks of treatment, as compared to an increase of 0.21 mg/dL in the 58 patients receiving placebo. The lower value in the case of CTP-499 represents a 38% improvement as compared to placebo (p = 0.07 using a two-tailed statistical analysis) at 48 weeks and may indicate a slower decline of kidney function in patients treated with CTP-499 than those who received placebo. A two-tailed analysis is a rigorous statistical test that assesses whether a study drug performs better or worse than placebo, as opposed to a one-tailed analysis that only tests if it is better. The statistical analysis plan for our Phase 2 trial was based on a two-tailed analysis. However, many Phase 2 trials use a one-tailed analysis. If analyzed by a one-tailed analysis, the serum creatinine results would be statistically significant (p < 0.05).

Our preliminary analyses of mean eGFR levels in the 65 patients receiving CTP-499 compared to the 58 patients receiving placebo at 48 weeks did not indicate a meaningful difference. However, our preliminary analyses indicated a favorable trend, which was not statistically significant, at 48 weeks in reduced incidence of large eGFR declines in patients receiving CTP-499 as compared to placebo. Declining eGFR is believed to indicate worsening of kidney function. In this pre-specified analysis, we compared the number of patients who experienced eGFR declines of at least 30% and 40% after 48 weeks in the CTP-499 group and the placebo group. Our preliminary analyses indicated the following:

 

Ø  

Eight out of the 58 patients receiving placebo, or 14%, experienced a 30% or greater decline in eGFR, compared with four out of the 65 patients receiving CTP-499, or 6% (p = 0.11).

 

Ø  

Three out of the 58 patients receiving placebo, or 5.2%, experienced a 40% or greater decline in eGFR, compared with one out of the 65 patients receiving CTP-499, or 1.5% (p = 0.23).

We believe that the incidence of large declines in eGFR in drug-treated versus placebo-treated patients may be an acceptable primary endpoint for Phase 3 clinical development of a drug candidate for the treatment of type 2 diabetic kidney disease. Our belief is based on the findings of a December 2012 scientific workshop sponsored by the NKF and the FDA, and subsequent presentations by the NKF and the FDA. We intend to request in mid-2014 an end of Phase 2 meeting with the FDA to discuss endpoints for Phase 3 clinical development of CTP-499.

We have also conducted a preliminary post-hoc analysis of our data at 48 weeks in which we determined that all but one of the incidents of 30% or greater declines in eGFR occurred in patients with initial baseline UACR levels above the trial enrollment median, which was about 850 mg/g. This suggests that we may be able to conduct a subsequent clinical trial designed to measure an eGFR decline of at least 30% with a substantially enriched patient population by enrolling only patients with baseline UACR levels that are substantially higher than the minimum that was required for our Phase 2 clinical trial of CTP-499. A trial with such an enriched patient population would have the potential to provide the same statistical power to detect a difference between placebo and drug treatment as a trial enrolling macroalbuminuric patients with a wider range of UACR levels, but with a considerably smaller number of patients.

We did not observe a meaningful difference between patients receiving CTP-499 and patients receiving placebo in change in UACR at 24 weeks, the primary endpoint of the Phase 2 clinical trial. However, our preliminary analyses after 48 weeks of treatment suggested a favorable trend, which was not statistically significant, in UACR for patients receiving CTP-499 as compared to placebo. These preliminary analyses indicated that the mean rise in UACR for the CTP-499 group was 24 mg/g (2.2%) from a baseline mean of 1089 mg/g, compared to a mean rise of 222 mg/g for the placebo group from a baseline mean of 1066 mg/g (20.8%) (p = 0.13). While UACR has been commonly used as an indicator of efficacy in Phase 2 trials in type 2 diabetic kidney disease, it is not accepted by the FDA as an endpoint for a Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of type 2 diabetic kidney disease.

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Treatment with CTP-499 was generally well tolerated in Part 1 of our Phase 2 clinical trial. Data collection and monitoring remain ongoing with respect to safety and tolerability of CTP-499 in Part 2 of the trial. Overall, incidence of serious adverse events in Part 1 of the trial was balanced between the placebo (15.9%) and CTP-499 (15.7%) groups. None of the serious adverse events were attributed by trial investigators to drug treatment and there were numerically more serious adverse cardiac events in placebo-treated patients (5.7%) than in patients who received CTP-499 (3.4%). Two deaths occurred during Part 1 of the trial . Both deaths occurred in patients in the CTP-499 group; however, neither was attributed by trial investigators to drug treatment. Discontinuations due to adverse events were comparable in the placebo (10.2%) and CTP-499 (10.1%) groups. Adverse events with at least 10% incidence in either treatment group were gastrointestinal disorders (22.7% for placebo and 29.2% for CTP-499); infections (15.9% for placebo and 27.0% for CTP-499); vascular disorders (15.9% for placebo and 9.0% for CTP-499); peripheral edema, fatigue and fever (12.5% for placebo and 11.2% for CTP-499); nervous system disorders (9.1% for placebo and 11.2% for CTP-499); musculoskeletal and connective tissue disorders (6.8% for placebo and 11.2% for CTP-499); respiratory and thoracic disorders (6.8% for placebo and 10.1% for CTP-499); endocrine disorders (4.5% for placebo and 10.1% for CTP-499); and metabolism and nutritional disorders (10.2% for placebo and 3.4% for CTP-499). Our preliminary analyses after 48 weeks of treatment also suggest that levels of serum potassium in patients who received CTP-499 were similar to baseline levels. Elevated levels of serum potassium are considered unsafe and have the potential to limit dosing.

A summary of the serious adverse events in Part 1 of our Phase 2 clinical trial is shown in the table below.

 

      Placebo      CTP-499  
     n = 88      n = 89  

Serious Adverse Events

     

Total serious adverse events

     14(15.9%)         14(15.7%)   

Cardiac disorders

     5(5.7%)         3(3.4%)   

Infections

     3(3.4%)         5(5.6%)   

Vascular disorders

     4(4.5%)         1(1.1%)   

Neoplasms

             2(2.2%)   

Psychiatric disorders

             2(2.2%)   

Blood and lymphatic system disorders

             1(1.1%)   

Gastrointestinal disorders

     1(1.1%)           

Nervous system disorders

     1(1.1%)           

AVP-786

Overview

In February 2012, we granted Avanir an exclusive license to develop and commercialize deuterated dextromethorphan analogs. Avanir is developing AVP-786, which is a combination of a deuterated dextromethorphan analog and an ultra-low dose of quinidine, for the treatment of neurologic and psychiatric disorders. In February 2013, Avanir reported positive results from a Phase 1 clinical trial of AVP-786. In June 2013, Avanir reported that the FDA had agreed to an expedited development pathway for AVP-786. In October 2013, Avanir reported plans to advance AVP-786 into a Phase 2 clinical trial in the second half of 2014 for treatment-resistant major depressive disorder in patients with insufficient response to conventional anti-depressants.

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Avanir currently markets a combination of dextromethorphan and quinidine, Nuedexta®, for pseudobulbar affect, which is a neurological condition characterized by involuntary, sudden and sometimes frequent episodes of laughing or crying. The quinidine in Nuedexta inhibits the metabolism of dextromethorphan. Without a metabolic inhibitor such as quinidine, dextromethorphan is rapidly metabolized by most humans, limiting its effectiveness and resulting in the production of metabolites that are harmful in large amounts. However, quinidine can cause heart rhythm changes. As a result, it is preferable to minimize dosing of quinidine.

Planned Development by Avanir

Avanir has stated that it plans to develop AVP-786 for the treatment of neurologic and psychiatric disorders, including pain, behavioral disorders, mood disorders and movement disorders. Avanir has also reported that it plans to integrate its development of AVP-786 into its ongoing clinical development program for AVP-923, a dextromethorphan and quinidine combination product candidate. Avanir reported that AVP-786, which includes a lower dose of quinidine than AVP-923, provided approximately the same pharmacokinetic exposure as AVP-923 in a Phase 1 clinical trial. Avanir has announced conducting Phase 2 or Phase 3 clinical trials of AVP-923 in the following areas:

 

Ø  

agitation in Alzheimer’s disease;

 

Ø  

central neuropathic pain in multiple sclerosis;

 

Ø  

levodopa-induced dyskinesia, a movement disorder caused by the use of levodopa to treat Parkinson’s disease; and

 

Ø  

diabetic peripheral neuropathic pain.

AVP-786 Clinical Development

Phase 1 Clinical Trial. In February 2013, Avanir reported the results of a randomized, double-blind, two-way crossover Phase 1 clinical trial of AVP-786 at a single center in Australia to assess the pharmacokinetic profile, safety and tolerability of single and multiple doses of AVP-786 both with and without quinidine. In this Phase 1 clinical trial, Avanir used AVP-923 as a control. The first stage of this study included 36 healthy subjects. Twelve additional subjects were enrolled in the second stage of the study. Avanir reported results indicating that AVP-786 with a reduced dose of quinidine relative to AVP-923 demonstrated a pharmacokinetic profile comparable to AVP-923 with comparable safety and tolerability.

Planned Phase 2 Clinical Trial. In October 2013, Avanir reported that it expects to file its IND for AVP-786 in the second half of 2014. Avanir was not required to file an IND prior to commencement of its Phase 1 clinical trial of AVP-786 because that trial was conducted in Australia. Avanir reported that, subject to the acceptance of this IND, it plans to initiate a Phase 2 randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trial in the second half of 2014 to evaluate the safety and efficacy of AVP-786 in patients with treatment-resistant major depressive disorder. Avanir reported that it expects to enroll patients with major depressive disorder who have insufficient response to conventional anti-depressants. Avanir further reported that treatment with AVP-786 or placebo in the trial is expected to be adjunctive to treatment with other anti-depressants.

 

 

 

114


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Expedited Development Path. Avanir has reported conducting Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials to evaluate AVP-923 and has reported plans to expedite the completion of one of its ongoing AVP-923 clinical trials to guide development of AVP-786. Avanir has stated that it intends to replace AVP-923 with AVP-786 in future clinical evaluation and that the FDA has agreed to an expedited development pathway for AVP-786 that would permit Avanir to reference data generated during its clinical testing of AVP-923 in its IND, and any future NDA, for AVP-786.

CTP-730

In April 2013, we entered into a strategic collaboration with Celgene related to deuterium-substituted compounds for the treatment of cancer or inflammation. We are initially focusing on one program; however, the collaboration has the potential to encompass multiple programs. In the initial program, we have selected CTP-730, a product candidate for the treatment of inflammatory diseases, and expect to begin Phase 1 clinical trials in 2014. We are responsible for development, at our expense, through the completion of single and multiple ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trials.

JZP-386

In February 2013, we licensed to Jazz Pharmaceuticals the commercial rights to deuterated analogs of sodium oxybate, including JZP-386, under an exclusive worldwide license agreement. Sodium oxybate is the active ingredient in Xyrem, a prescription medicine marketed in the United States by Jazz Pharmaceuticals to treat two of the key symptoms of narcolepsy, excessive daytime sleepiness and cataplexy. For 2012, Jazz Pharmaceuticals reported Xyrem annual net sales of $378.7 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, Jazz Pharmaceuticals reported Xyrem net sales of $404.9 million as compared to net Xyrem sales of $265.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

In preclinical in vivo testing, JZP-386 demonstrated a prolonged pharmacokinetic profile and reduced variability relative to sodium oxybate. We are responsible for conducting specified preclinical and clinical activities for JZP-386 through and including Phase 1 clinical trials. We are also responsible for supplying a deuterated intermediate for making clinical trial material for a Phase 1 clinical trial and a subsequent Phase 2 clinical trial. Jazz Pharmaceuticals is responsible for reimbursing us for all costs associated with our program-related activities, subject to limitations specified in the agreement, including adherence within a particular percentage to a development budget. Jazz Pharmaceuticals is also responsible for conducting and funding all further development and commercialization of JZP-386.

In December 2013, an IMPD, the basis for initiating clinical trials in the European Union, was filed for JZP-386. Jazz Pharmaceuticals has reported that, subject to approval of the IMPD, it expects a first-in-human clinical trial of JZP-386 to commence in 2014. JZP-386 is being treated as a Schedule I Controlled Substance by the DEA and being regulated accordingly. See “—Government Regulations—Regulation of Controlled Substances” for additional information.

C-10068

C-10068 is a novel oral deuterium-substituted analog of dextroethorphan, a compound with preclinical pharmacological activities qualitatively similar to those of dextromethorphan. Dextroethorphan was identified in a collaboration between the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, and Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, or WRAIR, to identify analogs of dextromethorphan with improved therapeutic properties. Similar to dextromethorphan, dextroethorphan forms the undesirable metabolite dextrorphan, but to a lesser degree.

 

 

 

115


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

We believe that C-10068 has the potential to treat pain and seizure-generating diseases and injuries, such as epilepsy, ischemic stroke and traumatic brain injury. C-10068 has demonstrated anti-seizure activity in in vivo preclinical studies in animals. C-10068 has also shown therapeutic potential for the treatment of pain in in vivo models. In addition, we have found that C-10068 forms less dextrorphan than either dextromethorphan or dextroethorphan in vitro in human liver microsomes, which are small particles isolated in the laboratory to study metabolism. We have conducted a portion of our preclinical program for C-10068 in collaboration with the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke and WRAIR. We are conducting further preclinical evaluation of C-10068.

OTHER PRECLINICAL PROGRAMS AND PIPELINE OPPORTUNITIES

We are also conducting a number of other preclinical programs, including deuterated ivacaftor for the treatment of cystic fibrosis and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and deuterated praziquantel in collaboration with the Therapeutics for Rare and Neglected Diseases division of the NIH for the treatment of schistosomiasis and other parasitic diseases.

We have discovered a significant number of additional compounds utilizing our DCE Platform that have potential application in many different therapeutic areas, including oncology, central nervous system disorders, inflammation and antivirals. We are evaluating these programs for possible further development, either by us alone or in collaboration with another party.

COLLABORATIONS

We are party to a number of collaborations for the research, development and commercialization of deuterated compounds. Through September 30, 2013, we had received an aggregate of $105.4 million in upfront and milestone payments, equity investments and research and development funding from current and former collaborations. Under our current collaborations, which are described below, we have the potential to receive up to $1.6 billion in future milestone payments, including over $1.2 billion in research, development and regulatory milestones, as well as royalties on any future net product sales.

Celgene

Overview. In April 2013, we entered into a master development and license agreement with Celgene, which is primarily focused on the research, development and commercialization of specified deuterated compounds targeting cancer or inflammation. The collaboration is initially focused on one program, but has the potential to encompass up to four programs. For the initial program, we granted Celgene an exclusive worldwide license to develop, manufacture and commercialize deuterated analogs of a selected non-deuterated compound and certain close chemical derivatives thereof. We further granted Celgene licenses with respect to two additional programs and an option with respect to a third additional program. We and Celgene have agreed on the non-deuterated compounds for each of the two additional license programs. For the option program, Celgene may select the non-deuterated compound at a later time, which, unless otherwise agreed by us, will be limited to a compound for which Celgene possesses exclusive rights. With respect to the two additional license programs, we granted Celgene an upfront exclusive worldwide license to develop, manufacture and commercialize deuterated products that contain deuterated analogs of the agreed non-deuterated compounds. Celgene is restricted from utilizing their research, development and commercialization rights under each of the upfront licenses, unless, within seven years after the effective date of the agreement, Celgene pays us a license exercise fee. If Celgene does not elect to pay the license exercise fee during the seven year period, the license will expire. With respect to the option program, once a compound is selected, Celgene may exercise its option by paying us an option exercise fee within seven years of the effective date of the agreement, and upon Celgene’s exercise of the option we will grant to Celgene an exclusive worldwide license to develop, manufacture and commercialize deuterated products that contain deuterated analogs of the selected non-deuterated compound.

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Research Obligations. We are responsible for conducting and funding research and early development activities for the initial program at our own expense pursuant to agreed upon development plans. This includes the completion of single and multiple ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trials and any mutually agreed upon additional Phase 1 clinical trials, as set forth in the development plan and approved by the joint steering committee for the collaboration.

We do not have any obligation to conduct any research or development activities for any of the additional programs unless and until Celgene exercises its rights with respect to such program and pays us the applicable exercise fee. If Celgene exercises its rights with respect to any additional program and pays us the applicable exercise fee, we are responsible for conducting research and development activities at our own expense pursuant to agreed upon development plans until the completion of the first Phase 1 clinical trial, which will be defined in each development plan on a program-by-program basis. In addition, if Celgene exercises its rights with respect to the option program and pays us the applicable exercise fee, we are responsible for seeking to generate a deuterated compound for clinical development in the selected option program at our own expense.

Celgene is responsible for all development costs with respect to the initial program beyond the Phase 1 clinical trials that we conduct. If Celgene exercises its rights with respect to any additional program, Celgene will be solely responsible for all research, development and commercialization costs for such program following the completion of the first Phase 1 clinical trial for such program.

Following its assumption of responsibility for development costs of a product candidate, Celgene is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize the product candidate until such time, if any, as Celgene determines in its reasonable discretion based on comparative metrics that that product candidate does not represent a substantial improvement over the corresponding non-deuterated compound.

Governance. Oversight of the development program for each category of licensed products under the agreement is guided by separate joint steering committees. There is likewise a joint patent committee to discuss and guide all matters for any patents owned by or licensed to us relating to the licensed products.

Payments. Under the terms of the agreement, we received a non-refundable upfront payment of $35.0 million. In addition, we are eligible to earn up to $23.0 million in development milestone payments, including $8.0 million related to the completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial, up to $247.5 million in regulatory milestone payments and up to $50.0 million in sales-based milestone payments related to products within the initial program. If Celgene exercises its rights with respect to either of the two additional license programs, we will receive a license exercise fee for the applicable program of $30.0 million and will also be eligible to earn up to $23.0 million in development milestone payments and up to $247.5 million in regulatory milestone payments for that program. Additionally, with respect to one of the additional license programs we are eligible to receive up to $100.0 million in sales-based milestone payments based on net sales of products, and with respect to the other additional license program we are eligible to receive up to $50.0 million in sales-based milestone payments based on net sales of products. If Celgene exercises its option with respect to the option program in respect of a compound to be identified at a later time, we will receive an option exercise fee of $10.0 million and will be eligible to earn up to $23.0 million in development milestone payments and up to $247.5 million in regulatory milestone payments.

In addition, with respect to each program, Celgene is required to pay us royalties on net sales of each licensed product at defined percentages ranging from the mid-single digits to low double digits below 20%, on worldwide net product sales of licensed products. The royalty term for each licensed product in each country is the period commencing with first commercial sale of the applicable licensed product in the applicable country and ending on the latest of expiration of specified patent coverage, expiration of

 

 

 

117


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

regulatory exclusivity or 10 years following commercial launch. The royalty rate is reduced, on a country-by-country basis, during any period within the royalty term when there is no patent claim or regulatory exclusivity covering the licensed product in the particular country.

Exclusivity Restrictions. During the term of the agreement, we may not research, develop or commercialize, or grant or offer to grant a third party a license to research, develop or commercialize, any licensed product, and with respect to the option program, certain products that Celgene has the right to select as an option product, other than pursuant to the agreement.

Term and Termination. The agreement will expire upon the later of the seventh anniversary of the effective date of the agreement and the expiration of all royalty terms with respect to each licensed product in each country. Celgene has the right to terminate the agreement, in whole or only with respect to a particular licensed product, upon 60 days prior written notice to us. The agreement may also be terminated by us in the event of an uncured material breach by Celgene. If the agreement is terminated for any reason, the licenses granted by us to Celgene will terminate and specified rights to licensed products will revert to us.

Avanir

Overview. In February 2012, we entered into a development and license agreement with Avanir under which we granted Avanir an exclusive worldwide license to develop, manufacture and commercialize deuterated dextromethorphan containing products. Avanir is initially focused on developing AVP-786, which is a combination of a deuterated dextromethorphan analog and an ultra-low dose of quinidine, for the treatment of neurologic and psychiatric disorders.

Research Obligations. Under the agreement, upon Avanir’s request we are obligated to provide research and development services with respect to licensed products pursuant to an agreed upon research and development plan until the first acceptance of an IND for any licensed product filed by Avanir or its affiliates or sublicensees in the United States, European Union or Japan. We are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct and complete the activities assigned to us under the agreement. Avanir is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize licensed product candidates for specified numbers of indications in the United States, European Union and Japan. Avanir is responsible for funding 100% of our research and development costs incurred under the development plan or for activities conducted at Avanir’s request, including pass-through costs and a rate per full-time equivalent, or FTE, year of our employees’ time, which we mutually agreed to, subject to limitations specified in the agreement. However, Avanir is currently conducting all research and development activities without our services.

Governance. Our collaboration with Avanir is guided by a joint steering committee. There is likewise a joint patent committee to discuss and guide all matters for any patents owned by or licensed to us relating to the licensed products or otherwise filed with respect to certain inventions within the scope of the collaboration.

Payments. Under the agreement, we received a non-refundable upfront payment of $2.0 million and a milestone payment of $2.0 million in 2013. We are also eligible to receive, with respect to licensed products comprising a combination of deuterated dextromethorphan and quinidine, up to $4.0 million in development milestone payments, including $2.0 million related to initiation of dosing in a Phase 2 or Phase 3 clinical trial for AVP-786, up to $37.0 million in regulatory and commercial launch milestone payments and up to $125.0 million in sales-based milestone payments based on net product sales of licensed products. In addition, we are eligible for higher development milestones, up to an additional $43.0 million, for licensed products that do not require quinidine. Avanir is currently developing deuterated dextromethorphan only in combination with quinidine. Avanir also is required to pay us royalties at defined percentages ranging from the mid-single digits to low double digits below 20% on worldwide net product sales of licensed products. The royalty term for each licensed product in each

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

country is the period commencing with first commercial sale of the applicable licensed product in the applicable country and ending on the later of expiration of specified patent coverage or 10 years following commercial launch. The royalty rate is reduced, on a country-by-country basis, during any period within the royalty term when there is no patent claim covering the licensed product in the particular country.

Exclusivity Restrictions. During the term of the agreement, neither we nor Avanir may research, develop or commercialize any product that contains deuterated dextromethorphan or grant or offer a license under any deuterated dextromethorphan specific intellectual property, other than pursuant to the agreement. We are also subject to certain additional exclusivity restrictions as set forth in the agreement, including certain restrictions on the development, commercialization and licensing of deuterated dextromethorphan analogs, such as C-10068, for the treatment of pseudobulbar affect or behavioral symptoms in dementia patients.

Term and Termination. The agreement will expire on a licensed product-by-licensed product and country-by-country basis on the date of the expiration of the applicable royalty term with respect to each licensed product in each country. Following the earlier of the completion of a specified Phase 2 clinical trial milestone or the second anniversary of the effective date of the agreement, Avanir has the right to terminate the agreement upon 90 days prior written notice to us. We may terminate the agreement if Avanir ceases to develop or commercialize licensed products and does not recommence development or commercialization efforts following our notice to Avanir. The agreement may also be terminated by either Avanir or us in the event of an uncured material breach by the other party.

If the agreement is terminated for any reason, the licenses granted by us to Avanir will terminate. Further, if the agreement is terminated, other than by Avanir as a result of our material breach of the agreement, specified rights to licensed products will revert to us and Avanir will be required, following our request, to grant us a license under specified intellectual property controlled by Avanir and related to licensed products. If the termination takes place after the completion of a Phase 2 clinical trial for a licensed product, we are required to pay a royalty on our net product sales of licensed products until such time as Avanir has recovered a multiple of the out-of-pocket expenses paid by Avanir to develop the licensed product prior to termination of the agreement. If the termination takes place after Avanir has generated Phase 3 clinical data, we are generally restricted for a specified period of time following termination from marketing any licensed product that is approved by the applicable regulatory authority based on the Phase 3 clinical data generated by Avanir.

Jazz Pharmaceuticals

Overview. In February 2013, we entered into a development and license agreement with Jazz Pharmaceuticals to research, develop and commercialize products containing D-SXB. We are initially focusing on one analog, designated as JZP-386. Under the terms of the agreement, we granted Jazz Pharmaceuticals an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license under intellectual property controlled by us to develop, manufacture and commercialize D-SXB products including, but not limited to, JZP-386.

Research Obligations. We, together with Jazz Pharmaceuticals, are conducting certain development activities for a Phase 1 clinical trial with respect to JZP-386 pursuant to an agreed upon development plan. Our current responsibilities under the development plan are conducting a Phase 1 clinical trial with respect to JZP-386 and supplying a deuterated intermediate for making clinical trial material for a Phase 1 clinical trial and a subsequent Phase 2 clinical trial. Thereafter, our obligations to conduct further development activities are subject to mutual agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, our costs for activities under the development plan, including pass-through costs and the costs of our employees’ time at a rate per full-time equivalent year of our employees’ time, which we mutually agreed to, are reimbursed by Jazz Pharmaceuticals. This reimbursement is subject to limitations specified in the

 

 

 

119


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

agreement, including adherence within a particular percentage to the development budget. Under the agreement, Jazz Pharmaceuticals is subject to specified diligence obligations regarding the development and commercialization of licensed products.

Governance. Our collaboration with Jazz Pharmaceuticals is guided by a joint steering committee and a joint patent committee.

Payments. Under the agreement, we received a non-refundable upfront payment of $4.0 million and we are eligible to receive an aggregate of up to $8.0 million in development milestone payments, up to $35.0 million in regulatory milestone payments and up to $70.0 million in sales milestone payments based on net product sales of licensed products. In addition, Jazz Pharmaceuticals is required to pay us royalties at defined percentages ranging from the mid-single digits to low double digits below 20%, on a country-by-country and licensed product-by-licensed product basis, on worldwide net product sales of licensed products. The royalty term for each licensed product in each country is the period commencing with first commercial sale of the applicable licensed product in the applicable country and ending on the later of the expiration of specified patent coverage or 10 years following commercial launch. The royalty rate is lowered, on a country by country basis, under certain circumstances as specified in the agreement.

Exclusivity Restrictions. During the term of the agreement, subject to exceptions specified in the agreement, we may not grant or offer a license or other rights to a third party with respect to, or research, develop, manufacture or commercialize, D-SXB compounds, licensed products, sodium oxybate or any compounds that are structurally similar to and have substantially similar biological activity to D-SXB.

Term and Termination. The agreement will expire on a licensed product-by-licensed product and country-by-country basis on the date of the expiration of the applicable royalty term with respect to each licensed product in each country. Jazz Pharmaceuticals may terminate the agreement, on a country-by-country basis or in its entirety, upon 90 days prior written notice to us. We may terminate the agreement upon written notice to Jazz Pharmaceuticals if Jazz Pharmaceuticals decides to permanently cease development and commercialization of all licensed products. We may also terminate the agreement if Jazz Pharmaceuticals has abandoned development or commercialization activities for licensed products and following notice from us does not resume development or commercialization activities. The agreement may also be terminated by either party in the event of an uncured material breach by the other party.

If the agreement is terminated for any reason, the licenses granted by us to Jazz Pharmaceuticals with respect to D-SXB products will terminate and specified rights to licensed products will revert to us. In addition, at our request, both parties will enter into good faith negotiations to agree upon commercially reasonable royalties payable by us for a non-exclusive license under intellectual property controlled by Jazz Pharmaceuticals, and made in the course of developing licensed products, to develop, manufacture and commercialize licensed products.

Following termination of the agreement with respect to a country or countries, but not in its entirety, by Jazz Pharmaceuticals for Jazz Pharmaceuticals’ convenience, Jazz Pharmaceuticals may provide us written notice that it desires to continue or recommence development and commercialization of licensed products in such country or countries, in which event Jazz Pharmaceuticals’ license with respect to D-SXB products in such country or countries and corresponding payment obligations under the agreement will be reinstated except in specified circumstances in which we have previously notified Jazz Pharmaceuticals of our intent to develop or commercialize licensed products in such country or countries either directly or through a third party licensee.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

We protect our product candidates through the use of patents, trade secrets and careful monitoring of our proprietary know-how. As of December 31, 2013, we held 100 issued patents worldwide, including 50 issued patents in the United States. Our patents and patent applications, if they issue as patents, for our lead programs expire between 2028 and 2034.

 

 

 

120


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

CTP-354

We hold U.S. patents covering the composition of matter of CTP-354 and related compounds. These patents expire in 2029. We also have a pending U.S. patent application claiming compositions and methods covering CTP-354. We have corresponding issued patents in Europe and Japan that expire in 2029. We have retained all of the CTP-354 patent rights.

CTP-499

We hold a U.S. patent that covers the composition of matter of CTP-499 and related compounds. This patent expires in 2029. We also have pending U.S. patent applications that cover CTP-499 and related compounds. We have two patent applications for CTP-499 in Europe and two issued patents in Japan that cover the composition of matter of CTP-499. Patents that issue from the European patent applications would expire in 2029 and 2030. The issued Japanese patents expire in 2029 and 2030. We have retained all of the CTP-499 patent rights.

AVP-786

We hold U.S. patents covering the composition of matter and methods of use of the deuterated dextromethorphan analog that comprises AVP-786. These patents have expirations from 2028 to 2030. We also have a pending U.S. patent application covering methods of use of certain other dextromethorphan compounds. We have corresponding issued patents in Europe and Japan that expire in 2028. We have granted exclusive licenses under these patent rights to Avanir.

Celgene Collaboration

We hold U.S. patents and a U.S. patent application covering the composition of matter of deuterated analogs of one of the compounds that we have exclusively licensed to Celgene and U.S. patent applications covering other compounds that we have exclusively licensed to Celgene. The patents expire in 2030 and the patent applications, if issued as patents, would expire between 2029 and 2034. We also have provisional U.S. patent applications for compounds that we have exclusively licensed to Celgene. We have an issued patent and an allowed patent application in Europe for compounds that we have exclusively licensed to Celgene and patent applications in Japan for these two compounds. These patent applications, if issued as patents, would expire between 2029 and 2034.

JZP-386

We hold a U.S. patent covering the composition of matter of deuterated analogs of sodium oxybate, including JZP-386, and their methods of use for treating certain diseases and disorders, including narcolepsy, as well as a corresponding U.S. continuing application. The expiration of this patent and this application occur in 2030. We hold a corresponding European patent that expires in 2030. We also have patent applications in the United States, Europe and Japan that cover JZP-386 and related compounds and their methods of use for treating certain diseases and disorders, including narcolepsy that, if issued, would expire in 2032. We have granted exclusive licenses under these patent rights to Jazz Pharmaceuticals.

C-10068

We have U.S. patent applications for the composition of matter of C-10068, and methods of use for treating certain diseases and disorders. The expiration of a patent issuing from these patent applications would be in 2029. We have a corresponding issued patent in Europe expiring in 2029 and a patent application in Japan that, if issued as a patent, would expire in 2029. We have retained all of the C-10068 patent rights.

 

 

 

121


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Other Product Candidates

We also have patent portfolios that are related to a number of other programs. These patent portfolios are wholly owned by us. These include issued patents or patent applications that claim deuterated analogs of more than 90 non-deuterated drugs and drug candidates.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In the United States and other countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application.

Under U.S. patent law, the patent term may be extended by patent term adjustment due to certain failures of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office to act in a timely manner. The patent term of a patent that covers an FDA-approved drug may also be eligible for patent term extension, which permits patent term restoration as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review. Patent extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and other non-U.S. jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. In the future, if and when our pharmaceutical products receive FDA approval, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on patents that we believe are eligible for such extension. We also intend to seek patent term extensions in other jurisdictions where these are available. However, there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities, including the FDA, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and even if granted, the length of such extensions.

We also rely on trade secrets and careful monitoring of our proprietary know-how to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection, including our DCE Platform, such as:

 

Ø  

our methods of evaluating candidate compounds for deuteration;

 

Ø  

our bioanalytical methods for identifying and measuring metabolites formed by the in vitro and in vivo metabolism of deuterated compounds;

 

Ø  

our analytical methods for evaluating how selective deuterium substitution affects different pharmacokinetic and metabolic parameters in in vitro and in vivo systems; and

 

Ø  

our methods to determine the degree of deuterium substitution in compounds we manufacture.

MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY

We have developed the internal capability to manufacture up to low kilogram quantities of deuterated active pharmaceutical ingredients for use in Phase 1 clinical trials. Our manufacturing facility occupies approximately 700 square feet at our facility in Lexington, Massachusetts.

While our manufacturing capabilities can support Phase 1 clinical trials, we currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of product candidates for our clinical trials, including the ongoing clinical trials of CTP-354. We obtain these manufacturing services, including both the manufacture of the active pharmaceutical ingredients and finished drug product, on a purchase order basis and have not entered into long-term contracts with any of these third party manufacturers. We expect to rely on third parties for commercial manufacturing for any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval.

We have successfully transferred the methods we use in our internal manufacturing to our third party manufacturers, allowing them to produce multi-kilogram quantities of clinical trial materials with similar

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

efficiency as we manufacture compounds internally. If any of our third party manufacturers should become unavailable to us for any reason, we believe that there are a number of potential replacements, although we might incur some delay in identifying and qualifying such replacements.

We believe that all of the deuterium that we use in manufacturing our product candidates is currently derived, directly or indirectly, from deuterium oxide. For most of our deuterium supply we rely on bulk supplies of deuterium oxide, which we currently source from two suppliers, one located in the United States and one located abroad, which is affiliated with a foreign government. We may establish deuterium oxide supply arrangements with an additional supplier, which is located outside of the United States and is affiliated with a foreign government. It is also possible that our current U.S. supplier of deuterium oxide relies on our current foreign supplier, as well as our potential future foreign supplier, for its supply of deuterium oxide, although we are not familiar with its procurement processes. In order to internationally transport any deuterium oxide that we purchase from either of these two foreign suppliers, we, or our U.S. supplier, may be required to obtain an export license from the country of origin and we may be required to obtain an International Import Certificate from the country of destination. We are also required to obtain an export license from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission before shipping deuterium oxide from the United States to any contract manufacturer in another country. Each of these documents specifies the maximum amount of deuterium oxide that we, or our suppliers, are permitted to either import or export. In particular, in order to obtain additional supplies of deuterium oxide from the foreign-government affiliated supplier from which we have purchased deuterium oxide, we will be required to obtain an additional export license from the country of origin and a U.S. import certificate. While we have obtained similar licenses and certificates in the past, we may not be able to obtain them in the future in a timely manner or at all.

Certain of our manufacturing processes for our product candidates incorporate deuterium by using deuterated chemical intermediates or reagents that are derived from deuterium oxide. For the deuterated chemical intermediates and reagents, we are not subject to the license requirements applicable to deuterium oxide. However, the manufacturer of the deuterated chemical intermediate or reagent may themselves be required to obtain deuterium oxide under applicable licensing requirements. Most of the manufacturers of these deuterated chemical intermediates and reagents are not located in countries that produce bulk quantities of deuterium oxide. Therefore, our ability to source these deuterated chemical intermediates or reagents will depend on the ability of these manufacturers to obtain deuterium oxide from other countries.

We purchase our raw materials on a purchase order basis and have not entered into long-term contracts with any of these third party suppliers. We believe that the raw materials for our product candidates are readily available and that the cost of manufacturing for our product candidates will not preclude us from selling them profitably, if approved for sale.

COMMERCIALIZATION

We have not yet established a sales, marketing or product distribution infrastructure. We plan to use a combination of third party collaboration, licensing and distribution arrangements and a focused in-house commercialization capability to sell any of our products that receive marketing approval. With respect to the United States, we plan to seek to retain full commercialization rights for products that we can commercialize with a specialized sales force and to retain co-promotion or similar rights when feasible in indications requiring a larger commercial infrastructure. We plan to collaborate with third parties for commercialization in the United States of any products that require a large sales, marketing and product distribution infrastructure. We also plan to collaborate with third parties for commercialization outside the United States.

We plan to build a marketing and sales management organization to create and implement marketing strategies for any products that we market through our own sales organization and to oversee and

 

 

 

123


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

support our sales force. We expect the responsibilities of the marketing organization would include developing educational initiatives with respect to approved products and establishing relationships with thought leaders in relevant fields of medicine.

COMPETITION

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. There are a number of large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that currently market and sell products or are pursuing the development of product candidates for the treatment of spasticity, kidney disease, neurologic disorders, cancer and inflammation, the key indications for our priority programs. Several large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have also begun to cover deuterated analogs of their product candidates in patent applications and may choose to develop these deuterated compounds. In addition, we know of one small biotechnology company, Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and possibly two others, DeutRx LLC and Berolina innovative Research and Development Services Pharma GmbH, that are developing product candidates based on deuterium substitution. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations.

Many of our existing and potential future competitors have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

The key competitive factors affecting the success of all of our product candidates, if approved, are likely to be their efficacy, product labeling, side effect profiles, safety, convenience, price, particularly if there is generic competition, differentiation from their corresponding non-deuterated compounds when applicable, and the availability of reimbursement from government and other third party payors.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we or our collaborators may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products sooner than we or our collaborators may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we or our collaborators are able to enter the market.

In addition, we anticipate that some of the product candidates that we or our collaborators may develop will be deuterated analogs of approved drugs, some of which are or will then be available on a generic basis. If such deuterated analogs are approved, we expect that they will compete against branded and generic non-deuterated compounds in the same indications based on enhanced efficacy, safety or convenience of dosing. If physicians do not believe that a product that we or our collaborators develop offers substantial advantages over the corresponding non-deuterated compound, or that the advantages offered by our product as compared to the corresponding non-deuterated compound are not sufficient to merit the increased price over the corresponding non-deuterated compound that we or our collaborators would seek, physicians might not prescribe our product.

 

 

 

124


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

If the product candidates for our priority programs are approved for the indications for which we or our collaborators are currently undertaking clinical trials, they will compete with the therapies discussed below and will likely compete with other therapies that are currently in development.

CTP-354

We are initially developing CTP-354 for the treatment of spasticity associated with multiple sclerosis and spinal cord injury. Current first-line treatment for spasticity includes oral and local agents and physical and occupational therapy. Four oral drugs have been approved in the United States for the treatment of spasticity: baclofen (Lioresal), tizanidine (Zanaflex), diazepam (Valium) and dantrolene (Dantrium), each of which is available on a generic basis. Spasticity is also treated through localized injections of botulinum toxin. In addition, there are several potentially competitive product candidates in Phase 3 clinical development being pursued by pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including GW Pharmaceuticals plc and Osmotica Pharmaceuticals Corp.

CTP-499

The current standard of care for type 2 diabetic kidney disease in patients with macroalbuminuria is treatment with angiotensin modulators. Angiotensin modulators are available on a generic basis. We are developing CTP-499 as an additive treatment to this current standard of care. If CTP-499 receives marketing approval, it may also face competition from a number of product candidates that are currently in clinical development, including one potentially competitive product candidate in Phase 3 clinical development being pursued by AbbVie Inc.

AVP-786

Avanir is developing AVP-786 for the treatment of neurologic and psychiatric disorders. There are a number of marketed drugs and product candidates in clinical development for these indications.

GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries and jurisdictions, including the European Union, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, manufacturing changes, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, labeling, advertising, promotion, sales, distribution, marketing, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations and other regulatory authorities, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

Review and Approval of Drugs in the United States

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the FDCA and implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant and/or sponsor to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, including refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters and other types of letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by the FDA and the Department of Justice or other governmental entities.

 

 

 

125


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

An applicant seeking approval to market and distribute a new drug product in the United States must typically undertake the following:

 

Ø  

completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice, or GLP, regulations;

 

Ø  

submission to the FDA of an IND, which allows human clinical trials to begin unless the FDA objects within 30 days;

 

Ø  

approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, representing each clinical site before each clinical trial may be initiated;

 

Ø  

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with the FDA’s cGCPs to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

 

Ø  

preparation and submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

Ø  

satisfactory review of the NDA by an FDA advisory committee, where appropriate or if applicable;

 

Ø  

satisfactory completion of one or more FDA inspections of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the drug product, and the active pharmaceutical ingredient or ingredients thereof, are produced to assess compliance with cGMPs and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to ensure the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

Ø  

payment of user fees and securing FDA approval of the NDA; and

 

Ø  

compliance with any post-approval requirements, including REMS and post-approval studies required by the FDA.

Preclinical Studies and an IND

Preclinical studies can include in vitro and animal studies to assess the potential for adverse events and, in some cases, to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations. Other studies include laboratory evaluation of the purity, stability and physical form of the manufactured drug substance or active pharmaceutical ingredient and the physical properties, stability and reproducibility of the formulated drug or drug product. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical studies, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. Some preclinical testing, such as longer-term toxicity testing, animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to a proposed clinical trial and places the trial on clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

Following commencement of a clinical trial under an IND, the FDA may place a clinical hold on that trial. A clinical hold is an order issued by the FDA to the sponsor to delay a proposed clinical investigation or to suspend an ongoing investigation. A partial clinical hold is a delay or suspension of only part of the clinical work requested under the IND. For example, a specific protocol or part of a protocol is not allowed to proceed, while other protocols may do so. No more than 30 days after imposition of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, the FDA will provide the sponsor a written explanation of the basis for the hold. Following issuance of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, an investigation may only resume after the FDA has notified the sponsor that the investigation may proceed. The FDA will base that determination on information provided by the sponsor correcting the deficiencies previously cited or otherwise satisfying the FDA that the investigation can proceed.

 

 

 

126


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Human Clinical Studies in Support of an NDA

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with cGCP requirements, which include, among other things, the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing before their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under written study protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. In addition, an IRB representing each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution, and the IRB must conduct continuing review and reapprove the study at least annually. The IRB must review and approve, among other things, the study protocol and informed consent information to be provided to study subjects. An IRB must operate in compliance with FDA regulations. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the NIH for public dissemination on their ClinicalTrials.gov website.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

Phase 1:

   The product candidate is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

Phase 2:

   The product candidate is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

Phase 3:

   The product candidate is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. The FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites in late-stage clinical trials to assure compliance with cGCP and the integrity of the clinical data submitted.

Section 505(b)(2) NDAs

NDAs for most new drug products are based on two adequate and well-controlled clinical trials which must contain substantial evidence of the safety and efficacy of the proposed new product. These applications are submitted under Section 505(b)(1) of the FDCA. The FDA is, however, authorized to approve an alternative type of NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. This type of application allows the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA’s previous findings of safety and efficacy for a similar product, or published literature. Specifically, Section 505(b)(2) applies to NDAs for a drug for which the applicant relies, as part of its application, on investigations made to show whether or not the drug is safe and effective for use “that were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference or use from the person by or for whom the investigations were conducted.”

 

 

 

127


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Thus, Section 505(b)(2) authorizes the FDA to approve an NDA based on safety and effectiveness data that were not developed by the applicant. NDAs filed under Section 505(b)(2) may provide an alternate and potentially more expeditious pathway to FDA approval for new or improved formulations or new uses of previously approved products. If the 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on the FDA’s previous approval is scientifically appropriate, the applicant may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical or clinical studies of the new product. The FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or measurements to support the change from the approved product. The FDA may then approve the new drug candidate for all or some of the label indications for which the referenced product has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

If our partners submit NDAs for approval of deuterated analogs of marketed compounds for which they are the NDA holder, we believe that in certain cases the FDA may allow referencing of data from the non-deuterated compound in support of the application for approval of the deuterated product. Since this referencing by our partners would involve use of their own data and not require the use of another party’s data, it would constitute a Section 505(b)(1) application.

Submission of an NDA to the FDA

Assuming successful completion of required clinical testing and other requirements, the results of the preclinical and clinical studies, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the drug product for one or more indications. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is additionally subject to an application user fee, currently exceeding $2.1 million, and the sponsor of an approved NDA is also subject to annual product and establishment user fees, currently exceeding $104,000 per product and $554,600 per establishment. These fees are typically increased annually.

Under certain circumstances, the FDA will waive the application fee for the first human drug application that a small business, defined as a company with less than 500 employees, or its affiliate submits for review. An affiliate is defined as a business entity that has a relationship with a second business entity if one business entity controls, or has the power to control, the other business entity, or a third party controls, or has the power to control, both entities.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of an NDA within 60 days of its receipt and informs the sponsor by the 74th day after the FDA’s receipt of the submission to determine whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA has agreed to specified performance goals in the review process of NDAs. Most such applications are meant to be reviewed within ten months from the date of filing, and most applications for “priority review” products are meant to be reviewed within six months of filing. The review process may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider new information or clarification provided by the applicant to address an outstanding deficiency identified by the FDA following the original submission.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with cGCP.

The FDA also may require submission of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, plan to mitigate any identified or suspected serious risks. The REMS plan could include medication guides,

 

 

 

128


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

physician communication plans, assessment plans, and elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries, or other risk minimization tools.

The FDA is required to refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee or explain why such referral was not made. Typically, an advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

The FDA’s Decision on an NDA

On the basis of the FDA’s evaluation of the NDA and accompanying information, including the results of the inspection of the manufacturing facilities, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a complete response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing or information in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If and when those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

If the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess the drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, including REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-market studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

The product may also be subject to official lot release, meaning that the manufacturer is required to perform certain tests on each lot of the product before it is released for distribution. If the product is subject to official release, the manufacturer must submit samples of each lot, together with a release protocol showing a summary of the history of manufacture of the lot and the results of all of the manufacturer’s tests performed on the lot, to the FDA. The FDA may in addition perform certain confirmatory tests on lots of some products before releasing the lots for distribution. Finally, the FDA will conduct laboratory research related to the safety and effectiveness of drug products.

Post-Approval Requirements

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, annual user fee requirements for any marketed products and the establishments at which such products are manufactured, as well as new application fees for supplemental applications with clinical data.

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are

 

 

 

129


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events or problems with manufacturing processes of unanticipated severity or frequency, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

Ø  

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

Ø  

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

Ø  

refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

Ø  

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

Ø  

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, which regulates the distribution of drugs and drug samples at the federal level, and sets minimum standards for the registration and regulation of drug distributors by the states. Both the PDMA and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples and impose requirements to ensure accountability in distribution.

Abbreviated New Drug Applications for Generic Drugs

In 1984, with passage of the Hatch-Waxman Amendments to the FDCA, Congress authorized the FDA to approve generic drugs that are the same as drugs previously approved by the FDA under the NDA provisions of the statute. To obtain approval of a generic drug, an applicant must submit an ANDA to the agency. In support of such applications, a generic manufacturer may rely on the preclinical and clinical testing previously conducted for a drug product previously approved under an NDA, known as the reference listed drug, or RLD. To reference that information, however, the ANDA applicant must demonstrate, and the FDA must conclude, that the generic drug does, in fact, perform in the same way as the RLD it purports to copy.

Specifically, in order for an ANDA to be approved, the FDA must find that the generic version is identical to the RLD with respect to the active ingredients, the route of administration, the dosage form, and the strength of the drug. At the same time, the FDA must also determine that the generic drug is

 

 

 

130


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

“bioequivalent” to the innovator drug. Under the statute, a generic drug is bioequivalent to a RLD if “the rate and extent of absorption of the generic drug do not show a significant difference from the rate and extent of absorption of the reference listed drug. . . .”

Upon approval of an ANDA, the FDA indicates that the generic product is “therapeutically equivalent” to the RLD and it assigns a therapeutic equivalence rating to the approved generic drug in its publication “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” also referred to as the “Orange Book.” Physicians and pharmacists consider the therapeutic equivalence rating to mean that a generic drug is fully substitutable for the RLD. In addition, by operation of certain state laws and numerous health insurance programs, the FDA’s designation of a therapeutic equivalence rating often results in substitution of the generic drug without the knowledge or consent of either the prescribing physician or patient.

Under the Hatch Waxman Amendments, the FDA may not approve an ANDA until any applicable period of non-patent exclusivity for the RLD has expired. The FDCA provides a period of five years of data exclusivity for new drug containing a new chemical entity. In cases where such exclusivity has been granted, an ANDA may not be filed with the FDA until the expiration of five years unless the submission is accompanied by a Paragraph IV certification, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following the original product approval. The FDCA also provides for a period of three years of exclusivity if the NDA includes reports of one or more new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies, that were conducted by or for the applicant and are essential to the approval of the application. This three-year exclusivity period often protects changes to a previously approved drug product, such as a new dosage form, route of administration, combination or indication.

Hatch-Waxman Patent Certification and the 30 Month Stay

Upon approval of an NDA or a supplement thereto, NDA sponsors are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s product or a method of using the product. Each of the patents listed by the NDA sponsor is published in the Orange Book. When an ANDA applicant files its application with the FDA, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the reference product in the Orange Book, except for patents covering methods of use for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval.

Specifically, the applicant must certify with respect to each patent that:

 

Ø  

the required patent information has not been filed;

 

Ø  

the listed patent has expired;

 

Ø  

the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or

 

Ø  

the listed patent is invalid, unenforceable or will not be infringed by the new product.

A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicate that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired.

If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days after the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

 

 

 

131


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would. As a result, approval of a 505(b)(2) NDA can be stalled until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired, until any non-patent exclusivity, such as exclusivity for obtaining approval of a new chemical entity, listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired, and, in the case of a Paragraph IV certification and subsequent patent infringement suit, until the earlier of 30 months, settlement of the lawsuit or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

Pediatric Studies and Exclusivity

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, a NDA or supplement thereto must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. With enactment of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, in 2012, sponsors must also submit pediatric study plans prior to the assessment data. Those plans must contain an outline of the proposed pediatric study or studies the applicant plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, any deferral or waiver requests, and other information required by regulation. The applicant, the FDA, and the FDA’s internal review committee must then review the information submitted, consult with each other, and agree upon a final plan. The FDA or the applicant may request an amendment to the plan at any time.

The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. Additional requirements and procedures relating to deferral requests and requests for extension of deferrals are contained in FDASIA. Unless otherwise required by regulation, the pediatric data requirements do not apply to products with orphan designation.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of non-patent marketing exclusivity in the United States and, if granted, provides for the attachment of an additional six months of marketing protection to the term of any existing regulatory exclusivity, including the non-patent and orphan exclusivity. This six-month exclusivity may be granted if an NDA sponsor submits pediatric data that fairly respond to a written request from the FDA for such data. The data do not need to show the product to be effective in the pediatric population studied; rather, if the clinical trial is deemed to fairly respond to the FDA’s request, the additional protection is granted. If reports of requested pediatric studies are submitted to and accepted by the FDA within the statutory time limits, whatever statutory or regulatory periods of exclusivity or patent protection cover the product are extended by six months. This is not a patent term extension, but it effectively extends the regulatory period during which the FDA cannot accept or approve another application.

Patent Term Restoration and Extension

A patent claiming a new drug product may be eligible for a limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments). Those Amendments permit a patent restoration of up to five years for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review. The restoration period granted is typically one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of a NDA, plus the time between the submission date of a NDA and ultimate approval. Patent term restoration cannot be used to extend the remaining term of a patent past a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug product is eligible for the extension, and the

 

 

 

132


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent in question. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration in consultation with the FDA.

Regulation of Controlled Substances

We handle a product that is treated as a “controlled substance” under the CSA. The CSA authorizes the DEA to regulate the registration, procurement, manufacturing, production, possession, labeling and distribution of controlled substances. Controlled substances are classified as Schedule I, II, III, IV or V substances, with Schedule I substances considered to present the highest risk of substance abuse and Schedule V substances the lowest risk.

Our product candidate JZP-386, which we have licensed to Jazz Pharmaceuticals, is a deuterium substituted analog of sodium oxybate. Sodium oxybate is regulated as a chemical by the DEA as a Schedule I controlled substance. However, when formulated into Xyrem, the drug product is regulated as a Schedule III substance. Because of the Schedule I classification of sodium oxybate, JZP-386 is regulated by the DEA as a Schedule I controlled substance. If JZP-386 becomes approved as the active pharmaceutical ingredient in a drug product, the DEA may decide to regulate the drug product as a Schedule III controlled substance, similar to Xyrem.

The manufacture, shipment, storage, sale and use of Schedule I substances are subject to a high degree of regulation. Every person who manufactures, distributes, dispenses, imports or exports any controlled substance must register with the DEA, unless they are exempt. Moreover, for Schedule I substances, the CSA authorizes the DEA to establish aggregate production quotas for all manufacturers, individual production quotas for specific registered manufactures and individual production quotas for registrants who have not manufactured controlled substances during one or more proceeding years.

We expect our product candidate CTP-354 to be classified as a Schedule IV substance under the CSA. The CSA also places significant restrictions on substances which have been classified in Schedules III and IV. While these restrictions are not as severe as those governing substances in Schedules I and II, they nonetheless establish strict limitations on the manufacture, sale and distribution of Schedule III and IV substances. For example, prescriptions for controlled substances that are prescription drugs in such schedules may only be filled or refilled by pharmacists up to five times within six months after the date on which the prescription was issued, unless the prescribing practitioner renews the prescription.

The failure to maintain compliance with applicable requirements under the CSA can result in enforcement action that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. The DEA may inspect facilities, seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations or initiate proceedings to revoke those registrations. In certain circumstances, violations could lead to criminal proceedings. Individual states also regulate controlled substances, and we and our contract manufacturers are subject to state regulation on distribution of these products.

Review and Approval of Drug Products in the European Union

In order to market any product outside of the United States, a company must also comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality, safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not it obtains FDA approval for a product, the company would need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable foreign regulatory authorities before it can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries or jurisdictions. The approval process ultimately varies between countries and jurisdictions and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approval in other countries and jurisdictions might differ from and be longer than that required to obtain FDA approval. Regulatory

 

 

 

133


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

approval in one country or jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction may negatively impact the regulatory process in others.

Pursuant to the European Clinical Trials Directive, a system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union has been implemented through national legislation of the member states. Under this system, an applicant must obtain approval from the competent national authority of a European Union member state in which the clinical trial is to be conducted. Furthermore, the applicant may only start a clinical trial after a competent ethics committee has issued a favorable opinion. Clinical trial applications must be accompanied by an investigational medicinal product dossier with supporting information prescribed by the European Clinical Trials Directive and corresponding national laws of the member states and further detailed in applicable guidance documents.

To obtain marketing approval of a drug under European Union regulatory systems, an applicant must submit a marketing authorization application, or MAA, either under a centralized or decentralized procedure.

The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization by the European Commission that is valid for all European Union member states. The centralized procedure is compulsory for specific products, including for medicines produced by certain biotechnological processes, products designated as orphan medicinal products, advanced therapy products and products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of certain diseases. For products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of other diseases and products that are highly innovative or for which a centralized process is in the interest of patients, the centralized procedure may be optional.

Under the centralized procedure, the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or the CHMP, established at the EMA is responsible for conducting the initial assessment of a drug. The CHMP is also responsible for several post-authorization and maintenance activities, such as the assessment of modifications or extensions to an existing marketing authorization. Under the centralized procedure in the European Union, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of an MAA is 210 days, excluding clock stops, when additional information or written or oral explanation is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions of the CHMP. Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation. In this circumstance, the EMA ensures that the opinion of the CHMP is given within 150 days.

The decentralized procedure is available to applicants who wish to market a product in various European Union member states where such product has not received marketing approval in any European Union member states before. The decentralized procedure provides for approval by one or more other, or concerned, member states of an assessment of an application performed by one member state designated by the applicant, known as the reference member state. Under this procedure, an applicant submits an application based on identical dossiers and related materials, including a draft summary of product characteristics, and draft labeling and package leaflet, to the reference member state and concerned member states. The reference member state prepares a draft assessment report and drafts of the related materials within 120 days after receipt of a valid application. Within 90 days of receiving the reference member state’s assessment report and related materials, each concerned member state must decide whether to approve the assessment report and related materials.

If a member state cannot approve the assessment report and related materials on the grounds of potential serious risk to public health, the disputed points are subject to a dispute resolution mechanism and may eventually be referred to the European Commission, whose decision is binding on all member states.

 

 

 

134


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Data and Market Exclusivity in the European Union

In the European Union, new chemical entities qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity. This data exclusivity, if granted, prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a generic (abbreviated) application for eight years, after which generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but not approved for two years. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of eleven years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be a new chemical entity and the sponsor is able to gain the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company nevertheless could also market another version of the drug if such company can complete a full MAA with a complete database of pharmaceutical test, preclinical tests and clinical trials and obtain marketing approval of its product.

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of products approved by the FDA and other government authorities. Sales of products will depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of the products will be covered by third-party payors, including government health programs in the United States such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price or reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the approved products for a particular indication.

In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, a company may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable regulatory approvals. A payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Third-party reimbursement may not be sufficient to maintain price levels high enough to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments, and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services and examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. If these third-party payors do not consider a product to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover the product after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow a company to sell its products at a profit. The U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid health care costs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs. Adoption of such controls and measures, and tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceuticals.

As a result, the marketability of any product which receives regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. In addition, an increasing emphasis on managed care in the United States has increased and will continue to increase the pressure on drug pricing. Coverage policies, third-party reimbursement rates and drug pricing regulation may change at any time. In particular, the PPACA contains provisions that may reduce

 

 

 

135


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

the profitability of drug products, including, for example, increased rebates for drugs sold to Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal health care programs. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products that receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

In the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that drug products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of drug products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. European Union member states may approve a specific price for a drug product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the drug product on the market. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but monitor and control company profits. The downward pressure on health care costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, in some countries, cross-border imports from low-priced markets exert competitive pressure that may reduce pricing within a country. Any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for drug products may not allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products.

Healthcare Law and Regulation

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of drug products that are granted marketing approval. Arrangements with third-party payors and customers are subject to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our products for which we obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include the following:

 

Ø  

the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

Ø  

the federal False Claims Act imposes civil penalties, and provides for civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

Ø  

HIPAA imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

Ø  

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

Ø  

the federal false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

 

 

136


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

 

Ø  

the federal transparency requirements under the Health Care Reform Law will require manufacturers of drugs, devices, drugs and medical supplies to report to the Department of Health and Human Services information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals and physician ownership and investment interests; and

 

Ø  

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers.

Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring drug manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other health care providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Regulation of Deuterium Oxide

We believe that all of the deuterium that we use in manufacturing our product candidates is currently derived, directly or indirectly, from deuterium oxide. For most of our deuterium supply we rely on bulk supplies of deuterium oxide, which we currently source from two suppliers, one located in the United States and one located abroad, which is affiliated with a foreign government. We may establish deuterium oxide supply arrangements with an additional supplier, which is located outside of the United States and is affiliated with a foreign government. In order to internationally transport any deuterium oxide that we purchase from either of these two foreign suppliers, we, or our U.S. supplier, may be required to obtain an export license from the country of origin and we may be required to obtain an International Import Certificate from the country of destination. We are also required to obtain an export license from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission before shipping deuterium oxide from the United States to any contract manufacturer in another country. Each of these documents specifies the maximum amount of deuterium oxide that we, or our suppliers, are permitted to either import or export. We have obtained an export license from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission for the export of 20,000 kilograms of heavy water over the life of the license, which is valid until December 2015. However, in order to obtain additional supplies of deuterium oxide from the foreign-government affiliated supplier from which we have purchased deuterium oxide, we will be required to obtain an additional export license from the country of origin and a U.S. import certificate. While we have obtained similar licenses and certificates in the past, we may not be able to obtain them in the future in a timely manner or at all. We have not obtained an export license from the country in which our potential future foreign supplier is located. In addition, if any our product candidates is approved by the FDA, then the FDA will also have regulatory jurisdiction over the manufacture and use of deuterium oxide in such product.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2013, we had 43 employees, 25 of whom were primarily engaged in research and product development activities. A total of 16 employees have Ph.D. degrees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union and we believe our relations with our employees are good.

FACILITIES

Our offices are located in Lexington, Massachusetts, consisting of approximately 45,000 square feet of leased office and laboratory space. The term of the lease expires in September 2015.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

 

 

 

137


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Management

The following table sets forth the name, age and positions of each of our executive officers and directors as of January 10, 2014.

 

Name    Age    Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Roger D. Tung, Ph.D.

   54    President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

Nancy Stuart

   55    Chief Operating Officer

Ian Robert Silverman, J.D., Ph.D.

   61    Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Non-Employee Directors

     

Richard H. Aldrich(2)(3)

   59    Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors

Ronald W. Barrett, Ph.D(2)

   58    Director

John G. Freund, M.D.(1)

   60    Director

Peter Barton Hutt(3)

   79    Director

Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D(1)(2)

   57    Director

Helmut M. Schühsler, Ph.D(1)

   54    Director

 

(1)   Member of audit committee.

 

(2)   Member of compensation committee.

 

(3)   Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Roger D. Tung, Ph.D. is our co-founder and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since April 2006. Before Concert, Dr. Tung was a founding scientist at Vertex, a pharmaceutical company, where he was employed from 1989 to 2005, most recently as its Vice President of Drug Discovery. Prior to Vertex, he held various positions at Merck, Sharp & Dohme Research Laboratories, a global healthcare provider, and The Squibb Institute for Medicinal Chemistry. Dr. Tung received a B.A. in Chemistry from Reed College and a Ph.D. in Medicinal Chemistry at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. We believe that Dr. Tung’s detailed knowledge of our company and his 28 year career in the global pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, including his roles at Vertex, provide a critical contribution to our board of directors.

Nancy Stuart has served as our Chief Operating Officer since October 2007 and was our Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Operations from July 2006 to October 2007. Prior to joining Concert Ms. Stuart held various business operations and business development positions at Amgen Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, Kinetix Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a pharmaceutical company subsequently acquired by Amgen, Scion Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, Vertex and Genzyme Corporation, a biotechnology company subsequently acquired by Sanofi S.A. Ms. Stuart holds a B.S. from the University of Michigan, and an M.B.A. from the Simmons College Graduate School of Management.

Ian Robert Silverman, J.D., Ph.D. has served as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since December 2010 and prior to that was our Vice President and General Counsel from January 2007 to December 2010. Prior to joining Concert, he served in various legal related roles at Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, Vertex and FMC Corporation, a chemical manufacturing company. Dr. Silverman received his J.D. from Rutgers-Camden Law School, a Ph.D. in organic chemistry from the University of New Mexico and a B.A. from Lehigh University.

 

 

 

138


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

Richard H. Aldrich is our co-founder and has served as a member of our board of directors and as Chairman of our board of directors since May 2006. Mr. Aldrich is a Founder and has been Partner of Longwood Fund, a venture capital firm, since February 2010. Mr. Aldrich founded RA Capital Management LLC, a hedge fund, in 2004 and served as a Managing Member from 2004 to 2008 and as a Co-Founding Member from 2008 until 2011. Mr. Aldrich has co-founded several biotechnology companies including Sirtris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., which was acquired by GlaxoSmithKline in 2008, and Alnara Pharmaceuticals, Inc., which was acquired by Eli Lilly in 2011. He has also held management positions at Vertex, where he was a co-founding employee, and Biogen Corporation (now Biogen Idec Inc., a biotechnology company). Mr. Aldrich co-founded and serves on the board of directors of Verastem, Inc., a public biopharmaceutical company and also serves on the boards of directors of OvaScience, Inc., a public life sciences company of which he serves as chairman of the board, and PTC Therapeutics, Inc., a public biopharmaceutical company. Mr. Aldrich received his undergraduate degree from Boston College, and an M.B.A. from the Amos Tuck School at Dartmouth College. We believe Mr. Aldrich’s broad-based experience in business, including his leadership and board experience at life science companies, and his familiarity with our business as a co-founder of our company allows him to be a key contributor to our board of directors.

Ronald W. Barrett, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2007. Dr. Barrett is a founder of XenoPort, Inc., a public biopharmaceutical company, and has served as its Chief Executive Officer since 2001, its Chief Scientific Officer from 1999 to 2001 and as a member of its board of directors since 1999. Prior to XenoPort he held various positions at Affymax Research Institute, a drug discovery company now owned by GlaxoSmithKline plc, and Abbott Laboratories, a healthcare company. Dr. Barrett received a B.S. from Bucknell University and a Ph.D. in pharmacology from Rutgers University. We believe that Dr. Barrett’s industry and board experience, including his experience as the chief executive officer of a publically traded biopharmaceutical company, makes him a key contributor to our board of directors.

John G. Freund, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2013. Dr. Freund co-founded Skyline Ventures in 1997 and has served as a partner at Skyline since its founding. Prior to joining Skyline, Dr. Freund served as managing director in the private equity group of Chancellor Capital Management, a private capital investment firm. In 1995, he co-founded Intuitive Surgical, a medical device company, and served on its board of directors until 2000. From 1988 to 1994, Dr. Freund served in various positions at Acuson Corporation, a maker of ultrasound equipment that is now part of Siemens, most recently as Executive Vice President. Prior to joining Acuson, Dr. Freund was a general partner of Morgan Stanley Venture Partners from 1987 to 1988. From 1982 to 1988, Dr. Freund was a general partner at Morgan Stanley & Co., an investment banking company, where he co-founded the Healthcare Group in the Corporate Finance Department in 1983. He has served on the board of directors of XenoPort, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, since 1999, and Tetraphase Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, since 2012. Dr. Freund also serves on the board of directors of two privately held companies, Advion and DiscoverX, and three U.S. registered investment funds managed by Capital Research and Management. He also previously served on the board of directors of four publicly traded companies, Map Pharmaceuticals, a biopharmaceutical company, Hansen Medical, a biotechnology company, Sirtris Pharmaceuticals, a biopharmaceutical company, and Mako Surgical Corp., a medical device company. Dr. Freund is a member of the Advisory Board for the Harvard Business School Healthcare Initiative, and is a member of the Therapeutics Advisory Council of Harvard Medical School. Dr. Freund received a B.A. in history from Harvard College, an M.D. from Harvard Medical School and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe that Dr. Freund’s extensive finance and investment experience, his experience as an executive and his service on the board of directors of numerous public and privately held companies allows him to be a key contributor to our board of directors.

 

 

 

139


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

Peter Barton Hutt has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2006. Mr. Hutt has practiced law at Covington & Burling LLP, specializing in food and drug law, since 1960 (except for the period from 1971 to 1975) and currently serves as senior counsel. From 1971 to 1975 he was Chief Counsel for the Food and Drug Administration. Mr. Hutt is a member of the board of directors of Momenta Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a public pharmaceutical company, DBV Technologies SA, Q Therapeutics, Inc. and Xoma Ltd., each of which is a public biotechnology company, as well as numerous private companies. During the last five years, Mr. Hutt also served as a member of the board of directors of Celera Genomics, a public biotechnology company that was acquired by Quest Diagnostics, Inc. in 2011, CV Therapeutics, Inc., a public biotechnology company that was acquired by Gilead Sciences, Inc. in 2009, and Ista Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a public pharmaceuticals company that was acquired by Bausch & Lomb Inc. in 2012. Mr. Hutt received a B.A. from Yale University, an LL.B. from Harvard Law School and an LL.M. from New York University School of Law. We believe Mr. Hutt’s extensive knowledge of regulatory and legal issues related to drug development and his service on numerous boards of directors allows him to be a key contributor to our board of directors.

Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2006. Dr. Jaeger co-founded Three Arch Partners, a venture capital firm, in 1993 and has served as a Partner since that time. Prior to co-founding Three Arch Partners, Dr. Jaeger was a general partner at Schroder Ventures. He is also a member of the board of directors of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a public pharmaceutical company, as well as numerous private companies. Dr. Jaeger received a B.S. in Biology from the University of British Columbia, his M.D. from the University of British Columbia School of Medicine and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. In addition to representing one of our principal stockholders, we believe that that Dr. Jaeger’s financial and medical knowledge and experience allows him to be a key contributor to our board of directors.

Helmut M. Schühsler, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2011. Dr. Schühsler has worked for TVM Capital, a group of life science venture capital and healthcare private equity firms, since 1990 and currently serves as its Chairman and Managing Partner. During 2007 and 2008, Dr. Schühsler also served as Chairman of the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association. Dr. Schühsler currently serves as a member of the board of Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a public pharmaceutical company, several other healthcare growth companies and Max Planck Innovation, the technology transfer organization of the German Max Planck Society. For several years he was a member of the Selection Committee for the Technology Pioneers program. Prior to joining TVM Capital, Dr. Schühsler worked for Horizonte Venture Management, a venture capital firm, and was an assistant professor for corporate finance at the Institute for Advanced Studies in Vienna. Dr. Schühsler received a Ph.D. in the Social and Economic Sciences from the University of Economics in Vienna. In addition to representing one of our principal stockholders, we believe that Dr. Schühsler’s business and financial experience as a director and investor in several companies in our industry allows him to be a key contributor to our board of directors.

FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

BOARD COMPOSITION

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, all of whom were elected as directors pursuant to a voting agreement that we have entered into with the holders of our preferred stock and certain of our founders. The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering and there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed

 

 

 

140


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

only by resolution of the board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

In accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, class I, class II and class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of the classes will be divided as follows:

 

Ø  

the class I directors will be Peter Barton Hutt, Wilfred E. Jaeger and Roger D. Tung, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;

 

Ø  

the class II directors will be Ronald W. Barrett and John G. Freund, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; and

 

Ø  

the class III directors will be Richard H. Aldrich and Helmut M. Schühsler, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires.

We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. Our priority in selection of board members is identification of members who will further the interests of our stockholders through his or her established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business and understanding of the competitive landscape.

DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Rule 5605 of the NASDAQ Listing Rules requires a majority of a listed company’s board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within one year of listing. In addition, the NASDAQ Listing Rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Under Rule 5605(a)(2), a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of our board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

In December 2013 and January 2014, our board of directors undertook a review of the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of Dr. Tung, is an “independent director” as defined under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Our board of directors also determined that John G. Freund, Wilfred E. Jaeger and Helmut M. Schühsler, who will comprise our audit committee following this offering, and Richard H. Aldrich, Ronald W. Barrett and Wilfred E. Jaeger, who will comprise our

 

 

 

141


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

compensation committee following this offering, satisfy the independence standards for such committees established by the SEC and the NASDAQ Listing Rules, as applicable. In making such determinations, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

BOARD COMMITTEES

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each of these committees will operate under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors.

Audit committee

Effective at the time of this offering, the members of our audit committee will be John G. Freund, Wilfred E. Jaeger and Helmut M. Schühsler. Dr. Schühsler will be the chair of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of these directors is independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In addition, our board of directors has determined that each of Dr. Schühsler and Dr. Jaeger qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and the NASDAQ Listing Rules. In making this determination, our board has considered the formal education and nature and scope of his previous experience, coupled with past and present service on various audit committees. Our audit committee assists our board of directors in its oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process and the audits of our financial statements. Following this offering, our audit committee’s responsibilities will include:

 

Ø  

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of the our registered public accounting firm;

 

Ø  

overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

 

Ø  

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

Ø  

monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

 

Ø  

overseeing our internal audit function, if any;

 

Ø  

discussing our risk management policies;

 

Ø  

establishing policies regarding hiring employees from our independent registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;

 

Ø  

meeting independently with our internal auditing staff, our independent registered public accounting firm and management;

 

Ø  

reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and

 

Ø  

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules. All audit services to be provided to us and all non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

Compensation committee

Effective at the time of this offering, the members of our compensation committee will be Richard H. Aldrich, Ronald W. Barrett and Wilfred E. Jaeger. Dr. Barrett will be the chair of the compensation

 

 

 

142


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

committee. Our compensation committee assists our board of directors in the discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executive officers. Following this offering, the compensation committee’s responsibilities will include:

 

Ø  

reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board with respect to, the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

Ø  

overseeing the evaluation of our senior executives;

 

Ø  

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to our incentive-compensation and equity-based compensation plans;

 

Ø  

overseeing and administering our equity-based plans;

 

Ø  

reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to director compensation;

 

Ø  

reviewing and discussing with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure to the extent such disclosure is required by SEC rules; and

 

Ø  

preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Effective at the time of this offering, the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be Richard H. Aldrich and Peter Barton Hutt. Mr. Aldrich will be the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Upon the completion of this offering, the nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities will include:

 

Ø  

identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board;

 

Ø  

recommending to our board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our board’s committees;

 

Ø  

developing and recommending to our board corporate governance principles; and

 

Ø  

overseeing an annual evaluation of our board.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

None of our executive officers serves, or in the past has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company, nor have they ever been an officer or employee of our company.

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following this offering, a copy of the code will be posted on the Corporate Governance section of our website, which is located at www.concertpharma.com. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K.

 

 

 

143


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Executive compensation

This section discusses the material elements of our executive compensation policies for our “named executive officers” and the most important factors relevant to an analysis of these policies. It provides qualitative information regarding the manner and context in which compensation is awarded to and earned by our executive officers named in the “Summary compensation table” below, or our “named executive officers,” and is intended to place in perspective the data presented in the following tables and the corresponding narrative.

In preparing to become a public company, we have begun a thorough review of all elements of our executive compensation program, including the function and design of our equity incentive programs. We have begun, and we expect to continue in the coming months, to evaluate the need for revisions to our executive compensation program to ensure our program is competitive with the companies with which we compete for executive talent and is appropriate for a public company.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our President and Chief Executive Officer, our next two highest paid executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2013 and one individual who would have been one of our next two highest paid executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2013 but for the fact that this individual was not serving as one of our executive officers as of December 31, 2013. We refer to these individuals as our named executive officers.

 

Name    Year    

Salary

($)

    Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)
    All other
compensation
($)
    Total ($)  

Roger D. Tung, Ph.D.

     2013        373,171        212,211 (1)      8,178 (2)      593,560   

President and Chief Executive Officer

     2012        365,863        31,025 (3)      8,028 (4)      404,916   

Nancy Stuart

     2013        300,054        127,901 (1)      8,178 (2)      436,133   

Chief Operating Officer

     2012        294,180        18,699 (3)      8,028 (4)      320,907   

Ian Robert Silverman, J.D., Ph.D.

     2013        295,399        125,911 (1)      8,178 (2)      429,488   

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

          

James Shipley, M.D.(5)

     2013        261,627        60,013 (6)      365,188 (7)      686,828   

Former Chief Medical Officer

     2012        324,038        20,005 (3)      8,028 (4)      352,071   

 

(1)   Consists of a cash bonus paid under our 2013 executive bonus program that was earned as of the end of 2013 and a cash bonus under our 2012 executive bonus program that became payable during 2013 as the result of the satisfaction of a contingency during 2013. See the “—Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table” described below for a description of these programs.

 

(2)   Consists of $7,650 that we matched pursuant to our 401(k) plan and $528 in life insurance premiums.

 

(3)   Consists of a cash bonus paid under our 2012 executive bonus program that was earned and no longer remained subject to contingencies at the end of 2012. See the “—Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table” described below for a description of this program.

 

(4)   Consists of $7,500 that we matched pursuant to our 401(k) plan and $528 in life insurance premiums.

 

(5)   Dr. Shipley served as our Chief Medical Officer until his departure from our company effective October 15, 2013.

 

(6)   Consists of a cash bonus under our 2012 executive bonus program that became payable during 2013 as the result of the satisfaction of a contingency during 2013. See the “—Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table” described below for a description of this program.

 

(7)   Consists of $7,650 that we matched pursuant to our 401(k) plan, $440 in life insurance premiums and $357,098 in severance, accrued vacation and continuation of medical and dental benefits payable in connection with Dr. Shipley’s termination.

 

 

 

144


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table

Base salary. In 2013, we paid base salaries of $373,171 to Dr. Tung, $300,054 to Ms. Stuart, $295,399 to Dr. Silverman and, prior to his departure from our company effective October 15, 2013, $261,627 to Dr. Shipley. We use base salaries to recognize the experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities required of all our employees, including our named executive officers. None of our named executive officers is currently party to an employment agreement or other agreement or arrangement that provides for automatic or scheduled increases in base salary.

Annual bonus. Our board of directors may, in its discretion, award bonuses to our named executive officers from time to time. We typically establish annual bonus targets based around a set of specified corporate goals for our named executive officers and conduct an annual performance review to determine the attainment of such goals. Our management may propose bonus awards to the compensation committee of the board or the board primarily based on such review process. Our board of directors makes the final determination of the eligibility requirements for and the amount of such bonus awards. With respect to 2013, we awarded and paid bonuses of $119,136 to Dr. Tung, $71,804 to Ms. Stuart and $70,687 to Dr. Silverman, in each case as determined by our board of directors based on our achievement of company goals, with such amounts representing 80% of their respective bonus targets. With respect to 2012, we awarded and paid bonuses of $124,100 to Dr. Tung, $74,796 to Ms. Stuart, $73,632 to Dr. Silverman and $80,018 to Dr. Shipley, in each case as determined by our board of directors based on our achievement of company goals, with such amounts representing 85% of their respective bonus targets. Of these amounts, 25% was awarded and paid on December 31, 2012 as reflected in the summary compensation table above, while the remaining amounts remained contingent on the closing of a licensing transaction with Celgene, which occurred on April 4, 2013. These remaining amounts were subsequently paid on April 30, 2013.

Equity incentives. Although we do not have a formal policy with respect to the grant of equity incentive awards to our executive officers, or any formal equity ownership guidelines applicable to them, we believe that equity grants provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help to align the interests of our executives and our stockholders. In addition, we believe that equity grants with a time-based vesting feature promote executive retention because this feature incentivizes our executive officers to remain in our employment during the vesting period. Accordingly our compensation committee and board of directors periodically review the equity incentive compensation of our named executive officers and from time to time may grant equity incentive awards to them in the form of stock options.

We typically grant stock option awards at the start of employment to each executive and our other employees. Through 2013, we have not maintained a practice of granting additional equity on an annual basis, but we have retained discretion to provide additional targeted grants in certain circumstances.

We award our stock options on the date our board of directors or compensation committee approves the grant. We set the option exercise price and grant date fair value based on our per-share estimated valuation on the date of grant. For grants in connection with initial employment, vesting begins on the initial date of employment. Time vested stock option grants to our executives and other employees typically vest 25% on the first anniversary of grant or, if earlier, the initial employment date and 6.25% per quarter thereafter, through the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and have a term of 10 years from the grant date. In 2013, we did not grant equity awards to any of our named executive officers.

 

 

 

145


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT YEAR END

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

 

    Option awards  
Name   Number of securities
underlying unexercised
options (#) exercisable
    Number of securities
underlying unexercised
options (#)  unexercisable
     Option
exercise
price ($)
    

Option
expiration

date

 

Roger D. Tung, Ph.D.

    500,000                0.20         12/11/2017   
    300,000                0.81         12/19/2018   
    215,000                0.78         12/10/2019   
    123,750 (1)      41,250         0.67         12/14/2020   
    112,500 (2)      112,500         0.62         12/15/2021   

Nancy Stuart

    450,000                0.10         8/30/2016   
    200,000                0.20         12/11/2017   
    300,000                0.81         12/19/2018   
    195,000                0.78         12/10/2019   
    90,000 (1)      30,000         0.67         12/14/2020   
    62,500 (2)      62,500         0.62         12/15/2021   

Ian Robert Silverman, J.D., Ph.D

    300,000                0.20         6/4/2017   
    110,000                0.20         12/11/2017   
    80,000                0.81         12/19/2018   
    175,000                0.78         12/10/2019   
    90,000 (1)      30,000         0.67         12/14/2020   
    62,500 (2)      62,500         0.62         12/15/2021   

James Shipley, M.D

    446,875 (3)              0.67         3/24/2021   
    54,688 (4)              0.62         12/15/2021   

 

(1)   This option vested as to 6.25% of the shares on March 14, 2011 and vests as to an additional 6.25% of the shares at the end of each successive three-month period through and including December 14, 2014.

 

(2)   This option vested as to 6.25% of the shares on March 15, 2012 and vests as to an additional 6.25% of the shares at the end of each successive three-month period through and including December 15, 2015.

 

(3)   This option provided for vesting as to 25% of the shares on January 1, 2012 and as to an additional 6.25% of the shares at the end of each successive three-month period through and including January 1, 2015. All vesting under this option ceased upon Dr. Shipley’s departure from our company on October 15, 2013, after which this option remained exercisable for a period of one year.

 

(4)   This option provided for vesting as to 6.25% of the shares on March 15, 2012 and as to an additional 6.25% of the shares at the end of each successive three-month period through and including December 15, 2015. All vesting under this option ceased upon Dr. Shipley’s departure from our company on October 15, 2013, after which this option remains exercisable for a period of one year.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS, SEVERANCE AND CHANGE IN CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS

Employment agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of Dr. Tung, Ms. Stuart and Dr. Silverman. The employment agreements confirm the executive officers’ titles, compensation arrangements, eligibility for benefits made available to employees generally and also provide for certain benefits upon termination of employment under specified conditions. Each named executive officer’s employment is at will.

Benefits provided upon termination without cause

Under the terms of the employment agreements we have entered into with each of Dr. Tung, Ms. Stuart and Dr. Silverman, if an executive’s employment is terminated by us without cause and other than as a

 

 

 

146


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

result of death or disability or by such executive officer for good reason, each as defined in such employment agreement, prior to a change of control, as defined in such employment agreement, and subject to the executive’s execution of a general release of potential claims against us, we will be obligated to (1) pay an amount equal to his or her then-current monthly base salary for a period of 12 months, any bonus that has been awarded to and earned by him or her but that has not been paid before termination, any base salary earned but not paid through the date of termination and any vacation time accrued but unused on the date of termination and (2) continue to provide medical and dental benefits to the extent that he or she was receiving them at the time of termination for up to 12 months, subject to certain legal restrictions.

In connection with Dr. Shipley’s departure from our company effective October 15, 2013, we entered into a separation agreement with Dr. Shipley under which we agreed to (1) make severance payments to Dr. Shipley in the amount of his then-current base salary for 12 months following his termination and (2) continue to provide medical and dental benefits to the extent that he was receiving them at the time of termination for 12 months.

Benefits provided upon a change of control

Under the terms of the employment agreements we have entered into with each of Dr. Tung, Ms. Stuart and Dr. Silverman, if the executive’s employment is terminated by us or our successor without cause or by such executive officer for good reason, as defined in such employment agreement, within one year following a change of control, as defined in such employment agreement, and subject to the executive’s execution of a general release of potential claims against us, in lieu of the severance benefits described above:

 

Ø  

If the change of control constituted a change in our ownership or effective control, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of our assets, each within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 409A, or a 409A change of control event, we will be obligated to pay the executive, in a lump sum payment, an amount equal to his or her then-current monthly base salary for a period of 12 months.

 

Ø  

If the change of control is not a 409A change of control event, we will be obligated to pay the executive an amount equal to his or her then-current monthly base salary for a period of 12 months over the course of one year in installments in accordance with our normal payroll practices.

 

Ø  

We will be obligated to pay the executive any bonus that has been awarded to and earned by him or her but that has not been paid before termination, any base salary earned but not paid through the date of termination and any vacation time accrued but unused on the date of termination.

 

Ø  

The executive will be entitled to medical and dental benefits, to the extent that he or she was receiving them at the time of such termination, for up to 12 months, subject to certain legal restrictions.

In addition, if a change of control, as defined in such employment agreement, occurs and within one year following such change of control we or our successor terminate the executive’s employment other than for cause, as defined in such employment agreement, or the executive’s employment ends on death or disability, or the executive terminates his or her employment for good reason, as defined in such employment agreement, all stock options held by the executive will immediately vest in full.

Other agreements

We have also entered into employee confidentiality, non-competition and proprietary information agreements with each of our named executive officers. Under the employee confidentiality, non-competition and proprietary information agreements, each named executive officer has agreed (1) not to compete with us during his or her employment and for a period of one year after the termination of his or her employment, (2) not to solicit our employees during his employment and for a period of one year after the termination of his or her employment, (3) to protect our confidential and proprietary information and (4) to assign to us related intellectual property developed during the course of his or her employment.

 

 

 

147


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

STOCK OPTION AND OTHER COMPENSATION PLANS

Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan

Our Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan, which we refer to as the 2006 Plan, was first adopted by our board of directors and first approved by our stockholders in May 2006 and was amended in November 2006, February 2008 and April 2009. The 2006 Plan was amended and restated in April 2009 and further amended in April 2010. The 2006 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock and other stock-based awards. Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to receive awards under the 2006 Plan; however, incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. In accordance with the terms of the 2006 Plan, our board of directors, or a committee appointed by our board, administers the 2006 Plan and, subject to any limitations in the 2006 Plan, selects the recipients of awards and determines:

 

Ø  

the number of shares of common stock covered by options and the dates upon which those options become exercisable;

 

Ø  

the exercise prices of options;

 

Ø  

the duration of options;

 

Ø  

the methods of payment of the exercise price of options; and

 

Ø  

the number of shares of common stock subject to any restricted stock or other stock-based awards and the terms and conditions of those awards, including the issue price, conditions for repurchase and repurchase price.

In the event of a reorganization event, as defined in the 2006 Plan, our board, or the compensation committee, has the discretion to take one or more of the following actions:

 

Ø  

arrange for or provide that each outstanding award will be assumed or a substantially similar award will be substituted by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), provided, however, that unless the board determines otherwise such award shall be deemed vested and exercisable upon the date on which the employment or service relationship of the participant terminates, if such termination occurs within 18 months of the reorganization event and such termination is without cause;

 

Ø  

provide, upon notice to the participant, that all unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless exercised within a specified period of time;

 

Ø  

provide that all or any outstanding awards will become vested or exercisable, or restrictions applicable to such awards will lapse, in full or in part, at or immediately prior to such event;

 

Ø  

in the event of a reorganization event under the terms of which holders of our common stock will receive a cash payment per share surrendered in the transaction, make or provide for an equivalent cash payment in exchange for the termination of such equity awards; or

 

Ø  

provide that in the event of a liquidation or dissolution, awards will convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds.

As of December 31, 2013, there were options to purchase an aggregate of 11,032,977 shares of common stock outstanding under the 2006 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.56 per share and an aggregate of 522,658 shares of common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 2006 Plan, of which 7,124 shares have been repurchased. As of December 31, 2013, there were 951,489 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2006 Plan. Effective as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we will grant no further stock options or other awards under the 2006 Plan.

 

 

 

148


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

2014 Stock Incentive Plan

In             , our board of directors and our stockholders approved the 2014 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards and other stock-based awards. Upon effectiveness of the 2014 Plan, the number of shares of our common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan will equal             .

Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors will be eligible to receive awards under the 2014 Plan; however, incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees.

Pursuant to the terms of the 2014 Plan, our board of directors will select the recipients of awards and determine:

 

Ø  

the number of shares of common stock covered by options and the dates upon which those options become exercisable;

 

Ø  

the exercise price of options;

 

Ø  

the duration of options;

 

Ø  

the methods of payment of the exercise price of options; and

 

Ø  

the number of shares of common stock subject to any restricted stock or other stock-based awards and the terms and conditions of such awards, including the issue price, conditions for repurchase, repurchase price and performance conditions, if any.

If our board of directors delegates authority to an executive officer to grant awards under the 2014 Plan, the executive officer will have the power to make awards to all of our employees, except executive officers. Our board of directors will fix the terms of the awards to be granted by such executive officer, including the exercise price of such awards, and the maximum number of shares subject to awards that such executive officer may make.

Upon a merger or other reorganization event, our board of directors, may, in its sole discretion, take any one or more of the following actions pursuant to the 2014 Plan, as to some or all outstanding awards, other than restricted stock awards:

 

Ø  

provide that all outstanding awards will be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation;

 

Ø  

upon written notice to a participant, provide that the participant’s unexercised options or awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless exercised by the participant;

 

Ø  

provide that outstanding awards will become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an award will lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon the reorganization event;

 

Ø  

in the event of a reorganization event pursuant to which holders of our common stock will receive a cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event, make or provide for a cash payment to the participants equal to the excess, if any, of the acquisition price times the number of shares of our common stock subject to such outstanding awards (to the extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the acquisition price), over the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding awards and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such awards; and

 

Ø  

provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution, awards convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds.

 

 

 

149


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event other than a liquidation or dissolution, the repurchase and other rights under each outstanding restricted stock award will continue for the benefit of the successor company and will, unless our board of directors may otherwise determine, apply to the cash, securities or other property into which our common stock is converted pursuant to the reorganization event. Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event involving a liquidation or dissolution, all restrictions and conditions on each outstanding restricted stock award will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied, unless otherwise provided in the agreement evidencing the restricted stock award.

No award may be granted under the 2014 Plan after the expiration of 10 years from the effective date of the 2014 Plan. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan at any time, except that stockholder approval will be required to comply with applicable law or stock market requirements.

401(k) retirement plan

We maintain a 401(k) retirement plan that is intended to be a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. In general, all of our employees are eligible to participate, beginning on the first day of the month following commencement of their employment. The 401(k) plan includes a salary deferral arrangement pursuant to which participants may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed limit, equal to $17,500 in 2014, and have the amount of the reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. Currently, we match 50% of employee contributions up to 6% of the employee’s salary, subject to the statutorily prescribed limit, equal to $7,800 in 2014. The match immediately vests in full.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

As permitted by Delaware law, we have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation, which will be effective as of the closing date of this offering, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

Ø  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

Ø  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

Ø  

any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

 

Ø  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies, including injunctive relief or rescission. If Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limiting of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law as so amended.

As permitted by Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation that will be effective as of the closing date of this offering will also provide that:

 

Ø  

we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law;

 

Ø  

we may indemnify our other employees and other agents to the same extent that we indemnify our officers and directors, unless otherwise determined by our board of directors; and

 

Ø  

we will advance expenses to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

 

 

150


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

The indemnification provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation that will be effective as of the closing date of this offering are not exclusive. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify each such director and executive officer for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him or her in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or executive officers.

We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, which we refer to as the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we understand that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

In addition, we maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided to our directors and officers against losses arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and to us with respect to payments which may be made by us to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provisions or otherwise as a matter of law.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Prior to this offering, we did not have a formal non-employee director compensation policy. However, we have provided compensation for board service to Richard H. Aldrich, Ronald W. Barrett and Peter Barton Hutt in the form of an annual cash retainer and an equity stock option grant. Mr. Hutt received additional cash compensation for his service on board committees. None of our other non-employee directors receives any compensation. We reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board of director and committee meetings.

We did not grant stock options or other equity-based awards to any of our non-employee directors during 2013.

The compensation of our non-employee directors was established through arm’s length negotiation, taking into account the responsibilities of each director and the director’s qualifications and prior experience and industry data for such positions. This compensation was approved by our compensation committee. We have not paid any compensation to our President and Chief Executive Officer in connection with his service on our board of directors. However, as described below, following this offering our President and Chief Executive Officer will be eligible to receive annual stock option grants as compensation for his service on our board of directors. The compensation that we paid to our President and Chief Executive Officer in 2013 is discussed in the “Executive compensation” section of this prospectus.

In December 2013, our board of directors approved a director compensation program to be effective at the time of this offering. Under this director compensation program, we will pay our non-employee directors retainers in cash. Each non-employee director will receive a cash retainer for service on the board of directors and for service on each committee of which the director is a member. The chairmen of the board and of each committee will receive higher retainers for such service. These fees are payable quarterly in arrears. The fees paid to non-employee directors for service on the board of directors and for service on each committee of the board of directors of which the director is a member are as follows:

 

      Member
Annual
Fee
     Chairman
Annual
Fee
 

Board of Directors

   $ 30,000       $ 60,000   

Audit Committee

   $ 7,500       $ 15,000   

Compensation Committee

   $ 5,000       $ 10,000   

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

   $ 3,000       $ 7,000   

 

 

 

151


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

We will also continue to reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board of director and committee meetings.

In addition, under our director compensation program, each director elected to our board of directors after the closing of this offering will receive an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock. Each of these options will vest in equal quarterly installments over a three-year period measured from the date of grant, subject to the director’s continued service as a director, and will become exercisable in full upon a change in control of our company. Further, on the date of the first board meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders, each director that has served on our board of directors for at least six months will receive an option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock. Each of these options will vest in equal quarterly installments over a one-year period measured from the date of grant, subject to the director’s continued service as a director, and will become exercisable in full upon a change in control of our company. The exercise price of these options will equal the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

This policy is intended to provide a total compensation package that enables us to attract and retain qualified and experienced individuals to serve as directors and to align our directors’ interests with those of our stockholders.

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee directors during 2013.

 

Name    Fees earned or paid
in cash ($)
     Option awards  ($)(1)      Total ($)  

Richard H. Aldrich

     60,000                 60,000   

Ronald W. Barrett, Ph.D.

     30,000                 30,000   

Douglas G. Cole, M.D.(2)

                       

John G. Freund, M.D.

                       

Peter Barton Hutt

     30,000                 30,000   

Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D.

                       

Helmut M. Schühsler, Ph.D.

                       

 

(1)   We did not grant stock options or other equity-based awards to any of our non-employee directors during 2013. As of December 31, 2013:

 

  Ø  

Mr. Aldrich held stock options to purchase 120,000 shares of common stock in the aggregate, which were vested in full;

 

  Ø  

Dr. Barrett held stock options to purchase 180,000 shares of common stock in the aggregate, which were vested in full; and

 

  Ø  

Mr. Hutt held stock options to purchase 205,000 shares of common stock in the aggregate, which were vested in full.

 

(2)   Dr. Cole resigned from our board of directors effective January 9, 2014.

 

 

 

 

152


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Transactions with related persons

The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2010 to which we have been a party, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of our voting securities, or affiliates or immediate family members of any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of our voting securities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, from unrelated third parties.

AGREEMENT WITH GLAXOSMITHKLINE

In May 2009, we entered into a research and development collaboration and license agreement with GSK a wholly owned subsidiary of GlaxoSmithKline plc, to research, develop and commercialize multiple products containing deuterated compounds, including CTP-499 and, ultimately, CTP-298, which was developed pursuant to the agreement. Our agreement with GSK, as subsequently amended, expired in 2012. The rights to the products developed under the agreement have reverted to us and we are free to pursue them without further obligation to GSK other than to repay GSK an amount of up to $2.75 million, if we commercialize CTP-499 or if, prior to a specified date in 2018, we re-license or transfer the rights to our CTP-499 program prior to a specified date in 2018.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

In connection with our Series D preferred stock financing in June 2009, we entered into a registration rights agreement with GSK, the purchaser of Series D preferred stock in the financing, and existing holders of our preferred stock. In connection with the issuance of a warrant to purchase shares of our Series C preferred stock to Hercules, in December 2011, we amended the registration rights agreement to add Hercules as a party. The registration rights agreement provides holders of registrable shares with the right to demand that we file a registration statement, subject to certain limitations, and to request that such registrable shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” for additional information.

SEVERANCE AND CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENTS

See the “Management—Employment agreements, severance and change in control arrangements” section of this prospectus for a further discussion of these arrangements.

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Our certificate of incorporation that will be effective as of the closing date of this offering provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader in scope than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. See the “Executive compensation—Limitation of liability and indemnification” section of this prospectus for a further discussion of these arrangements.

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, which will become effective at the time of this offering, to set forth policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are

 

 

 

153


Table of Contents

Transactions with related persons

 

 

to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person.

Our related person transaction policy contains exceptions for any transaction or interest that is not considered a related person transaction under SEC rules as in effect from time to time. In addition, the policy provides that an interest arising solely from a related person’s position as an executive officer of another entity that is a participant in a transaction with us will not be subject to the policy if each of the following conditions is met:

 

Ø  

the related person and all other related persons own in the aggregate less than a 10% equity interest in such entity;

 

Ø  

the related person and his or her immediate family members are not involved in the negotiation of the terms of the transaction with us and do not receive any special benefits as a result of the transaction; and

 

Ø  

the amount involved in the transaction equals less than the greater of $200,000 or 5% of the annual gross revenue of the company receiving payment under the transaction.

The policy provides that any related person transaction proposed to be entered into by us must be reported to our General Counsel and will be reviewed and approved by our audit committee in accordance with the terms of the policy, prior to effectiveness or consummation of the transaction whenever practicable. The policy provides that if our chief financial officer determines that advance approval of a related person transaction is not practicable under the circumstances, our audit committee will review and, in its discretion, may ratify the related person transaction at the next meeting of the audit committee. The policy also provides that alternatively, our chief financial officer may present a related person transaction arising in the time period between meetings of the audit committee to the chair of and audit committee, who will review and may approve the related person transaction, subject to ratification by the audit committee at the next meeting of the audit committee.

In addition, the policy provides that any related person transaction previously approved by the audit committee or otherwise already existing that is ongoing in nature will be reviewed by the audit committee annually to ensure that such related person transaction has been conducted in accordance with the previous approval granted by the audit committee, if any, and that all required disclosures regarding the related person transaction are made.

The policy provides that transactions involving compensation of executive officers will be reviewed and approved by our compensation committee in the manner to be specified in the charter of the compensation committee.

A related person transaction reviewed under this policy will be considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the audit committee in accordance with the standards set forth in the policy after full disclosure of the related person’s interests in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the policy provides that the audit committee will review and consider:

 

Ø  

the related person’s interest in the related person transaction;

 

Ø  

the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the related person transaction;

 

Ø  

the approximate dollar value of the amount of the related person’s interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;

 

Ø  

whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of business of our company;

 

 

 

154


Table of Contents

Transactions with related persons

 

 

 

Ø  

whether the transaction with the related person is proposed to be, or was, entered into on terms no less favorable to us than the terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;

 

Ø  

the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the transaction; and

 

Ø  

any other information regarding the related person transaction or the related person in the context of the proposed transaction that would be material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.

The policy provides that the audit committee will review all relevant information available to it about the related person transaction. The policy provides that the audit committee may approve or ratify the related person transaction only if the audit committee determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests. The policy provides that the audit committee may, in its sole discretion, impose such conditions as it deems appropriate on us or the related person in connection with approval of the related person transaction.

 

 

 

155


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2013 by:

 

Ø  

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

Ø  

each of our named executive officers;

 

Ø  

each of our directors; and

 

Ø  

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities and include shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2013. Except as otherwise indicated, all of the shares reflected in the table are shares of common stock and all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws, where applicable. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.

The number of shares beneficially owned in the following table assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock upon closing of this offering. The percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership prior to this offering are based on 63,382,601 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock upon closing of this offering. Percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership after this offering also include the shares we are offering hereby. Except as otherwise indicated in the table below, addresses of named beneficial owners are in care of Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc., 99 Hayden Avenue, Suite 500, Lexington, Massachusetts 02421.

 

 

 

156


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

 

 

In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2013. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

Name of beneficial owner    Number of
shares
beneficially
owned
     Percentage
of shares
beneficially
owned before
offering
    Percentage
of shares
beneficially
owned after
offering
 

5% Stockholders

       

Entities affiliated with Three Arch Partners(1)

     8,090,000         12.8                 

Entities affiliated with TVM Capital(2)

     7,879,900         12.4                 

Entities affiliated with GlaxoSmithKline(3)

     7,466,667         11.8                 

Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P.(4)

     6,485,259         10.2                 

Skyline Venture Partners Qualified Purchaser Fund IV, L.P.(5)

     5,982,902         9.4                 

Entities affiliated with Fidelity Investments(6)

     4,186,198         6.6                 

Entities affiliated with Greylock Partners(7)

     4,000,000         6.3                 

Flagship Ventures Fund 2004, L.P.(8)

     3,709,171         5.9                 

Executive Officers and Directors

       

Roger D. Tung, Ph.D.(9)

     4,426,250         6.9                 

James Shipley, M.D.(10)

     501,563                              

Nancy Stuart(11)

     1,297,500         2.0                 

Ian Robert Silverman, J.D., Ph.D.(12)

     817,500         1.3                 

Richard H. Aldrich(13)

     2,670,000         4.2                 

Ronald W. Barrett, Ph.D.(14)

     180,000                              

John G. Freund, M.D.(15)

     5,982,902         9.4                 

Peter Barton Hutt(16)

     230,000                              

Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D.(17)

     8,090,000         12.8                 

Helmut M. Schühsler, Ph.D.(18)

     7,879,900         12.4                 

All current executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)(19)

     32,075,615         47.3                 

 

*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding stock.

 

(1)   Consists of 3,957,616 shares of common stock held by Three Arch Partners IV, L.P., 3,838,622 shares of common stock held by Three Arch Partners III, L.P., 206,378 shares of common stock held by Three Arch Associates III, L.P. and 87,384 shares of common stock held by Three Arch Associates IV, L.P. The voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares held by Three Arch Associates III, L.P. and Three Arch Partners III, L.P., are made by the following managing members of their general partner, Three Arch Management III, L.L.C.: Mark Wan and Wilfred Jaeger, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares held by Three Arch Partners IV, L.P. and Three Arch Associates IV, L.P. are made by the following managing members of their general partner, Three Arch Management IV, L.L.C.: Mark Wan and Wilfred Jaeger, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for the funds affiliated with Three Arch Partners is 3200 Alpine Road, Portola Valley, CA 94028.

 

(2)   Consists of 5,868,555 shares of common stock held by TVM Life Science Ventures VI GMBH & Co. KG and 2,011,345 shares of common stock held by TVM Life Science Ventures VI LP. Alexandra Goll, Helmut Schühsler, Hubert Birner, Stefan Fischer and Axel Polack are members of the investment committee of TVM Life Science Ventures VI Management Limited Partnership, a special limited partner of TVM Life Science Ventures VI GMBH & Co. KG and TVM Life Science Ventures VI LP with voting and dispositive power over the shares held by those entities. TVM Life Science Venture VI Management Limited Partnership and these individuals each disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of the individuals and entities listed above is c/o TVM Capital GmbH, Maximilianstrasse 35, Entrance C, 80539 Munich, Germany.

footnotes continued on following page

 

 

 

157


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

 

 

 

(3)   Consists of 6,666,667 shares of common stock held by Glaxo Group Limited and 800,000 shares of common stock held by S.R. One, Limited, each of whom are wholly owned subsidiaries of GlaxoSmithKline plc. The address of these entities is 980 Great West Road, Brentford, Middlesex, United Kingdom TW8 9GS.

 

(4)   Brookside Capital, LLC is the investment advisor to Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P. Dr. Adam Koppel is the managing director of Brookside Capital, LLC and each of Dr. Koppel and Brookside Capital, LLC disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P. and Dr. Koppel is John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116.

 

(5)   John G. Freund and Yasunori Kaneko are the Managing Members of Skyline Venture Management IV, LLC, which is the sole general partner of Skyline Venture Partners Qualified Purchaser Fund IV, L.P., and as such Drs. Freund and Kaneko may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to all shares held by Skyline Venture Partners Qualified Purchaser Fund IV, L.P. Each of Drs. Freund and Kaneko disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of the individuals and entities listed above is 525 University Ave, Suite 610, Palo Alto, California 94301.

 

(6)   Consists of 4,000,000 shares of common stock held by Ball & Co fbo Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund and 186,198 shares of common stock held by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund. Each of these entities is a registered investment fund (the “Funds”) advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company (“Fidelity”) a wholly-owned subsidiary of FMR LLC and an investment adviser registered under Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Edward C. Johnson 3d and FMR LLC, through its control of Fidelity and the Funds, each has sole power to dispose of the shares owned by the Funds. Members of the family of Edward C. Johnson 3d, chairman of FMR LLC, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders’ voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders’ voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Edward C. Johnson 3d, chairman of FMR LLC, has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the Fidelity Funds, which power resides with the Funds’ Boards of Trustees. Fidelity carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Funds’ Boards of Trustees. The address for Fidelity is 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, MA 02109.

 

(7)   Consists of 3,420,000 shares of common stock held by Greylock XII Limited Partnership, 380,000 shares of common stock held by Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership and 200,000 shares of common stock held by Greylock XII Principals LLC. William W. Helman and Aneel Bhussri are the Senior Managing Members of Greylock XII GP Limited Liability Company, the sole general partner of Greylock XII Limited Partnership and Greylock XII-A Limited Partnership and as such, each of them may be deemed to share voting power and investment control over the shares held by these entities. The shares held by Greylock XII Principals LLC are held in nominee form only and as a result, Greylock XII Principals LLC does not have voting power or investment control over these shares. Each of these entities and individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of shares other than those reflective of his or its pecuniary interest. The address for Greylock Partners is 2550 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 

(8)   Flagship Ventures General Partner LLC is the general partner of Flagship Ventures Fund 2004, L.P. Noubar B. Afeyan Ph.D. and Edwin M. Kania, Jr. are the managers of Flagship Ventures General Partner LLC and may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares held by Flagship Ventures General Partner LLC and Flagship Ventures Fund 2004, L.P. Each of the individuals and entities listed above expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities listed above except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of the individuals and entities listed above is One Memorial Drive, 7th Floor, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02140.

 

(9)   In addition to shares of common stock held directly, includes 761,400 shares of common stock held by the Roger D. Tung 2011 GRAT, for which Dr. Tung is the sole trustee, 70,000 shares of common stock held by the RD Tung Irrevocable Trust, for which Dr. Tung’s wife is a co-trustee, and 75,000 shares of common stock held by the Tung Family Investment Trust, for which Dr. Tung is a co-trustee. Includes 1,251,250 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2013.

 

(10)   Consists of 501,563 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2013. Dr. Shipley departed our company effective October 15, 2013 upon which date all vesting of Dr. Shipley options ceased. Accordingly this number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2013 includes vesting of such options only through October 15, 2013.

 

(11)   Consists of 1,297,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2013.

 

(12)   Consists of 817,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2013.

footnotes continued on following page

 

 

 

158


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

 

 

 

(13)   In addition to shares of common stock held directly, includes 350,000 shares of common stock held by RA Capital Associates, Inc. and 578,659 shares of common stock held by the Richard H. Aldrich 2011 GRAT. Mr. Aldrich is the sole stockholder of RA Capital Associates, Inc. and is the sole trustee of the Richard H Aldrich 2011 GRAT. Includes 120,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2013.

 

(14)   Consists of 180,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2013.

 

(15)   Consists of the shares described in note (5) above. Dr. Freund is a Managing Member of Skyline Venture Management IV, LLC, which is the sole general partner of Skyline Venture Partners Qualified Purchaser Fund IV, L.P., and as such may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to all shares held by Skyline Venture Partners Qualified Purchaser Fund IV, L.P. Dr. Freund disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. Dr. Freund’s address is 525 University Ave, Suite 610, Palo Alto, California 94301.

 

(16)   Includes 205,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2013.

 

(17)   Consists of the shares described in note (1) above. Dr. Jaeger is a managing member of Three Arch Management III, L.L.C, the general partner of Three Arch Associates III, L.P. and Three Arch Partners III, L.P. and Three Arch Management IV, L.L.C, the general partner of Three Arch Partners IV, L.P. and Three Arch Associates IV, L.P. Dr. Jaeger disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. Dr. Jaeger’s address is 3200 Alpine Road, Portola Valley, CA 94028.

 

(18)   Consists of the shares described in note (2) above. Dr. Schühsler is a member of the investment committee of TVM Life Science Ventures VI Management Limited Partnership, the general partner of TVM Life Science Ventures VI GMBH & Co. KG and TVM Life Science Ventures VI LP, and as such Dr. Schühsler may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to all shares held by these entities Dr. Schühsler disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. Dr. Schühsler’s address is c/o TVM Capital GmbH, Maximilianstrasse 35, Entrance C, 80539 Munich, Germany.

 

(19)   Includes 4,372,813 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2013.

 

 

 

159


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Description of capital stock

GENERAL

Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated. The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. We have filed copies of these documents with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

COMMON STOCK

As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding 63,382,601 shares of common stock, held of record by 54 stockholders, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Other matters shall be decided by the affirmative vote of our stockholders having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the stockholders present or represented and voting on such matter, except as otherwise disclosed below. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock.

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately all assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

PREFERRED STOCK

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

 

 

160


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

 

 

STOCK OPTIONS

As of December 31, 2013, options to purchase 11,032,977 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.56 per share were outstanding, of which options to purchase 9,455,542 shares of our common stock were exercisable, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.54 per share.

WARRANTS

As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding a warrant to purchase shares of our Series C preferred stock that upon the closing of this offering will be exercisable for an aggregate of 400,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

We have entered into a third amended and restated registration rights agreement, dated as of June 1, 2009, as amended on December 22, 2011, which we refer to as the Registration Rights Agreement, with certain of our stockholders and Hercules. Upon the closing of this offering, holders of a total of 56,447,067 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2013, consisting of 56,047,067 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock upon the closing of this offering and 400,000 shares issuable upon exercise of an outstanding warrant to purchase shares of our Series C preferred stock, which we refer to as the warrant shares, will have the right to require us to register these shares under the Securities Act under specified circumstances as described below. After registration pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

Demand registration rights

Beginning six months after the closing of this offering, subject to specified limitations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, at any time the holders of at least one-third of the then outstanding registrable shares, as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, excluding the warrant shares, acting together, may demand in writing that we register their registrable securities under the Securities Act so long as the total amount of registrable shares requested to be registered represents at least one-third of the then-outstanding registrable shares other than the warrant shares or has an aggregate expected price to the public of at least $5.0 million. We are not obligated to file a registration statement pursuant to this demand provision on more than two occasions, subject to specified exceptions.

In addition, at any time after we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, subject to specified limitations, the holders of registrable shares may demand in writing that we register on Form S-3 registrable shares held by them so long as the total amount of registrable shares requested to be registered has an aggregate expected price to the public of at least $1.0 million. We are not obligated to file a registration statement pursuant to this demand provision on more than four occasions, subject to specified exceptions.

Incidental registration rights

If, at any time after the closing of this offering, we propose to file a registration statement to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of any of our stockholders that are not holders or registrable shares, solely for cash and on a form that would also permit the registration of registrable shares, the holders of our registrable shares are entitled to notice of registration and, subject to specified exceptions, we will be required to register the registrable shares then held by them that they request that we register.

 

 

 

161


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

 

 

Expenses

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we are required to pay all registration expenses, including registration fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of our counsel and accountants and reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel representing the selling stockholders, other than any underwriting discounts and commissions, related to any demand or incidental registration. The Registration Rights Agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, pursuant to which we are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholders in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to them.

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF DELAWARE LAW AND OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

Delaware law contains, and upon the completion of this offering our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will contain, provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors.

Staggered board; removal of directors

Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will divide our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms. In addition, a director will only be able to be removed for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all of our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, will only be able to be filled by vote of a majority of our directors then in office. The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on the removal of directors and filling of vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.

Stockholder action by written consent; special meetings

Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders. Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our chairman of the board, our Chief Executive Officer or our board of directors.

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals

Upon the completion of this offering, our bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

 

 

 

162


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

 

 

Delaware business combination statute

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the “interested stockholder” and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an “interested stockholder” is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

Amendment of certificate of incorporation and bylaws

The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Effective upon the completion of this offering, our bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all of our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all of our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors is required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above under “—Staggered board; removal of directors” and “—Stockholder action by written consent; special meetings.”

LISTING ON THE NASDAQ GLOBAL MARKET

We have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CNCE.”

AUTHORIZED BUT UNISSUED SHARES

The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the NASDAQ Listing Rules. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make it more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

 

 

163


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and a liquid public trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants or in the public market after this offering, or the anticipation of those sales, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities. We have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CNCE.”

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding             shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the issuance of the             shares of our common stock in this offering and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 56,047,067 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, and assuming no exercise of outstanding options or our outstanding warrant after December 31, 2013. Of the shares to be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, the             shares sold in this offering (assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option), will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining 63,382,601 shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and will further be subject to either restrictions on transfer under the lock-up agreements described below or restrictions on transfer for a period of 180 days from the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part under stock option agreements entered into between us and the holders of those shares. Following the expiration of these restrictions, these shares will become eligible for public sale if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

In addition, of the 11,032,977 shares of common stock that were issuable pursuant to stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013, options to purchase 9,455,542 shares of common stock had vested and were exercisable as of December 31, 2013. Upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale, subject to the lock-up agreements and securities laws described below. All of the 400,000 shares of common stock that were issuable pursuant to our warrant outstanding as of December 31, 2013 were exercisable as of December 31, 2013 and upon issuance these shares will be eligible for sale, subject to the lock-up agreements and securities laws described below.

RULE 144

Affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

Ø  

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering; or

 

Ø  

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

 

 

164


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

 

 

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

We, and each of our executive officers and directors and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

Ø  

sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock, or publicly announce an intention to do the same;

 

Ø  

establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position with respect to any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock, or publicly announce an intention to do the same;

 

Ø  

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly announce an intention to do the same; or

 

Ø  

make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Subject to the lock-up agreements described above, upon the closing of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 56,047,067 shares of our common stock, along with the holder of a warrant to purchase 400,000 shares of common stock, will have the right to require us to register these shares under the Securities Act under specified circumstances. After registration pursuant to these rights and expiration of the lock-up agreement, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. See “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

 

 

 

165


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

 

 

STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS

As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding options to purchase 11,032,977 shares of common stock, of which options to purchase 9,455,542 shares of common stock were vested and exercisable. Following this offering, we intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock subject to outstanding options and options and other awards issuable pursuant to the 2006 Plan and 2014 Plan.

As of December 31, 2013, we also had outstanding and exercisable a warrant to purchase 400,000 shares of common stock (calculated on an as-converted basis). Any shares purchased by our non-affiliates pursuant to the cashless exercise features of our warrants will be freely tradable under Rule 144(b)(1), subject to a 180-day lock-up period. Any shares purchased through the exercise of these warrants for cash will be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements and securities laws described above.

 

 

 

166


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Material U.S. federal tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of common stock

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, all prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

Ø  

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

Ø  

a corporation or any other organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

Ø  

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

Ø  

a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset, generally property held for investment.

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation, including the Medicare contribution tax, that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

Ø  

insurance companies;

 

Ø  

tax-exempt organizations;

 

Ø  

financial institutions;

 

Ø  

brokers or dealers in securities;

 

Ø  

regulated investment companies;

 

Ø  

pension plans;

 

Ø  

controlled foreign corporations;

 

Ø  

passive foreign investment companies;

 

Ø  

owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment; and

 

Ø  

certain U.S. expatriates.

 

 

 

167


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of common stock

 

 

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or persons that hold their common stock through partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, an opinion of counsel with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON OUR COMMON STOCK

Distributions on our common stock generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “Gain on sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock.” Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussion below under the section titled “Withholding and information reporting requirements—FATCA.”

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing a U.S. tax return with the IRS.

GAIN ON SALE, EXCHANGE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK

In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

Ø  

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed

 

 

 

168


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of common stock

 

 

 

base maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code) and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above in “Distributions on our common stock” also may apply;

 

Ø  

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any; or

 

Ø  

we are, or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder holds no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the shorter of the 5-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. If we are determined to be a U.S. real property holding corporation and the foregoing exception does not apply, then a purchaser may withhold 10% of the proceeds payable to a non-U.S. holder from a sale of our common stock and the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code). Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that we are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or that we are likely to become one in the future. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE TAX

Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned at the time of death by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States, as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to the U.S. withholding tax, as described above in “Distributions on our common stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting

 

 

 

169


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of common stock

 

 

purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS—FATCA

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments of dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, if any, or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA. Although this legislation is effective with respect to amounts paid after December 31, 2012, under final regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Treasury on January 17, 2013 and IRS Notice 2013-43 released on July 12, 2013, withholding under FATCA will only apply (1) to payments of dividends on our common stock made after June 30, 2014, and (2) to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock made after December 31, 2016. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of the tax. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of the 30% withholding tax under FATCA.

 

 

 

170


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of this offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representatives acting on behalf of themselves and the other underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table.

 

Underwriters    Number of
Shares

UBS Securities LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares of common stock if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option as described below.

Our common stock is offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

Ø  

receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters; and

 

Ø  

the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

We have been advised by the representatives that the underwriters intend to make a market in our common stock but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION

We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of additional             shares of our common stock. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares of common stock approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

UNDERWRITING DISCOUNT

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein.

 

 

 

171


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase up to             additional shares of our common stock.

 

      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discount, will be approximately $         million.

NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES

We, our executive officers and directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under the lock-up agreements, subject to certain exceptions and subject to extension in certain limited circumstances, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC may, at any time and in their sole discretion, release some or all the securities from these lock-up agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, shares of our common stock may become available for resale into the market, subject to applicable law, which could reduce the market price of our common stock.

INDEMNIFICATION

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

NASDAQ GLOBAL MARKET LISTING

We have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CNCE.”

PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and after this offering, including:

 

Ø  

stabilizing transactions;

 

Ø  

short sales;

 

Ø  

purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

 

Ø  

imposition of penalty bids; and

 

Ø  

syndicate covering transactions.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. Stabilization transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed

 

 

 

172


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

a specified maximum. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover short positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered short sales,” which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked short sales,” which are short positions in excess of that amount.

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are short sales made in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

These stabilizing transactions, short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales, the imposition of penalty bids and syndicate covering transactions may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the- counter market or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the shares. Neither we, nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilization transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation among us and the representatives of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

 

Ø  

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

Ø  

our history and prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

Ø  

our past and present financial performance;

 

Ø  

our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

 

Ø  

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

Ø  

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

Ø  

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

 

 

 

173


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

The estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock or that the common stock will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

AFFILIATIONS

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage with us and perform services for us or in the ordinary course of their business for which they will receive customary fees and expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities or instruments of us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of these securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in these securities and instruments.

ELECTRONIC DISTRIBUTION

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus (the “Shares”) may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)   by the underwriters to fewer than 100, or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

 

 

 

174


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

provided that no such offer of Shares shall result in a requirement us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “Prospectus Directivemeans Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directivemeans Directive 2010/73/EU.

The EEA selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out in this prospectus.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (1) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; (2) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”); or (3) high net worth companies, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons falling within (1)-(3) together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Australia

This prospectus is not a formal disclosure document and has not been, nor will be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. It does not purport to contain all information that an investor or their professional advisers would expect to find in a prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia)) for the purposes of Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) or in a product disclosure statement for the purposes of Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia), in either case, in relation to the securities.

The securities are not being offered in Australia to “retail clients” as defined in sections 761G and 761GA of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). This offering is being made in Australia solely to “wholesale clients” for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and, as such, no prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document in relation to the securities has been, or will be, prepared.

This prospectus does not constitute an offer in Australia other than to persons who do not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and who are wholesale clients for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). By submitting an application for our securities, you represent and warrant to us that you are a person who does not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 and who is a wholesale client for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). If any recipient of this prospectus is not a wholesale client, no offer of, or invitation to apply for, our securities shall be deemed to be made to such recipient and no applications for our securities will be accepted from such recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any agreement arising from acceptance of such offer, is personal and may only be accepted by the recipient. In addition, by applying for our securities you undertake to us that, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the securities, you will not transfer any interest in the securities to any person in Australia other than to a person who does not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 and who is a wholesale client.

 

 

 

175


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

Hong Kong

The contents of this prospectus have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this prospectus, you should obtain independent professional advice. Please note that (i) our securities may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of this prospectus or any document other than to “professional investors” within the meaning of Part I of Schedule 1 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) (SFO) and any rules made thereunder, or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong) (CO) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO, and (ii) no advertisement, invitation or document relating to our securities may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere) which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Japan

Our securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and our securities will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (SFA), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where our securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b)   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired our securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 except:

 

  (1)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

 

 

176


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

 

  (2)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (3)   where the transfer is by operation of law; or

 

  (4)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

Switzerland

This Prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a or Article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations (CO) and the shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange. Therefore, the Prospectus may not comply with the disclosure standards of the CO and/or the listing rules (including any prospectus schemes) of the SIX Swiss Exchange. Accordingly, the shares may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, but only to a selected and limited circle of investors, which do not subscribe to the shares with a view to distribution.

Greece

The securities have not been approved by the Hellenic Capital Markets Commission for distribution and marketing in Greece. This document and the information contained therein do not and shall not be deemed to constitute an invitation to the public in Greece to purchase the securities. The securities may not be advertised, distributed, offered or in any way sold in Greece except as permitted by Greek law.

Dubai International Finance Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to Professional Clients who are not natural persons. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

 

 

 

177


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Legal matters

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered will be passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. The underwriters are represented by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, New York, New York, in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements of Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 and for the years then ended, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement and the exhibits, schedules and amendments to the registration statement. Some items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document filed as an exhibit are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You may read and copy the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at the SEC’s public reference room, which is located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of the registration statement by writing to the SEC and paying a fee for the copying cost. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the operation of the SEC’s public reference room. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website, which is located at www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may access the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at the SEC’s Internet website.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the informational and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent registered public accounting firm. We also maintain a website at www.concertpharma.com. Our website is not a part of this prospectus.

 

 

 

178


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

        

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-2   

Consolidated balance sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss

     F-4   

Consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’
(deficit) equity

     F-5   

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-6   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-7   

 

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity and cash flows for each of the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

November 5, 2013

 

 

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

    December 31,     September 30, 2013  
     2011     2012     Actual     Pro forma  
                (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 22,949      $ 7,490      $ 18,612      $ 18,612   

Short-term investments, available for sale

    19,705        20,067        22,705        22,705   

Interest receivable

    128        102        115        115   

Accounts receivable

    500        13        164        164   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    853        1,178        1,305        1,305   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    44,135        28,850        42,901        42,901   

Property and equipment, net

    4,438        3,454        2,591        2,591   

Long-term investment

                  1,256        1,256   

Restricted cash

    706        706        706        706   

Other assets

    124        119        1,515        1,515   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 49,403      $ 33,129      $ 48,969      $ 48,969   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity        

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 1,576      $ 813        953        953   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    1,472        1,953        2,918        2,918   

Deferred revenue, current portion

    6,894               3,997        3,997   

Leasehold improvement loan, current portion

    332        332        332        332   

Loans payable, net of discount

           4,812        7,651        7,651   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    10,274        7,910        15,851        15,851   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    4,128        2,750        16,551        16,551   

Leasehold improvement loan, net of current portion

    913        581        332        332   

Deferred lease incentive, net of current portion

    1,411        898        513        513   

Deferred rent, net of current portion

    632        451        277        277   

Warrant to purchase redeemable securities

    168        459        489          

Loan payable, net of current portion and discount

    7,135        14,919        9,120        9,120   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    24,661        27,968        43,133        42,644   

Commitments (Note 9)

       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series A, B, C and D), $0.001 par value per share; 62,916,667 shares authorized; 56,047,067 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2012 and September 30, 2013 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $112,993 at December 31, 2011 and 2012 and September 30, 2013 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

    111,460        111,848        112,144          

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity (unaudited):

       

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 83,716,667 shares authorized; 7,289,956 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2012 and 7,317,956 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2013 (unaudited); 63,365,023 shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    7        7        7        63   

Additional paid-in capital

    403        883        1,400        113,977   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    9        4        7        7   

Accumulated deficit

    (87,137     (107,581     (107,722     (107,722
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (86,718     (106,687     (106,308     6,325   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ 49,403      $ 33,129      $ 48,969      $ 48,969   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Nine months
ended September  30,
 
      2011     2012     2012     2013  
                 (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Revenue:

        

License and research and development revenue

   $ 13,967      $ 11,349      $ 11,126      $ 21,995   

Milestone revenue

     5,500        1,500        1,500        2,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     19,467        12,849        12,626        23,995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     23,436        24,193        18,384        16,460   

General and administrative

     7,377        7,266        5,620        6,366   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30,813        31,459        24,004        22,826   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (11,346     (18,610     (11,378     1,169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment income

     44        22        17        17   

Interest and other expense

     (18     (1,856     (1,324     (1,327
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (11,320   $ (20,444   $ (12,685   $ (141
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

        

Unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     16        (5     (6     3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (11,304   $ (20,449   $ (12,691   $ (138
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of net loss to net loss applicable to common stockholders:

        

Net loss

   $ (11,320   $ (20,444   $ (12,685   $ (141

Accretion on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (1,069     (388     (290     (296
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (12,389   $ (20,832   $ (12,975   $ (437
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share applicable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (1.71   $ (2.86   $ (1.78   $ (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares used in net loss per share applicable to common stockholders—basic

     7,251        7,290        7,290        7,295   

Weighted-average number of common shares used in net loss per share applicable to common stockholders—diluted

     7,251        7,290        7,290        7,295   

Pro forma net loss per share applicable to common stockholders (unaudited):

        

Basic:

     $ (0.32     $ (0.00
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted:

     $ (0.32     $ (0.00
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding (unaudited):

        

Basic:

       63,337          63,342   

Diluted:

       63,337          63,342   

See accompanying notes.

 

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

 

    Redeemable convertible
preferred stock
         Common stock    

Additional

paid-in

capital

   

Accumulated
other

comprehensive

income

   

Accumulated

deficit

   

Total

stockholders’

(deficit) equity

 
                  
    Shares    

Carrying

value

                
             Shares     Amount          
                        (In thousands, except share data)                
 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    56,047,067      $ 110,391            7,216,705      $ 7      $ 554      $ (7   $ (75,817   $ (75,263

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

           1,069                          (1,069                   (1,069

Exercise of stock options

                      73,251        0        15                      15   

Unrealized gain on short-term investments

                                           16               16   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    903                      903   

Net loss

                                                  (11,320     (11,320
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    56,047,067        111,460            7,289,956        7        403        9        (87,137     (86,718
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

      388                          (388                   (388

Unrealized gain on short-term investments

                                           (5            (5

Stock-based compensation expense

                                    868                      868   

Net loss

                                                  (20,444     (20,444
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    56,047,067        111,848            7,289,956        7        883        4        (107,581     (106,687
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value (unaudited)

           296                          (296                   (296

Exercise of stock option

                      28,000               20                      20   

Unrealized gain on short-term investments (unaudited)

                                           3               3   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                    793                      793   

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                  (141     (141
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2013 (unaudited)

    56,047,067        112,144            7,317,956        7        1,400        7        (107,722     (106,308
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of preferred stock into common stock (unaudited)

    (56,047,067     (112,144         56,047,067        56        112,088                      112,144   

Reclassification of warrant to purchase preferred stock to stockholders’ equity (unaudited)

                                    489                      489   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma balance at September 30, 2013 (unaudited)

         $            63,365,023      $ 63      $ 113,977      $ 7      $ (107,722   $ 6,325   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Nine months ended 
September  30,
 
      2011     2012     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  
Operating activities         

Net loss

   $ (11,320   $ (20,444   $ (12,685   $ (141

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     1,619        1,452        1,113        1,006   

Stock-based compensation expense

     903        868        648        793   

Accretion of premiums and discounts on short-term investments

     774        365        288        223   

Amortization of discount on loan payable

            96        72        73   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

            39        30        28   

Re-measurement of warrant to purchase redeemable securities

            291        218        30   

Amortization of deferred lease incentive

     (513     (513     (385     (385

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     1,000        487        497        (151

Interest receivable

     114        26               (12

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (29     (364     (795     (156

Other assets

     (70     5        32        (1,103

Accounts payable

     403        (764     (508     130   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     274        432        749        631   

Deferred rent

     (62     (131     (90     (123

Deferred revenue

     (11,178     (8,272     (8,271     17,797   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (18,085     (26,427     (19,088     18,640   

Investing activities

        

Purchases of property and equipment

     (290     (468     (280     (143

Purchases of short-term investments

     (40,879     (38,398     (34,122     (27,397

Purchases of long-term investments

                          (1,256

Maturities of short-term investments

     64,070        37,666        25,551        24,540   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     22,901        (1,200     (8,851     (4,256

Financing activities

        

Proceeds from issuance of loan payable, net of issuance costs

     7,302        12,500        12,500          

Principal payments on loan payable

                          (3,033

Repayment of leasehold improvement loan

     (332     (332     (249     (249

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     15                      20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     6,985        12,168        12,251        (3,262
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     11,801        (15,459     (15,688     11,122   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     11,148        22,949        22,949        7,490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 22,949      $ 7,490      $ 7,261      $ 18,612   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

        

Cash paid for interest

   $      $ 1,339      $ 910      $ 1,250   

Initial public offering costs incurred but unpaid at period end

   $      $      $      $ 293   

See accompanying notes.

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

1.    Nature of business

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Concert or the Company) was incorporated on April 12, 2006 (inception) as a Delaware corporation, with operations based in Lexington, Massachusetts. The Company is a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company that applies its extensive knowledge of deuterium chemistry to discover and develop novel small molecule drugs. The Company’s approach starts with approved drugs, advanced clinical candidates or previously studied compounds that the Company believes can be improved with deuterium substitution to provide better pharmacokinetic or metabolic properties and thereby enhance clinical safety, tolerability or efficacy. The Company believes this approach may enable drug discovery and clinical development that is more efficient and less expensive than conventional small molecule drug development.

The Company has generated an accumulated deficit of $107.7 million since inception through September 30, 2013 and will require substantial additional capital to fund its research and development. It is subject to risks common to companies in the biotechnology industry, including, but not limited to, risks of failure of preclinical studies and clinical trials, the need to obtain marketing approval for its product candidates, the need to successfully commercialize and gain market acceptance of its product candidates, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technology, compliance with government regulations, development by competitors of technological innovations and ability to transition from pilot-scale manufacturing to large-scale production of products.

The Company believes that its cash and cash equivalents and investments of $42.6 million at September 30, 2013 will be sufficient to allow the Company to fund its current operating plan for at least the next 12 months. Management expects the Company to continue to incur losses for the full year ending December 31, 2013 and for the foreseeable future. The Company’s ability to achieve profitability in the future is dependent upon the successful development, approval, and commercialization of its product candidates and achieving a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure. The Company may never achieve profitability, and unless and until it does, the Company will continue to need to raise additional capital. Management intends to fund future operations through additional private or public debt or equity offerings, and may seek additional capital through arrangements with collaborators or from other sources. There can be no assurances, however, that additional funding will be available on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all.

Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts are in thousands except per share amounts.

2.    Summary of significant accounting policies

The accompanying financial statements reflect the application of certain significant accounting policies as described in this note and elsewhere in the accompanying financial statements and notes.

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Concert Pharmaceuticals Securities Corporation, which is a Massachusetts subsidiary created to buy, sell and hold securities. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. Management considers many factors in selecting appropriate financial accounting policies and in developing the estimates and assumptions that are used in the preparation of the financial statements. Management must apply significant judgment in this process. Management’s estimation process often may yield a range of potentially reasonable estimates and management must select an amount that falls within that range of reasonable estimates. Estimates are used in the following areas, among others: revenue recognition for multiple-element revenue arrangements; stock-based compensation expense, including estimating the fair value of the Company’s common stock; the valuation of liability-classified warrants; accrued expenses; and income taxes.

Unaudited interim financial information

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2013, the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss and consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013, and the consolidated statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 are unaudited. The interim unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial position as of September 30, 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 are unaudited. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2013, any other interim periods, or any future year or period.

Unaudited pro forma information

On November 1, 2013, the Company’s board of directors authorized management to confidentially submit a draft registration statement to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for the Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public. Upon the closing of a qualified public offering or the consent of holders of at least 60% of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series B Preferred Stock) and holders of at least 50% of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series C Preferred Stock), all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2013, assumes the automatic conversion of all the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, the automatic conversion of a warrant to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock into a warrant to purchase common stock, and the reclassification of the Company’s outstanding warrant from a liability to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of this proposed offering.

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share applicable to common stockholders is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented and, accordingly, excludes the accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value. Additionally, the losses associated with the

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

changes in the fair value of the warrant to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock have been excluded from the determination of unaudited pro forma net loss as those re-measurements would not be required when the warrant to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock becomes a warrant to purchase common stock.

Segment information

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in making decisions on how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one operating segment. All material long-lived assets of the Company reside in the United States.

Cash, cash equivalents and investments

Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments maturing within 90 days from the date of purchase. Investments consist of securities with original maturities greater than 90 days when purchased. The Company classifies these investments as available-for-sale and records them at fair value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized gains or losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss. Premiums or discounts from par value are amortized to investment income over the life of the underlying investment.

Cash, cash equivalents and investments included the following at December 31, 2011 and 2012 and September 30, 2013 (in thousands):

 

      Average
maturity
    

Amortized

cost

     Unrealized
gains
     Unrealized
losses
    

Fair

value

 

December 31, 2011

              

Cash

      $ 2,522       $       $       $ 2,522   

Money market funds

        20,427                         20,427   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 22,949       $       $       $ 22,949   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury obligations

     357 days       $ 6,039       $ 3       $       $ 6,042   

Government agency securities

     348 days         13,657         6                 13,663   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term investments

      $ 19,696       $ 9       $       $ 19,705   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      Average
maturity
     Amortized
cost
     Unrealized
gains
     Unrealized
losses
     Fair
value
 

December 31, 2012

              

Cash

      $ 593       $       $       $ 593   

Money market funds

        6,897                         6,897   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 7,490       $       $       $ 7,490   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury obligations

     230 days       $ 1,504       $       $       $ 1,504   

Government agency securities

     279 days         18,559         4                 18,563   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term investments

      $ 20,063       $ 4       $       $ 20,067   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

      Average
maturity
    

Amortized

cost

     Unrealized
gains
     Unrealized
losses
    

Fair

value

 

September 30, 2013 (unaudited)

              

Cash

      $ 3,107       $       $       $ 3,107   

Money market funds

        15,505                         15,505   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 18,612       $       $       $ 18,612   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury obligation

     301 days      $ 500       $       $       $ 500   

Government agency securities

     290 days         22,198         7                 22,205   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term investments

      $ 22,698       $ 7       $       $ 22,705   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Government agency security

     421 days       $ 1,256      

$

  

   $       $ 1,256   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term investment

      $ 1,256       $       $       $ 1,256   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Although available to be sold to meet operating needs or otherwise, securities are generally held through maturity. The cost of securities sold is determined based on the specific identification method for purposes of recording realized gains and losses. During 2011, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited), there were no realized gains or losses on sales of investments, and no investments were adjusted for other than temporary declines in fair value.

Concentrations of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of money market funds and investments. The Company has not experienced any credit losses in these accounts and does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk on these funds. The Company has no foreign exchange contracts, option contracts or other foreign exchange hedging arrangements. At December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013, substantially all of the Company’s cash was deposited in accounts at two highly rated financial institutions, thus limiting the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution. These amounts at times may exceed federally insured limits.

Deferred issuance costs

Deferred issuance costs, which primarily consist of direct and incremental legal and accounting fees relating to the Company’s proposed initial public offering of common stock, are capitalized as incurred. Deferred issuance costs related to the Company’s proposed initial public offering will be offset against initial public offering proceeds upon the consummation of the offering and are included as a component of other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In the event the offering is terminated, the related deferred issuance costs will be expensed. No amounts were deferred related to the Company’s proposed initial public offering as of December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2012, and $1.5 million was deferred as of September 30, 2013.

Fair value of financial measurements

The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis (principally cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments, and the preferred stock warrant liability) that have been classified as Level 1, 2 or 3 within the fair value hierarchy as described below. Fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points that are observable, such as quoted prices, interest rates, and yield curves. Fair values

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

determined by Level 3 inputs utilize unobservable data points for the asset or liability. The Company’s investments in money market funds, U.S. treasury obligations, and government agency securities have been classified as Level 1 because their fair values are based on quoted market prices. The preferred stock warrant liability is classified as Level 3 because certain inputs to the valuation of the warrant are based on unobservable inputs. The assumptions used to value the warrant are more fully described in Note 12.

The carrying amount of financial instruments not carried at fair value, including accounts receivable, accounts payable, loan payable and leasehold improvement loan approximate fair value due to either their short-term maturities or interest rates which approximate market rates.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are recognized at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred, whereas major improvements are capitalized as additions to property and equipment. Potential impairment is assessed when there is evidence that events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered. The Company has not recognized any impairments during 2011, 2012 or the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited).

Revenue recognition

The Company has primarily generated revenue through arrangements with collaborators and nonprofit organizations for the development and commercialization of product candidates.

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 605, Revenue Recognition (ASC 605). Accordingly, revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

 

Ø  

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 

Ø  

Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;

 

Ø  

The seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and

 

Ø  

Collectability is reasonably assured.

Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recognized as deferred revenue in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, current portion. Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, net of current portion.

The Company’s revenue is currently generated through collaborative research and development and licensing agreements. The terms of these agreements typically contain multiple elements, or deliverables, which may include licenses, or options to obtain licenses, to product candidates, referred to as exclusive licenses, as well as research and development activities to be performed by us on behalf of the collaboration partner related to the licensed product candidates. The terms of these agreements may include payments to the Company of one or more of the following: a nonrefundable, upfront payment; milestone payments; payment of license exercise or option fees with respect to product candidates; fees for research and development services rendered; and royalties on commercial sales of licensed product candidates, if any. To date, the Company has received upfront payments, several milestone payments and certain research and development service payments but has not received any license exercise or option fees or earned royalty revenue as a result of product sales.

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

When evaluating multiple element arrangements, the Company considers whether the deliverables under the arrangement represent separate units of accounting. This evaluation requires subjective determinations and requires management to make judgments about the individual deliverables and whether such deliverables are separable from the other aspects of the contractual relationship. In determining the units of accounting, management evaluates certain criteria, including whether the deliverables have standalone value, based on the consideration of the relevant facts and circumstances for each arrangement. The consideration received is allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method, and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are applied to each of the separate units.

The Company determines the estimated selling price for deliverables within each agreement using vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price, if available, third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price if VSOE is not available, or best estimate of selling price (BESP) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Determining the BESP for a deliverable requires significant judgment. The Company has used its BESP to estimate the selling price for licenses to the Company’s proprietary technology, since the Company does not have VSOE or TPE of selling price for these deliverables. In those circumstances where the Company utilizes BESP to determine the estimated selling price of a license to the Company’s proprietary technology, the Company considers market conditions as well as entity-specific factors, including those factors contemplated in negotiating the agreement, estimated development costs, and the probability of success and the time needed to commercialize a product candidate pursuant to the license. In validating the Company’s BESP, the Company evaluates whether changes in the key assumptions used to determine the BESP will have a significant effect on the allocation of arrangement consideration between multiple deliverables.

The Company’s multiple-element revenue arrangements may include the following:

Exclusive Licenses. The deliverables under the Company’s collaboration agreements generally include exclusive licenses to develop, manufacture and commercialize one or more deuterated compounds. To account for this element of the arrangement, management evaluates whether the exclusive license has standalone value from the undelivered elements based on the consideration of the relevant facts and circumstances of each arrangement, including the research and development capabilities of the collaboration partner. The Company may recognize the arrangement consideration allocated to licenses upon delivery of the license if facts and circumstances indicate that the license has standalone value from the undelivered elements, which generally include research and development services. The Company defers arrangement consideration allocated to licenses if facts and circumstances indicate that the delivered license does not have standalone value from the undelivered elements.

When management believes the license does not have stand-alone value from the other deliverables to be provided in the arrangement, the Company generally recognizes revenue attributed to the license on a straight-line basis over the Company’s contractual or estimated performance period, which is typically the term of the Company’s research and development obligations. If management cannot reasonably estimate when the Company’s performance obligation ends, then revenue is deferred until management can reasonably estimate when the performance obligation ends. The periods over which revenue should be recognized are subject to estimates by management and may change over the course of the research and development and licensing agreement. Such a change could have a material impact on the amount of revenue the Company records in future periods.

Research and Development Services. The deliverables under the Company’s collaboration and license agreements may include deliverables related to research and development services to be performed by the

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

Company on behalf of the collaboration partner. As the Company is principally responsible for the performance of these services under the agreements, the Company recognizes revenue on a gross basis for research and development services as those services are performed.

Payments or reimbursements resulting from the Company’s research and development efforts are recognized as the services are performed and presented on a gross basis because the Company is the principal for such efforts, so long as there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection of the related amount is reasonably assured.

Option Agreements. The Company’s arrangements may provide a collaborator with the right to select a deuterated compound for licensing within an initial pre-defined selection period. Under these agreements, a fee would be due to the Company upon the exercise of an option to acquire a license. The accounting for option arrangements is dependent on the nature of the option granted to the collaboration partner. An option is considered substantive if, at the inception of the arrangement, the Company is at risk as to whether the collaboration partner will choose to exercise the option to secure exclusive licenses. Factors that the Company considers in evaluating whether an option is substantive include the overall objective of the arrangement, the benefit the collaborator might obtain from the arrangement without exercising the option, the cost to exercise the option relative to the total upfront consideration and the additional financial commitments or economic penalties imposed on the collaborator as a result of exercising the option. For arrangements under which an option to secure a license is considered substantive, the Company does not consider the license underlying the option to be a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement. For arrangements under which the option to secure a license is not considered substantive, the Company considers the license underlying the option to be a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement and, upon delivery of the license, would apply the multiple-element revenue arrangement criteria to the license and any other deliverables to determine the appropriate revenue recognition. A significant and incremental discount included in an otherwise substantive option is considered to be a separate deliverable at the inception of the arrangement.

Milestone Revenue. The Company’s collaboration agreements generally include contingent milestone payments related to specified development milestones, regulatory milestones and sales-based milestones. Development milestones are typically payable when a product candidate initiates or advances in clinical trial phases or achieves defined clinical events such as proof-of-concept. Regulatory milestones are typically payable upon submission for marketing approval with regulatory authorities or upon receipt of actual marketing approvals for a compound, approvals for additional indications, upon commercial launch or upon the first commercial sale. Sales-based milestones are typically payable when annual sales reach specified levels.

At the inception of each arrangement that includes milestone payments, the Company evaluates whether each milestone is substantive and at risk to both parties on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone. This evaluation includes an assessment of whether (a) the consideration is commensurate with either (i) the entity’s performance to achieve the milestone or (ii) the enhancement of the value of the delivered item(s) as a result of a specific outcome resulting from the entity’s performance to achieve the milestone; (b) the consideration relates solely to past performance; and (c) the consideration is reasonable relative to all of the deliverables and payment terms within the arrangement. The Company evaluates factors such as the scientific, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the respective milestone, the level of effort and investment required to achieve the respective milestone and whether the milestone consideration is reasonable relative to all deliverables and payment terms in the arrangement in making this assessment. Milestones that are not considered substantive are accounted for as license payments and recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining period of performance.

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

Research and development costs

Costs incurred in the research and development of the Company’s products are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses are comprised of costs incurred in providing research and development activities, including salaries and benefits, facilities costs, overhead costs, contract research and development services, and other outside costs. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received rather than when the payment is made.

Accounting for stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation awards in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (ASC 718). ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock and modifications to existing stock options, to be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on their fair values. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of options granted.

Compensation expense related to awards to employees is recognized on a straight-line basis based on the grant date fair value over the associated service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term. Awards to non-employees are adjusted through share-based compensation expense as the award vests to reflect the current fair value of such awards and expensed using an accelerated attribution model.

The Company utilized various valuation methodologies in accordance with the framework of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, to estimate the fair value of its common stock. Each valuation methodology includes estimates and assumptions that require management’s judgment. These estimates and assumptions include a number of objective and subjective factors, including external market conditions affecting the biotechnology industry, the prices at which the Company sold shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, the superior rights and preferences of securities senior to the common stock, and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale. Significant changes to the key assumptions used in the valuations could result in different fair values of common stock at each valuation date.

Income taxes

The Company provides deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the Company’s financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that will more likely than not be realized.

The Company evaluates tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in the course of preparing its tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more likely than not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions not deemed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold would be recognized as a tax expense.

Guarantees

As permitted under Delaware law, the Company indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was, serving at the Company’s request in such capacity.

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

The term of the indemnification is for the officer’s or director’s lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is unlimited; however, the Company has directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage that limits its exposure and enables it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid.

The Company leases office space under a non-cancelable operating lease which is further described in Note 9. The Company has a standard indemnification arrangement under the lease that requires it to indemnify the landlord against all costs, expenses, fines, suits, claims, demands, liabilities, and actions directly resulting from any breach, violation, or non-performance of any covenant or condition of the Company’s lease.

As of December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013, the Company had not experienced any material losses related to these indemnification obligations, and no material claims with respect thereto were outstanding. The Company does not expect significant claims related to these indemnification obligations and, consequently, concluded that the fair value of these obligations is negligible, and no related reserves were established.

Comprehensive loss

Comprehensive loss is comprised of net loss and other comprehensive income or loss. Other comprehensive income or loss consists of unrealized gains and losses on short-term investments.

Net income (loss) per share

Net income (loss) per share information is determined using the two-class method, which includes the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period and other securities that participate in dividends (a participating security). The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are participating securities as defined by ASC 260-10, Earnings Per Share.

Under the two-class method, basic net income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the reporting period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed using the more dilutive of (1) the two-class method or (2) the if converted method. The Company allocates net income first to preferred stockholders based on dividend rights under the Company’s articles of incorporation and then to preferred and common stockholders based on ownership interests. Net losses are not allocated to preferred stockholders as they do not have an obligation to share in the Company’s net losses.

Diluted net income (loss) per share gives effect to all potentially dilutive securities, including redeemable convertible preferred stock, and shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and stock options, using the treasury stock method. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013, the Company has excluded the effects of all potentially dilutive shares, which include redeemable convertible preferred stock, a warrant to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock and outstanding common stock options, from the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding as their inclusion in the computation for all periods would be anti-dilutive due to net losses.

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect (in thousands):

 

     Year ended December 31,      Nine months ended September 30,  
              2011              2012              2012              2013  
     (unaudited)  

Preferred stock

     56,047         56,047         56,047         56,047   

Warrant

     400         400         400         400   

Outstanding stock options

     11,032         11,075         10,917         11,351   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     67,479         67,522         67,364         67,798   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subsequent events

The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of the financial statements to provide additional evidence relative to certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure. Refer to Note 16, Subsequent Events.

Application of new or revised accounting standards

On April 5, 2012, the Jump-Start Our Business Startups Act (the JOBS Act) was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an “emerging growth company.” As an emerging growth company the Company has elected to not take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the Company believes that the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

3.    Restricted cash

At December 31, 2011 and 2012 and September 30, 2013 (unaudited), $0.7 million of the Company’s cash is restricted by a bank as collateral for a stand-by letter of credit issued by the Company to its landlord in connection with the lease of the Company’s corporate headquarters.

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

4.    Property and equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2012 and September 30, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     

Estimated useful life

(in years)

   December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2012
   

September 30,

2013

 
                      (unaudited)  

Laboratory equipment

   5    $ 3,435      $ 2,383      $ 2,446   

Computer and telephone equipment

   3      296        278        318   

Software

   3      106        141        156   

Furniture

   3      167        167        167   

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of useful life or lease term (7 years)      5,863        5,863        5,880   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        9,867        8,832        8,967   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (5,429     (5,378     (6,376
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 4,438      $ 3,454      $ 2,591   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was charged to operations in the amounts of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited) and $1.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited).

5.    Accrued expenses and other liabilities

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,

2013

 
      2011      2012     
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued professional fees and other

   $ 418       $ 393       $ 847   

Employee compensation and benefits

                     760   

Research and development expenses

     410         866         566   

Deferred lease incentive, current portion

     513         513         513   

Deferred rent, current portion

     131         181         232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,472       $ 1,953       $ 2,918   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

6.    Redeemable convertible preferred stock

The Company has issued Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”). The Company classifies the Preferred Stock outside of stockholders’ deficit because the shares contain contingent redemption features that are not solely within the Company’s control.

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

Preferred Stock consisted of the following as of December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     

Preferred
shares

authorized

    

Preferred
shares

issued

and
outstanding

     Redemption
value /
liquidation
preference
     Carrying
value
    

Common
stock

issuable
upon

conversion

 

Series A

     10,000         10,000       $ 10,000       $ 9,986         10,000   

Series B

     24,250         24,250         48,500         48,476         24,250   

Series C

     22,000         15,130         37,826         37,790         15,130   

Series D

     6,667         6,667         16,667         15,208         6,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     62,917         56,047       $ 112,993       $ 111,460       $ 56,047   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Preferred Stock consisted of the following as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

     

Preferred
shares

authorized

    

Preferred
shares

issued

and
outstanding

     Redemption
value /
liquidation
preference
     Carrying
value
    

Common
stock

issuable
upon

conversion

 

Series A

     10,000         10,000       $ 10,000       $ 9,990         10,000   

Series B

     24,250         24,250         48,500         48,482         24,250   

Series C

     22,000         15,130         37,826         37,799         15,130   

Series D

     6,667         6,667         16,667         15,577         6,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     62,917         56,047       $ 112,993       $ 111,848       $ 56,047   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Preferred Stock consisted of the following as of September 30, 2013 (in thousands) (unaudited):

 

     

Preferred

shares

authorized

    

Preferred
shares

issued

and
outstanding

     Redemption
value /
liquidation
preference
     Carrying
value
    

Common
stock

issuable
upon

conversion

 

Series A

     10,000         10,000       $ 10,000       $ 9,993         10,000   

Series B

     24,250         24,250         48,500         48,487         24,250   

Series C

     22,000         15,130         37,826         37,806         15,130   

Series D

     6,667         6,667         16,667         15,858         6,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     62,917         56,047       $ 112,993       $ 112,144         56,047   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Preferred Stock have the following rights and preferences:

Voting. The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, together with the holders of common stock, on all matters submitted to stockholders for a vote, except with respect to matters on which Delaware General Corporation Law requires that a vote will be by a separate class. Each preferred stockholder is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each preferred share is convertible at the time of such vote. The holders of at least 60% of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock voting together as a single class are entitled to elect two directors to the Company’s Board of Directors. The holders of at least 60% of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock voting together as a single class are entitled to elect two directors to the Company’s board of directors. The holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of common stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis, are entitled to elect the remaining directors.

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

Dividends. The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by the board of directors. No dividends may be paid on shares of common stock until the Company has first paid to the holders of Preferred Stock a dividend equal to 6% per annum of the aggregate conversion prices for the Preferred Stock accruing from the original issue dates of the Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013, no dividends have been declared.

Liquidation preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, the holders of the then-outstanding Preferred Stock shall receive the greater of (1) $1.00 per share for Series A Preferred Stock, $2.00 per share for Series B Preferred Stock, $2.50 per share for Series C Preferred Stock, and $2.50 per share for Series D Preferred Stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends, or (2) such amount per share of Preferred Stock payable as converted into common stock. Any remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed ratably among the holders of common stock. If the assets or surplus funds to be distributed to the holders of the Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full preferential amount, the assets and surplus funds legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock, at the option of the holder, is convertible into a number of fully paid shares of common stock as determined by dividing $1.00 for Series A Preferred Stock, $2.00 for Series B Preferred Stock, $2.50 for Series C Preferred Stock, and $2.50 for Series D Preferred Stock by the conversion price in effect at the time. The conversion price of Series A Preferred Stock is $1.00 per share, the conversion price of Series B Preferred Stock is $2.00 per share, the conversion price of Series C Preferred Stock is $2.50 per share and the conversion price of Series D Preferred Stock is $2.50 per share. These conversion prices are subject to adjustment in accordance with anti-dilution provisions contained in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. Conversion is automatic immediately upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering in which the public offering price equals or exceeds $4.00 per share and the gross proceeds are not less than $30 million, or upon the written election of the holders of at least 60% of the then-outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and at least 50% of the then-outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock. As described in Note 16, Subsequent Events, on December 2, 2013 the Company’s Board of Directors approved, subject to stockholder approval, a change to the definition of a qualified public offering.

Redemption. Commencing 90 days prior to October 31, 2015, the holders of at least 60% of the-then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and at least 50% of the-then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock may require the Company to redeem the Preferred Stock in three equal annual installments, the first occurring as of a date that is at least 90 days after the redemption election, at $1.00 per share for Series A Preferred Stock, $2.00 per share for Series B Preferred Stock, $2.50 per share for Series C Preferred Stock and $2.50 per share for Series D Preferred Stock plus any declared but unpaid dividends. The Company is accreting the shares to the redemption values over the period from issuance to October 31, 2015, such that the carrying amount of the securities will equal the redemption amounts of $1.00 for Series A Preferred Stock, $2.00 for Series B Preferred Stock, $2.50 for Series C Preferred Stock and $2.50 for Series D Preferred Stock. The difference between the redemption values and the carrying amount at December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013 are the issuance costs associated with each offering and the unamortized premium on Series D Preferred Stock (see Note 10). The accretion amounts are recognized as an increase to the carrying value of the Preferred Stock with a corresponding charge to additional paid-in capital, and amounted to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The annual

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

accretion is expected to be $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

The Company has evaluated the Preferred Stock and determined it should be considered an “equity host” and not a “debt host” as defined by ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. This evaluation is necessary in order to determine if any embedded features require bifurcation and, therefore, separate accounting as a derivative liability. The Company’s analysis followed the “whole instrument approach,” which compares an individual feature against the entire preferred stock instrument which includes that feature. The Company’s analysis was based on a consideration of the Preferred Stock’s economic characteristics and risks and more specifically evaluated all the stated and implied substantive terms and features including (i) whether the Preferred Stock included redemption features, (ii) whether the preferred stockholders were entitled to dividends, (iii) the voting rights of the Preferred Stock and (iv) the existence and nature of any conversion rights. As a result of the Company’s determination that the Preferred Stock is an “equity host,” the embedded conversion feature is not considered a derivative liability.

7.    Stockholders’ deficit

Stock incentive plan

The Company’s Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the 2006 Plan) provides for the issuance of a total of 12,500,000 shares of common stock in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, awards of stock and direct stock purchase opportunities to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company.

Generally, the Company’s stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant as determined by the board of directors, expire no later than ten years from the date of grant, and vest over various periods not exceeding four years. At December 31, 2011, 998,069 shares were available for future grant under the 2006 Plan, at December 31, 2012, 955,288 shares were available for future grant under the 2006 Plan and at September 30, 2013 (unaudited), 651,007 shares were available for future grant under the 2006 Plan.

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

The following is a summary of option activity under the 2006 Plan:

 

     

Number of
shares

(in thousands)

    Weighted-
average
exercise
price per
share
     Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
term (in years)
    

Aggregate
intrinsic
values

(in thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     11,032      $ 0.56         7.4       $ 1,401   

Granted

     218        0.53         

Forfeited and expired

     (175     0.64         

Exercised

                    
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     11,075      $ 0.56         6.6       $ 11,000   

Granted

     458        0.66         

Forfeited and expired

     (154     0.70         

Exercised

     (28     0.72         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at September 30, 2013

     11,351      $ 0.56         5.4       $ 15,000   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

     8,029      $ 0.52         6.0       $ 8,275   
  

 

 

         

Unvested at December 31, 2012

     3,046      $ 0.66         8.4      
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2012(1)

     10,943      $ 0.56         6.6       $ 10,879   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at September 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     9,036      $ 0.54         5.0       $ 12,136   
  

 

 

         

Unvested at September 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     2,315      $ 0.64         7.6      
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest at September 30, 2013 (unaudited)(2)

     11,273      $ 0.56         5.4       $ 14,903   
  

 

 

         

 

(1)   This represents the number of vested options as of December 31, 2012, plus the number of unvested options expected to vest as of December 31, 2012, based on the unvested options at December 31, 2012, adjusted for the estimated forfeiture rate of 5%.
(2)   This represents the number of vested options as of September 30, 2013, plus the number of unvested options expected to vest as of September 30, 2013, based on the unvested options at September 30, 2013, adjusted for the estimated forfeiture rate of 5%.

The intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $32 thousand, during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $0, during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $0 (unaudited) and during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $84 thousand (unaudited).

The weighted-average fair values of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $0.40, during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.06, and during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $2.44.

The aggregate intrinsic values in the preceding table represent the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s common stock price on the last day of each reporting period and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money stock options) that would have been received by the stock option holders had all stock option holders exercised their stock options at the end of the reporting period. The amount of aggregate intrinsic value will change based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock.

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

Stock-based compensation expense

The Company estimates the fair value of its stock-based awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including (a) the expected stock price volatility, (b) the calculation of the expected term of the award, (c) the risk-free interest rate, (d) expected dividends and (e) the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

Due to the lack of a public market for the trading of the Company’s common stock and a lack of company specific historical and implied volatility data, the Company has based its estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a group of similar companies that are publicly traded. When selecting these public companies on which it has based its expected stock price volatility, the Company selected companies with comparable characteristics to it, including enterprise value, risk profiles, position within the industry, and with historical share price information sufficient to meet the expected term of the stock-based awards. The Company computes historical volatility data using the daily closing prices for the selected companies’ shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of the stock-based awards. The Company will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own stock price becomes available.

The expected term was determined using the simplified method, which is the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term.

The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company has applied an annual forfeiture rate of 5% to employee options granted as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and September 30, 2013. The annual forfeiture rate was estimated based upon actual historical forfeitures.

The risk-free rate is determined by reference to U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining maturities similar to the expected term of the options.

The Company has not paid, and does not anticipate paying, cash dividends on shares of common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

The fair values of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 were calculated using the following estimated weighted-average assumptions:

 

     December 31,     September  30,
2013
 
      2011     2012    
                 (unaudited)  

Expected volatility

     78.1     72.8     70.3

Expected term (in years)

     6.0        6.0        6.0   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.09     0.95     1.69

Expected dividend yield

            

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

The Company recognized stock-based compensation from grants of stock options to employees and non-employees of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $0.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited) and $0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited). Total compensation cost recognized for all stock-based compensation awards in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Nine months
ended
September 30,
 
      2011      2012      2012      2013  
                   (unaudited)  

Research and development

   $ 572       $ 564       $ 419       $ 452   

General and administrative

     331         304         229         341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 903       $ 868       $ 648       $ 793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2013 there was $1.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested options. Total unrecognized compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in forfeitures. The Company expects to recognize that cost over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years.

Reserved shares

The Company has reserved the following shares of common stock as of December 31, 2012 for the potential conversion of outstanding Preferred Stock and warrants and the exercise of stock options (in thousands):

 

      December 31,
2012
 

Series A Preferred Stock

     10,000   

Series B Preferred Stock

     24,250   

Series C Preferred Stock (including warrant)

     15,530   

Series D Preferred Stock

     6,667   

Common stock options

     12,030   
  

 

 

 
     68,477   
  

 

 

 

8.    Income taxes

During 2011 and 2012, the Company did not record a benefit for income taxes related to its operating losses. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets, as the Company believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company did not record a federal or state income tax provision or benefit for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 because management expects the Company’s results of operations to reflect a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2013, as well as the Company’s continued maintenance of a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets.

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate and the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
              2011             2012  

Federal statutory income tax rate

     34.0     34.0

State income taxes

     5.3        5.3   

Change in valuation allowance

     (44.5     (34.9

Credits

     9.3        1.2   

Permanent items

     (2.5     (1.8

Expiring state net operating loss carryforward

     (1.6     (3.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
      2011     2012  

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 30,660      $ 38,059   

Deferred revenue

     1,731        1,081   

Research and development credit carryforwards

     4,109        4,335   

Depreciation

     729        1,032   

Start-up costs

     24        22   

Other

     (28     (166
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     37,225        44,363   

Valuation allowance

     (37,225     (44,363
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $98.8 million and state net operating loss carryforwards of $84.8 million available to reduce future taxable income, which expire at various dates beginning in 2012 through 2032. The Company also had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $3.2 million and $1.7 million, respectively, available to reduce future tax liabilities, and which expire at various dates through 2032.

Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s ability to generate taxable income within the net operating loss carryforward period. The use of these loss and credit carryforwards may also be limited due to ownership change limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.

At December 31, 2012, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits. The Company has not conducted a study of its research and development credit carryforwards. A study may result in an adjustment to the Company’s research and development credit carryforwards; however, until a study is completed and any adjustment is known, no amounts will be presented as an uncertain tax position. A full valuation allowance has been provided against the Company’s research and development credit carryforwards and, if an adjustment is required, this adjustment would be offset by an adjustment to the valuation allowance. Thus, there would be no impact to the consolidated balance sheet or statement of operations if an adjustment were required. Interest and penalty charges, if any, related to unrecognized

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

tax benefits would be classified as income tax expense in the accompanying statement of operations. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had no accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions. In many cases, the Company’s uncertain tax positions are related to years that remain subject to examination by relevant tax authorities. Since the Company is in a loss carryforward position, the Company is generally subject to examination by the U.S. federal, state and local income tax authorities for all tax years in which a loss carryforward is available.

9.    Commitments

In February 2008, the Company entered into a seven-year, non-cancelable operating lease for approximately 45,000 square feet of office and laboratory space (the 2008 Lease Agreement) in Lexington, Massachusetts, which serves as the Company’s headquarters.

The 2008 Lease Agreement provides for escalating rent payments over the seven-year lease term. The Company is accounting for the corresponding rent differential as deferred rent, and is recognizing rental expense on a straight-line basis, beginning in February 2008.

The 2008 Lease Agreement included certain lease incentives in the form of two tenant improvement allowances. The first tenant improvement allowance of $3.7 million was for general improvements to the facility’s office space and HVAC systems. The Company was required to manage the improvements including making payment for them up front, and then submitting requests to the landlord for reimbursement. Once approved, the landlord reimbursed the Company. The Company was not required to repay the landlord for any of this allowance. The Company has capitalized the improvements made with the first tenant improvement allowance into fixed assets, and has established a liability in the accompanying balance sheet under the caption deferred lease incentive. The Company is amortizing the deferred lease incentive and amortizing the related fixed assets over the lease term.

The second tenant improvement allowance of $2.3 million was for improvements to be made to build laboratory space to the Company’s specifications. The second tenant improvement allowance is similar to the first, except that the Company must repay the reimbursements to the landlord monthly over the lease term, plus interest at a 10% annual rate. The amount to be repaid to the landlord, exclusive of interest, is reflected in the accompanying balance sheet and table below as “leasehold improvement loan.” The Company has capitalized the improvements made with the second tenant improvement allowance into fixed assets, and is amortizing them over the lease term.

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

The future minimum lease payments (including base rent obligations and repayment of the leasehold improvement loan, including interest accrued at 10% per annum) under the 2008 Lease Agreement is as follows (in thousands):

 

      Base rent
obligations
     Repayment of
leasehold
improvement
loan(1)
    Total
obligations
 

At September 30, 2013 (unaudited):

       

2013

   $ 337       $ 116      $ 453   

2014

     1,361         463        1,824   

2015

     1,045         347        1,392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 2,743         926      $ 3,669   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Less amounts representing interest

        (262  

Less leasehold improvement loan, current portion

        (332  
     

 

 

   

Leasehold improvement loan, net of current portion

      $ 332     
     

 

 

   

 

(1)   Includes interest accrued at 10% per annum.

Rent expense was $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $0.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and $0.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

Employment agreements

Five of the Company’s employees are covered by employment agreements, covering salary, certain benefits and incentive compensation. Under these agreements, the executives could be entitled to severance pay up to 12 months of base salary, benefits continuation for 12 months, acceleration of stock option vesting and additional payments to cover tax liabilities in certain circumstances.

10.    Collaboration agreements

Celgene

In April 2013, the Company entered into a master development and license agreement (the Celgene Agreement) with Celgene Corporation and Celgene International Sàrl (Celgene), which is primarily focused on the research, development and commercialization of deuterated compounds that are deuterated analogs of certain non-deuterated compounds targeting cancer or inflammation. The collaboration will initially focus on one program, but has the potential to encompass up to four programs.

For the initial program, the Company granted Celgene an exclusive worldwide license to develop, manufacture and commercialize products that contain deuterated analogs of a selected non-deuterated compound and several close chemical derivatives thereof. The Company further granted Celgene licenses with respect to two additional programs and an option with respect to a third additional program. The Company and Celgene have agreed on the non-deuterated compounds for each of the two additional license programs. For the option program, Celgene may select the non-deuterated compound at a later time, which, unless otherwise agreed by the Company, will be limited to a compound for which Celgene possesses exclusive rights. With respect to the two additional license programs, on the effective date of the Celgene

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

Agreement the Company granted Celgene an exclusive worldwide license to develop, manufacture and commercialize products that contain deuterated analogs of the agreed upon non-deuterated compounds. Celgene is restricted from utilizing their research, development and commercialization rights under each of the upfront licenses unless, within seven years of the effective date of the Celgene Agreement, Celgene pays the Company a license exercise fee. If Celgene does not elect to pay the license exercise fee during the seven year period, the license will expire. With respect to the option program, once a compound is selected, Celgene may exercise its option by paying the Company an option exercise fee within seven years of the effective date of the Celgene Agreement, and upon Celgene’s exercise of the option the Company will grant to Celgene an exclusive worldwide license to develop, manufacture and commercialize deuterated products that contain deuterated analogs of the selected non-deuterated compound.

The Company is responsible, at its own expense, for conducting research and early development activities for the initial program pursuant to agreed upon development plans. This includes the completion of single and multiple ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trials and any mutually agreed upon additional Phase 1 clinical trials, as set forth in the development plan and approved by the joint steering committee (JSC) for the collaboration.

The Company does not have any obligation to conduct any research or development activities for any of the additional programs unless and until Celgene exercises its rights with respect to such program and pays us the applicable exercise fee. If Celgene exercises its rights with respect to any additional program and pays the Company the applicable exercise fee, the Company is responsible, at its own expense, for conducting research and development activities for such program pursuant to agreed upon development plans until the completion of Phase 1 clinical trial, which will be defined in each development plan on a program-by-program basis. In addition, if Celgene exercises its rights with respect to the option program and pays the Company the applicable option exercise fee, the Company is responsible for seeking to generate a deuterated compound for clinical development in the selected option program. Oversight of the development program for each program under the Celgene Agreement is guided by separate JSCs.

Celgene is solely responsible for all research, development and commercialization costs with respect to the initial program beyond the Phase 1 clinical trials that the Company conducts. If Celgene exercises its rights with respect to any additional program, Celgene will be solely responsible for all research, development and commercialization costs for such program following the completion of the first Phase 1 clinical trial for such program.

Following its assumption of responsibility for development costs of a product candidate, Celgene is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize the product candidate until such time, if any, as Celgene determines in its reasonable discretion based on comparative metrics that the product candidate does not represent a substantial improvement over the corresponding non-deuterated compound.

Under the terms of the Celgene Agreement, the Company received a $35.0 million non-refundable upfront payment from Celgene. In addition, the Company is eligible to earn up to $23.0 million in development milestone payments, up to $247.5 million in regulatory milestone payments and up to $50.0 million in sales-based milestone payments related to products within the initial program. The next milestone payment the Company might be entitled to receive under the initial program is $8.0 million related to the completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial. If Celgene exercises its rights with respect to either of the two additional license programs, the Company will receive a license exercise fee of $30.0 million and will also be eligible to receive up to $23.0 million in development milestone payments and up to $247.5

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

million in regulatory milestone payments for such program. With respect to one of the additional license programs, the Company is eligible to receive up to $100.0 million in sales-based milestone payments based on net sales of products, and with respect to the other additional license program, the Company is eligible to receive up to $50.0 million in sales-based milestone payments based on net sales of products. If Celgene exercises its option with respect to the option program, the Company will receive an option exercise fee of $10.0 million and will be eligible to earn up to $23.0 million in development milestone payments and up to $247.5 million in regulatory milestone payments.

In addition, with respect to each program, Celgene is required to pay the Company royalties on net sales of each licensed product at defined percentages ranging from the mid-single digits to low double digits below 20%, on worldwide net product sales of licensed products. The royalty term for each licensed product in each country is the period commencing with first commercial sale of the applicable licensed product in the applicable country and ending on the latest of expiration of specified patent coverage, expiration of regulatory exclusivity or 10 years following commercial launch. The royalty rate is reduced on a country-by-country basis during any period within the royalty term when there is no patent claim or regulatory exclusivity covering the licensed product in the particular country.

During the term of the Celgene Agreement, the Company may not research, develop or commercialize, or grant or offer to grant a third party a license to research, develop or commercialize, any licensed product, and with respect to the option program, certain products that Celgene has the right to select as an option product, other than pursuant to the Celgene Agreement.

The Celgene Agreement will expire upon the later of the seventh anniversary of the effective date of the Celgene Agreement and the expiration of all royalty terms with respect to each licensed product in each country. Celgene has the right to terminate the Celgene Agreement, in whole or only with respect to a particular licensed product, upon 60 days prior written notice to the Company. The Celgene Agreement may also be terminated by the Company in the event of an uncured material breach by Celgene. If the Celgene Agreement is terminated for any reason, the licenses granted by the Company to Celgene will terminate and specified rights to licensed products will revert to the Company. There are no cancellation, termination or refund provisions in this arrangement that contain material financial consequences to the Company.

The Company’s arrangement with Celgene contains the following deliverables: (i) an exclusive worldwide license to develop, manufacture and commercialize deuterated analogs of a selected compound related to the initial program (the License Deliverable), (ii) obligations to perform research and development services associated with the initial program (the R&D Services Deliverable), (iii) obligation to supply preclinical and clinical trial material related to the initial program (the Supply Deliverable), (iv) participation on the JSC during the term of the initial program (the JSC Deliverable), (v) significant and incremental discount related to the first additional license program for which the non-deuterated compound has been selected (the First Discount Deliverable) and (vi) significant and incremental discount related to the second additional license program for which the non-deuterated compound has been selected (the Second Discount Deliverable).

As a result of the restrictions placed on the two additional license programs that preclude Celgene from exercising its rights under the respective licenses without the payment of a significant license exercise fee, for accounting purposes the Company concluded that it had effectively provided Celgene an option to obtain licenses to those programs. The Company has determined that the rights with respect to the three additional programs are substantive options. Celgene is not contractually obligated to exercise its rights and there is a significant fee that is due upon exercise of the rights. Therefore, it is uncertain as to

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

whether Celgene will decide to exercise its rights for any of the three additional programs. Consequently, the Company is at risk with regard to whether Celgene will exercise its rights. Accordingly, none of the licenses with respect to the three additional programs are considered deliverables at the inception of the arrangement and the associated license right or option fees are not included in the allocable arrangement consideration. Similarly, the Company has determined that for each additional program the potential obligations to perform research and development services, supply preclinical and clinical trial material and participate on the respective JSC are contingent upon Celgene exercising its rights with respect to such programs. Therefore, consistent with the treatment of the associated license right or option, the Company’s related potential obligations are also not considered deliverables at the outset of the arrangement.

As it relates solely to the option program for which the non-deuterated compound has not yet been selected, the Company has determined that such option is not priced at a significant and incremental discount as the option fee approximates the best estimate of selling price of the underlying license. As it relates to the two additional programs for which the non-deuterated compound has been selected, the Company concluded the respective license exercise fee was less than the aggregate BESP for the respective license and related obligations to perform research and development services, supply preclinical and clinical trial materials and participate on the JSC. Accordingly, pursuant to the provisions of ASC 605-25, the Company concluded that the license exercise fees were priced at a significant and incremental discount. As a result, the Company has concluded for accounting purposes that the discounts for these two additional programs represent separate elements in the arrangement at inception.

The Company has concluded that the License Deliverable has standalone value because Celgene can fully utilize the underlying license for its intended purpose without receipt of the remaining deliverables in the arrangement. This conclusion considered Celgene’s internal product development expertise and commercialization capabilities that enable it to use the License Deliverable for its intended purpose without the involvement of the Company. Moreover, the rights conveyed by the Company to Celgene in connection with the License Deliverable include the contractual right to sublicense. Similarly, all of the remaining deliverables were deemed to have standalone value upon delivery. Factors considered in this determination included, among other things, whether any other vendors sell the items separately and if the customer could use the item for its intended purpose without the receipt of the remaining deliverables. Additionally, there are no refund provisions in the Celgene Agreement. Accordingly, each deliverable included in the Celgene arrangement qualifies as a separate unit of accounting.

The Company determined that neither VSOE of selling price nor TPE of selling price was available for any of the units of accounting identified at the inception of the arrangement with Celgene. Accordingly, the selling price of each unit of accounting was determined based on management’s BESP. The Company developed BESP for the License Deliverable in reference to its other licensing transactions, applicable market conditions, relevant entity-specific factors, and those factors contemplated in negotiating the agreement, including territories covered by the license, the stage of development and market potential of the product candidate, estimated development costs, probability of success and the time needed to commercialize a product candidate pursuant to the license and the Company’s pricing practices and pricing objectives. The Company developed BESP for the R&D Services Deliverable, the Supply Deliverable and the JSC Deliverable based on the nature of the services to be performed and estimates of the associated effort and cost of the services adjusted for a reasonable profit margin such that they represented estimated market rates for similar services sold on a standalone basis. The Company developed BESP for the First Discount Deliverable and the Second Discount Deliverable based on the estimated value of the associated in-the-money license right. In developing such estimate, the Company

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

considered the period to exercise the license right, an appropriate discount rate and the likelihood that a market participant who was entitled to the discount would exercise the license right.

Allocable arrangement consideration at inception is limited to the $35.0 million non-refundable upfront payment. Total allocable arrangement consideration was allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method as follows: (i) $17.0 million to the License Deliverable; (ii) $8.7 million to the R&D Services Deliverable; (iii) $3.2 million to the Supply Deliverable; (iv) $0.1 million to the JSC Deliverable; (v) $3.0 million to the First Discount Deliverable; and (vi) $3.0 million to the Second Discount Deliverable.

The arrangement consideration allocated to the License Deliverable was recognized upon delivery. Amounts allocated to the R&D Services Deliverable and Supply Deliverable are recognized under the proportional performance method over the expected period of performance, or 39 months. The amount allocated to the JSC Deliverable is recognized ratably over the expected period of performance, or 39 months. Amounts allocated to the First Discount Deliverable and the Second Discount Deliverable are deferred and will be recognized at the earlier of when the associated license rights are exercised and licenses are delivered or upon lapsing of the underlying right, if the respective right expires unexercised. The Company reassesses the estimated periods of performance for each unit of accounting at the end of each reporting period. The Company will recognize royalty revenue in the period of sale of the related licensed product(s), based on the underlying contract terms, provided that the reported sales are reliably measurable assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

In the event Celgene exercises its rights with respect to either of the two additional license programs, the license exercise fee would be considered a license fee and would be allocated among the license and the related R&D Services Deliverable, Supply Deliverable, and JSC Deliverable using the relative selling price method. The revenue recognition for the amounts allocated to the various deliverables would be consistent with the revenue recognition described in the previous paragraphs.

The Company has evaluated all of the milestones that may be received in connection with the Celgene arrangement. All development and regulatory milestones are considered substantive on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone, specifically reviewing factors such as the scientific, clinical, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the milestone as well as the level of effort and investment required. Accordingly, such amounts will be recognized as revenue in full in the period in which the associated milestone is achieved, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. All sales-based milestones will be accounted for in the same manner as royalties and recorded as revenue upon achievement of the milestone, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Due to the uncertainty of pharmaceutical development and the high historical failure rates generally associated with drug development, the Company may not receive any milestone or royalty payments from Celgene.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recognized revenue of $17.0 million upon delivery of the license deliverable, $0.2 million for the R&D Services Deliverable and $0.2 million for the Supply Deliverable. The revenue is classified as license and research and development revenue in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. As of September 30, 2013, there is $17.6 million of deferred revenue related to the Company’s collaboration with Celgene, $3.9 million of which is classified as current and $13.7 million of which is classified as long-term, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

Jazz Pharmaceuticals

In February 2013, the Company signed a development and license agreement with Jazz Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Jazz Pharmaceuticals) that provides Jazz Pharmaceuticals worldwide rights to develop and commercialize the Company’s deuterated sodium oxybate (D-SXB) compounds (the Jazz Pharmaceuticals Agreement). Jazz Pharmaceuticals has principal responsibility for ongoing development activities. Pursuant to the terms of the license agreement, Jazz Pharmaceuticals has the option to require the Company to provide development support services through a single Phase 1 clinical trial. If Jazz Pharmaceuticals exercises its option, the Company will receive payment for any development support services provided and will be reimbursed for all external costs related to the development support services including preclinical, manufacturing, regulatory and clinical costs.

Under the terms of the Jazz Pharmaceuticals Agreement, the Company received a $4.0 million non-refundable upfront payment. In addition, the Company is eligible to earn up to $8.0 million in development milestone payments, up to $35.0 million in regulatory milestone payments and up to $70.0 million in sales-based milestone payments. The next milestone payment that the Company might be entitled to receive under this agreement is $4.0 million related to the completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial.

In addition, Jazz Pharmaceuticals is required to pay the Company royalties at defined percentages ranging from the mid-single digits to low double digits below 20%, on a country-by-country and licensed product-by-licensed product basis, on worldwide net product sales of licensed products. The royalty term for each licensed product in each country is the period commencing with first commercial sale of the applicable licensed product in the applicable country and ending on the later of the expiration of specified patent coverage or 10 years following commercial launch. The royalty rate is lowered on a country-by-country basis, under certain circumstances as specified in the agreement.

The Jazz Pharmaceuticals Agreement will expire on a licensed product-by-licensed product and country-by-country basis on the date of the expiration of the applicable royalty term with respect to each licensed product in each country. Jazz Pharmaceuticals may terminate the agreement, on a country-by-country basis or in its entirety, upon 90 days prior written notice. The Company may terminate the agreement upon written notice to Jazz Pharmaceuticals if Jazz Pharmaceuticals decides to permanently cease development and commercialization of all licensed products. The Company may also terminate the agreement if Jazz Pharmaceuticals has abandoned development or commercialization activities for licensed products and following notice from the Company does not resume development or commercialization activities. The agreement may also be terminated by either party in the event of an uncured material breach by the other party. If the agreement is terminated for any reason, the licenses granted by the Company to Jazz Pharmaceuticals with respect to D-SXB products will terminate and specified rights to licensed products will revert to the Company. There are no cancellation, termination or refund provisions in this arrangement that contain material financial consequences to the Company.

The Company determined that there were three deliverables under the Jazz Pharmaceuticals Agreement: (i) an exclusive, royalty-bearing sub-licensable worldwide license to develop and commercialize D-SXB compounds (the License Deliverable), (ii) participation on a joint steering committee (the JSC Deliverable) and (iii) a deliverable to direct external patent activities and bear a portion of the external patent fees (the Patent Support Deliverable).

The development support services were evaluated at the inception of the arrangement and determined to be a substantive option as the Company is not obligated to deliver services unless and until such time as Jazz Pharmaceuticals elects to exercise the option and the consideration for the development support

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

services is not priced at a significant and incremental discount. The nature of the development support services is such that they are not essential to Jazz Pharmaceuticals’ use of the License Deliverable as Jazz Pharmaceuticals could perform the services themselves or obtain them from another service provider, if so desired. Therefore, the Company concluded that the License Deliverable had value to Jazz Pharmaceuticals on a standalone basis and was therefore separable from the option to procure development support services.

The Company has concluded that the License Deliverable has standalone value upon delivery because Jazz Pharmaceuticals can fully utilize the underlying license for its intended purpose without the receipt of other deliverables in the arrangement. This conclusion considered Jazz Pharmaceuticals’ internal product development expertise that enables it to use the License Deliverable for its intended purposes without the involvement of the Company or the receipt of the other deliverables. Moreover, the rights conveyed by the Company to Jazz Pharmaceuticals in connection with the License Deliverable include the contractual right to sublicense. Similarly, all of the remaining deliverables were deemed to have standalone value based on their nature. Factors considered in this determination included, among other things, whether any other vendors sell the items separately and if the customer could use the item for its intended purpose without the receipt of the remaining deliverables. Additionally, there are no refund provisions in the Jazz Pharmaceuticals Agreement. Accordingly, each deliverable included in the Jazz Pharmaceuticals Agreement qualifies as a separate unit of accounting.

The Company allocated the non-refundable upfront consideration of $4.0 million among the deliverables based on management’s best estimate of selling price of each deliverable using the relative selling price method. The Company did not have VSOE or TPE of selling price for such deliverables. The Company’s BESP for the License Deliverable considered the market opportunity for the development and commercialization of D-SXB compounds, the probability of successfully developing and commercializing such compounds, the remaining development costs to develop such compounds, and the estimated time to commercialization. The Company’s analysis included the following market conditions and entity-specific factors: (a) the specific rights provided under the license deliverable, (b) the potential indications pursuant to the license, (c) the relevant territories for the license, (d) the development risk, (e) the market size, (f) the expected product life assuming commercialization and (g) the competitive environment. The Company developed BESP for the JSC Deliverable and Patent Support Deliverable based on the nature of the services to be performed and estimates of the associated effort and cost of the services adjusted for a reasonable profit margin such that they represented estimated market rates for similar services sold on a standalone basis.

The Company allocated arrangement consideration of $3.7 million to the License Deliverable, $0.1 million to the JSC Deliverable and $0.2 million to the Patent Support Deliverable. The Company recognized the arrangement consideration allocated to the License Deliverable upon delivery and will recognize revenue related to the JSC Deliverable and the Patent Support Deliverable over the respective periods of performance which is estimated to be 46 months.

The Company has evaluated all of the milestones that may be received in connection with the Jazz Pharmaceuticals Agreement. All development and regulatory milestones are considered substantive on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone, specifically reviewing factors such as the scientific, clinical, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the milestone as well as the level of effort and investment required. Accordingly, such amounts will be recognized as revenue in full in the period in which the associated milestone is achieved, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. All sales-based milestones will be accounted for in the same manner as royalties and

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

recorded as revenue upon achievement of the milestone, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recognized revenue of $3.7 million upon delivery of the License Deliverable, approximately $12 thousand related to the JSC Deliverable and approximately $24 thousand related to the Patent Support Deliverable.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recognized revenue of $0.5 million related to the performance of development support services and revenue of approximately $0.1 million for reimbursements of travel and intellectual property expenses, the cost of which is recorded within general and administrative expenses.

Avanir

In February 2012, the Company signed a license agreement (the Avanir Agreement) with Avanir Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Avanir) that provides Avanir worldwide rights to develop and commercialize Concert’s deuterated dextromethorphan (D-DM). The agreement includes the rights to multiple D-DM compounds. Avanir will have overall responsibility for research, development and commercialization of D-DM. Avanir has the option to require the Company to provide manufacturing services through a first IND filing. If Avanir exercises its option, the Company will receive payment for any manufacturing services provided and will be reimbursed for all external costs related to the manufacturing services.

Under the terms of the Avanir Agreement, the Company received a $2.0 million non-refundable upfront payment. In the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recognized as revenue a $2.0 million milestone payment received from Avanir based on positive data from Avanir’s Phase 1 clinical trial of AVP-786. AVP-786 includes one of the D-DM analogs licensed to Avanir. In addition, the Company is eligible to earn up to $4.0 million in development milestone payments, up to $37.0 million in regulatory milestone payments and up to $125.0 million in sales-based milestone payments. The next potential milestone the Company might be entitled to receive under the Avanir Agreement is $2.0 million for initiation of dosing in a Phase 2 or Phase 3 clinical trial study for AVP-786.

Avanir also is required to pay the Company royalties at defined percentages ranging from the mid-single digits to low double digits below 20% on worldwide net product sales of licensed products. The royalty term for each licensed product in each country is the period commencing with first commercial sale of the applicable licensed product in the applicable country and ending on the later of expiration of specified patent coverage or 10 years following commercial launch. The royalty rate is reduced, on a country-by-country basis, during any period within the royalty term when there is no patent claim, covering the licensed product in the particular country.

The Agreement will expire on a licensed product-by-licensed product and country-by-country basis on the date of the expiration of the applicable royalty term with respect to each licensed product in each country. Following the earlier of the completion of a specified Phase 2 clinical trial milestone or the second anniversary of the effective date of the agreement, Avanir has the right to terminate the agreement upon 90 days prior written notice to us. We may terminate the agreement if Avanir ceases to develop or commercialize licensed products and does not recommence development or commercialization efforts following our notice to Avanir. The agreement may also be terminated by either Avanir or us in the event of an uncured material breach by the other party. If the agreement is terminated for any reason, the licenses granted by us to Avanir will terminate subject to certain specified conditions.

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

The Company determined that the deliverables under the Avanir Agreement were the exclusive, royalty-bearing sub-licensable license to D-DM delivered at the inception of the arrangement as well as participation on a joint steering committee through a first IND filing.

Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the Company is only required to participate in the joint steering committee through a specified event. Accordingly, the Company estimated that its participation on the joint steering committee would not extend more than two years from the date the agreement was executed and therefore concluded the estimated selling price of this deliverable was insignificant.

The manufacturing services were evaluated and determined to be a substantive option as the Company is not obligated to deliver manufacturing services unless and until such time as Avanir elects to exercise the option and the consideration for the manufacturing services is not priced at a significant and incremental discount. The nature of the manufacturing services is such that they are not essential to the D-DM license and Avanir could perform the manufacturing services themselves or obtain them from another service provider, if so desired. Therefore, the Company concluded that the D-DM license had standalone value to Avanir and was separable from the option to procure manufacturing services as the D-DM license is sub licensable, there are no restrictions as to Avanir’s use of the license and Avanir has the requisite scientific expertise in the central nervous system disorder field to utilize the D-DM license for its intended purpose without the involvement of the Company.

The Company has concluded that the license deliverable has standalone value upon delivery because Avanir can fully utilize the underlying license for its intended purpose without the receipt of the other deliverables in the arrangement. This conclusion considered Avanir’s internal product development expertise that enables it to use the license deliverable for its intended purposes without the involvement of the Company or the receipt of the other deliverables. Moreover, the rights conveyed by the Company to Avanir in connection with the license deliverable include the contractual right to sublicense.

The Company allocated arrangement consideration of $2.0 million to the license and an insignificant amount to the Company’s participation on the joint steering committee. Accordingly, the Company recognized the $2.0 million non-refundable upfront fee as revenue upon delivery of the D-DM license during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited).

The Company has evaluated all of the milestones that may be received in connection with the Avanir license agreement. All development and regulatory milestones are considered substantive on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone, specifically reviewing factors such as the scientific, clinical, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the milestone as well as the level of effort and investment required. Accordingly, such amounts will be recognized as revenue in full in the period in which the associated milestone is achieved, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. All sales-based milestones will be accounted for in the same manner as royalties and recorded as revenue upon achievement of the milestone, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

The Company recognized research and development revenue of $0.1 million for the performance of manufacturing services purchased at Avanir’s option and $0.1 million for reimbursement of manufacturing materials during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited). Since June 2012, Avanir has elected to conduct all research and development activities, including manufacturing activities; however, the Company has continued to receive intellectual property cost reimbursements. The Company recognized $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 within license and research and development revenue for intellectual property cost reimbursements, the cost of which is recorded within general and administrative expense.

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

GSK

In May 2009, the Company entered into a Research and Development Collaboration and License Agreement (the GSK Agreement) with Glaxo Group Limited (GSK) for the development and commercialization of deuterium-containing medicines. The Company was responsible for the development of three programs through completion of proof of concept studies, two of which were identified, and for providing deuterated versions of three GSK pipeline compounds (to be selected by GSK) for GSK to develop.

Under the terms of the GSK Agreement, GSK paid the Company a non-refundable upfront cash payment of $18.3 million in June 2009. In addition, GSK purchased 6,666,667 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at a per share price of $2.50, resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of $16.7 million. The Company determined that the price of $2.50 per share included a premium of $0.58 per share over the fair value of the Series D Preferred Stock of $1.92 per share based on the results of a contemporaneous valuation. The Company concluded all of the deliverables at the inception of the arrangement should be accounted for as a single unit of accounting because neither VSOE or TPE of fair value existed for the undelivered elements. Accordingly, the entire premium paid of $3.9 million and the $18.3 million non-refundable upfront cash payment were included in deferred revenue until the third program was identified and the period of the Company’s performance obligations could be determined.

In March 2011, the Company and GSK signed an amendment to the GSK Agreement. Under this amendment GSK paid the Company a $2.75 million payment and returned all rights in the second identified program to the Company. This $2.75 million amount is subject to repayment to GSK in the event that the Company commercializes CTP-499 or if, at any time during the seven year period from the date of the amendment, the Company re-licenses or otherwise transfers the rights to the Company’s CTP-499 program to a third party at any time during the seven year period from the date of the amendment. The payment was classified as deferred revenue and will not be recognized as revenue until all repayment obligations lapse. This amendment also extended the deadlines for selection of (i) the third program for which the Company was responsible for development and (ii) deuterated versions of two GSK pipeline compounds for GSK to develop.

The Company determined that the amendment resulted in a material modification of the GSK Agreement pursuant to the provisions of ASU 2009-13, because the amendment changed the overall arrangement consideration, deliverables, and expected timing of performance by a material amount. As such, on the date of modification, the remaining activities under the GSK Agreement were evaluated under ASC 605-25 (as amended by ASU 2009-13) to determine if they represented a multiple element revenue arrangement. The Company determined that the GSK Agreement, as amended, included the following units of accounting that remained undelivered on the date of modification:

 

Ø  

A combined unit of accounting comprised of research and development services for CTP 298 (the CTP-298 Program) and an option to license CTP-298;

 

Ø  

A combined unit of accounting comprised of an option to license a third program and related research and development services for that program (the Unselected Program); and

 

Ø  

A deliverable to provide deuterated versions of two GSK pipeline compounds (to be selected by GSK) for GSK to develop (the Research Programs).

The Company combined the delivered options and related research and development services into combined units of accounting because the delivered options were determined to not have standalone value apart from the related research and development services because only the Company was capable

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

of performing such services. The Company further determined that each unit of accounting had stand-alone value from the other units of accounting. Therefore, the Company allocated the non-refundable upfront consideration of $22.2 million among the units of accounting on the date of modification based on management’s BESP of the deliverables included in each unit of accounting using the relative selling price method. The Company did not have VSOE or TPE of selling price for such deliverables. The Company’s BESP considered the market opportunity for the development and commercialization of each program, the probability of GSK selecting a third program (the Unselected Program) and successfully developing and commercializing such program, the remaining development costs for each program, and the estimated time to clinical proof of concept for each program.

The Company’s analysis included an assessment of comparable market transactions in which exclusive options were sold without related research and development services, an estimate of the internal and external costs and effort that would be required to complete proof of concept for the each program assuming market rates for full time employee services and external costs, and in the case of the Unselected Program and the Research Programs, an assessment of the probability that GSK would exercise its rights to select a compound for such deliverables and require the Company to perform the related research and development services.

The Company allocated arrangement consideration of $20.7 million to the CTP-298 Program, $1.5 million to the Unselected Program, and $37 thousand to the Research Programs. Revenue for the CTP-298 Program was to be recognized over the period of performance from the GSK Agreement effective date through the estimated delivery date of the CTP-298 option package in early 2013. Revenue for the Unselected Program and Research Program would be recognized upon selection by GSK or the lapsing of the deadline.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized $13.9 million of revenue related to the CTP-298 Program, including a cumulative catch up adjustment on the date of the amendment for services previously performed of $8.5 million. In addition during 2011, the Company recognized $37 thousand of revenue upon the lapsing of the Research Programs selection deadline. Also during the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized milestone revenue of $4.0 million for achieving certain clinical criteria in the first-in-human clinical trial and $1.5 million for toxicology and regulatory achievements.

In first quarter of 2012, the Company received and recognized a $1.5 million milestone for opening an IND for CTP-298.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited), the Company recognized the remaining deferred revenue of $6.8 million associated with the CTP-298 Program upon GSK’s exercise of its opt out right in May 2012 with respect to this program and the remaining deferred revenue of $1.5 million upon the lapsing of the Unselected Program deadline.

Other than with respect to the Company’s repayment obligation, the GSK Agreement is no longer in effect and, as a result, the Company does not expect to receive additional payments under the GSK Agreement.

11.    Sponsored research agreement

In February 2012, the Company entered into a sponsored research agreement with Fast Forward LLC (Fast Forward), the National Multiple Sclerosis Society’s subsidiary devoted to research and drug development. Under the research agreement, Fast Forward provided $0.8 million of funding for the preclinical advancement of CTP-354 (the Compound), a deuterated subtype-selective GABAA modulator

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

developed by Concert with the therapeutic potential of treating spasticity. Concert received the funding as it met certain preclinical milestones.

In certain circumstances, the Company is obligated to make milestone payments to Fast Forward not in excess of a low-single digit multiple of the funding amount. The Company will account for any milestone payments paid to Fast Forward as royalty expenses when it becomes probable that any royalties will be owed to Fast Forward. As of December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013, it was not probable any royalties would be owed to Fast Forward.

During 2012, Concert received payments totaling $0.7 million from Fast Forward, which were recognized as revenue within license and research and development revenue in the accompanying statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The revenue recognized is commensurate with the services performed in 2012, and such payments are non-refundable as the Company has incurred costs in excess of the amounts funded.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited), Concert received payments totaling $45 thousand from Fast Forward, which were recognized as revenue within license and research and development revenue in the accompanying statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The revenue recognized is commensurate with the services performed in the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and such payments are non-refundable as the Company has incurred costs in excess of the amounts funded.

12.    Loan payable and warrant to purchase redeemable securities

On December 22, 2011, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the Loan and Security Agreement) with Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (Hercules). The Loan and Security Agreement provides for aggregate advances of up to $20 million. The advances under the Loan and Security Agreement were to be made in two tranches: (i) $7.5 million funded at closing, and (ii) up to an additional $12.5 million through March 31, 2012. The maximum amount of principal outstanding allowable under the Loan and Security Agreement is $20 million. Under the first tranche of the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company obtained an advance on December 22, 2011 totaling $7.5 million (the December 2011 Advance). Under the second tranche of the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company obtained an advance on March 29, 2012 totaling $12.5 million (the March 2012 Advance). The Company incurred $0.2 million in loan issuance costs paid directly to the lenders, which have been offset against the loan proceeds as a loan discount.

Each advance made under the Loan and Security Agreement bears interest at a variable rate of the greater of 8.5% and an amount equal to 8.5% plus the prime rate of interest minus 5.25%, provided however, that the per annum interest rate shall not exceed 11%. At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the December 2011 Advance and the March 2012 Advance had an interest rate of 8.5%. Interest-only payments are due monthly on the first day of each month beginning the month after the date of the respective advance until April 30, 2013. Then, the aggregate principal balance outstanding is payable in 30 equal monthly installments of principal and interest beginning May 1, 2013 and continuing through the maturity date on October 1, 2015.

Additionally, the advances are to be repaid in full immediately upon an event of default, as defined. The Loan and Security Agreement defines events of default, including the occurrence of an event that results in a material adverse effect upon the Company’s business operations, properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise), its ability to perform its obligations under and in accordance with the terms of the new loan agreement, or upon the ability of the lenders to enforce any of their rights or remedies with

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

respect to such obligations, or upon the collateral under the Loan and Security Agreement or upon the liens of the lenders on such collateral or upon the priority of such liens. The Company does not believe that any events have occurred that could reasonably be deemed to have a material adverse effect. Substantially all assets of the Company are pledged as collateral, with the exception of intellectual property, which is the subject of a negative pledge under the Loan and Security Agreement. The lenders’ security interest in the collateral is a first priority security interest. There are no financial covenants associated with the Loan and Security Agreement.

As of September 30, 2013, the future minimum payments due under the Loan and Security Agreement are as follows (in thousands):

 

      Year      Minimum
Payments
 
     2013       $ 2,227   
     2014         8,908   
     2015         7,463   
     

 

 

 
        18,598   

Less amounts representing interest

        (1,631
     

 

 

 

Present value of minimum payments

        16,967   

Less discount

        (196

Less current portion

        (7,651
     

 

 

 

Loan payable net of current portion and unamortized discount

      $ 9,120   
     

 

 

 

In connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company granted Hercules a warrant (the Warrant) to purchase up to 200,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share which vested immediately upon the December 2011 Advance. Upon the draw of the March 2012 Advance, the warrant became exercisable for an additional 200,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share.

Pursuant to ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, the Warrant is classified as a liability and is re-measured to the-then current value at each balance sheet date. The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Warrant which represents a recurring measurement that is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy wherein fair value is estimated using significant unobservable inputs (in thousands):

 

     Year ended December 31,      Nine months ended September 30,  
              2011              2012              2012              2013  
                   (unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $       $ 168       $ 168       $ 459   

Change in fair value

     168         291         218         30   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 168       $ 459       $ 386       $ 489   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Warrant expires on the earlier of: (i) ten years from the effective date of the Loan and Security Agreement or (ii) five years after the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock.

The Company measured the fair value of the Warrant as of December 31, 2011 using the Black-Scholes option pricing method. The Company measured the fair value of the Warrant as of September 30, 2012, December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013 using a hybrid method that is consistent with the manner in

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

which the Company estimated the fair value of its common stock on those dates. Using the hybrid method, the Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing method to value the Warrant based on the results of the initial public offering scenarios and the option pricing method to value the Warrant based on the results of the other assumed scenarios (sale or liquidation). The results of those valuations were then weighted consistent with the weightings used in the Company’s common stock valuation to determine the warrant fair value. The significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the Warrant include the exercise price, volatility of the stock underlying the warrant, risk-free interest rate, estimated fair value of the preferred stock underlying the warrant, and the estimated life of the warrant.

Where the fair value of the Warrant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the Company used the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Year ended December 31,     Nine months ended September 30,  
              2011             2012             2012             2013  
                 (unaudited)  

Fair value of underlying instrument

   $ 0.73      $ 1.15      $ 1.15      $ 1.18   

Expected volatility

     70     70     70     70

Expected term (in years)

     10.0        7.9        7.9        5.7   

Risk-free interest rate

     2.0     0.95     0.95     1.4

Expected dividend yield

                

Fair value

The Company estimated the fair value of its shares of Series C Preferred Stock as of September 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013 (unaudited), using a hybrid approach based on a probability-weighted average expected return method and the option pricing method. The Company estimated the fair value of its shares of Series C Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2011 using the probability-weighted expected return method.

Expected volatility

The Company estimated the expected volatility based on actual historical volatility of the stock price of similar companies with publicly-traded equity securities. The Company calculated the historical volatility of the selected companies by using daily closing prices over a period of the expected term of the associated award. The companies were selected based on their enterprise value, risk profiles, position within the industry, and with historical share price information sufficient to meet the expected term of the associated award.

Expected term

The Company based the expected term on the actual remaining contractual term as of each respective measurement date.

Risk-free interest rate

The Company estimated the risk-free interest rate in reference to the yield on U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity date commensurate with the expected term of the Warrant.

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

Expected dividend yield

The Company estimated the expected dividend yield based on consideration of its historical dividend experience and future dividend expectations. The Company has not historically declared or paid dividends to stockholders. Moreover, it does not intend to pay dividends in the future, but instead expects to retain any earnings to invest in the continued growth of the business. Accordingly, the Company assumed an expected dividend yield of 0.0%.

13.    Related-party transactions

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company paid a member of the board of directors $12 thousand in fees for service on the Company’s Product Advisory Board. These fees were recognized as research and development expense.

14.    401(k) retirement plan

In January 2008, the Company established the Concert Pharmaceuticals 401(k) Retirement Plan (the 401(k) Plan) in which substantially all of its permanent employees are eligible to participate to contribute a percentage of base wages up to an amount not to exceed an annual statutory maximum. The Company is required to match 50% of the first 6% of an employee’s contributions subject to statutory limits.

The Company made matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited) and $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited).

15.    Unaudited pro forma earnings per share

On November 1, 2013, the Company’s board of directors authorized management to confidentially submit a draft registration statement to the SEC for the Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public. The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share applicable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 give effect to the automatic conversion of all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock in the event of an initial public offering by treating all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as if they had been converted to common stock at the beginning of the period presented. Accordingly, the pro forma basic and diluted loss per share applicable to common stockholders does not include the effects of the accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value. Additionally, the gains (losses) associated with the changes in the fair value of the warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock have been excluded from the determination of net loss as these re-measurements would not be required when the warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock becomes a warrant to purchase common stock. Shares to be sold in the offering are excluded from the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share applicable to common stockholders calculations.

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Information as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited

 

Unaudited pro forma loss per share applicable to common stockholders are computed as follows (in thousands):

 

      Year ended
December 31,
2012
    

Nine months

ended
September 30, 2013

 

Net loss

   $ (20,444)       $ (141)   

Add back: Re-measurement of warrant to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock

     291         30   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stockholders- basic and diluted

   $ (20,153)       $ (111)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding:

     

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     7,290         7,295   

Adjustment for assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     56,047         56,047   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding- basic and diluted

     63,337         63,342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share applicable to common stockholders

   $ (0.32)       $ (0.00)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of pro forma diluted loss per share applicable to common stockholders because their inclusion would have been antidilutive.

 

     

Year ended

December 31,

2012

    

Nine months

ended

September 30, 2013

 

Stock options

     11,075         11,351   

Warrant

     400         400   

16.    Subsequent events

The Company has completed an evaluation of all subsequent events after the audited balance sheet date of December 31, 2012 through November 5, 2013 and the unaudited balance sheet date of September 30, 2013 through December 10, 2013, the date the respective financial statements were available to be issued, to ensure that this filing includes appropriate disclosure of events both recognized in the financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013, and events which occurred subsequently but were not recognized in the financial statements. The Company has concluded that no subsequent events have occurred that require disclosure, except as disclosed within these financial statements.

In connection with preparing for the proposed initial public offering of common stock, on December 2, 2013 the Company’s Board of Directors approved, subject to stockholder approval, an amendment of the Company’s certificate of incorporation to, among other things, change the definition of a qualified public offering to remove the per share price requirement and provide that mandatory conversion will occur upon the closing of a public offering of common stock with gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $30 million.

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

Until                     , 25 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

              

 

 

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with this offering described in this Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

      Amount  

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 9,628   

FINRA filing fee

     11,713   

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

     *   

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent’s fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   

Total Expenses

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide that none of our directors shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened,

 

 

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Part II

 

 

pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of Concert Pharmaceuticals, or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide that expenses must be advanced to these indemnitees under certain circumstances.

The indemnification provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation that will be effective as of the closing date of this offering are not exclusive. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

In addition, we maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided to our directors and officers against losses arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and to us with respect to payments which may be made by us to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provisions or otherwise as a matter of law. In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 against certain liabilities.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of common stock and preferred stock issued, and options and warrants granted, by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Included is the consideration, if any, we received for such shares, options and warrants and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(a) Stock Option Grants

Between January 13, 2011 and January 13, 2014 we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 3,522,750 shares of common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.51 to $0.67 per share, to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to our Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan. Between January 13, 2011 and January 13, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 248,393 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options for aggregate consideration of $141,712.86.

The stock options and the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options as described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors and consultants, in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

(b) Warrant Grants

On December 22, 2011, we issued a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 200,000 shares of Series C preferred stock at a price of $2.50 per share to Hercules. On March 29, 2012, this warrant became exercisable for an additional 200,000 shares of Series C preferred stock at a price of $2.50 per share.

The securities described in this section (b) of Item 15 were issued to Hercules in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(2) under the Securities Act promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required.

 

 

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Part II

 

 

All of the securities described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Item 15 are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All of the certificates representing such securities included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities have not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

Ø  

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

Ø  

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

 

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Part II

 

 

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Lexington, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 13th day of January, 2014.

 

  CONCERT PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:    

/s/ Roger D. Tung

 

Roger D. Tung, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Power of attorney

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Roger D. Tung and Nancy Stuart, and each of them, his/her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him/her and in his/her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statements pursuant to Rule 462 of the Securities Act and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorney-in-fact or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature    Title   Date

 

/s/ Roger D. Tung

Roger D. Tung, Ph.D.

   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   January 13, 2014

 

/s/ Nancy Stuart

Nancy Stuart

   Chief Operating Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   January 13, 2014

 

/s/ Pauline McGowan

Pauline McGowan

   Vice President, Finance and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)   January 13, 2014

 

/s/ Richard H. Aldrich

Richard H. Aldrich

   Chairman   January 13, 2014

 

/s/ Ronald W. Barrett

Ronald W. Barrett, Ph.D.

   Director   January 13, 2014

 

 

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Part II

 

 

Signature    Title   Date

 

/s/ John G. Freund

John G. Freund, M.D.

   Director   January 13, 2014

 

/s/ Peter Barton Hutt

Peter Barton Hutt

   Director   January 13, 2014

 

/s/ Wilfred E. Jaeger

Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D.

   Director   January 13, 2014

 

/s/ Helmut M. Schühsler

Helmut M. Schühsler, Ph.D.

   Director   January 13, 2014

 

 

 

II-5


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit
number
  Description
  1.1*   Underwriting Agreement
  3.1   Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended
  3.2*   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  3.3   Bylaws of the Registrant
  3.4*   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of this offering
  4.1*   Specimen certificate evidencing shares of common stock
  5.1*   Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
10.1   Third Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2009, as amended
10.2   Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock issued by the Registrant to Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.
10.3   Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended
10.4   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan
10.5   Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan
10.6*   2014 Stock Incentive Plan
10.7*   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2014 Stock Incentive Plan
10.8*   Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 2014 Stock Incentive Plan
10.9   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Roger Tung, as amended
10.10   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Nancy Stuart, as amended
10.11   Separation Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2013, by and between the Registrant and James E. Shipley, as amended
10.12   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2014, by and between the Registrant and I. Robert Silverman, as amended
10.13   Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement by and between the Registrant and each of Roger D. Tung, Nancy Stuart, James E. Shipley, Ian Robert Silverman, Pauline McGowan, Richard H. Aldrich, Ronald W. Barrett, John G. Freund, Peter Barton Hutt, Wilfred E. Jaeger and Helmut M. Schühsler
10.14   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2011, between the Registrant and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.
10.15   Lease Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2008, by and between the Registrant and One Ledgemont LLC
10.16*†   Development and License Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2012, between the Registrant and Avanir Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

 

 

Exhibit
number
  Description
10.17*†   Development and License Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2013, between the Registrant and Jazz Pharmaceuticals Ireland Limited
10.18*†   Master Development and License Agreement, dated as of April 4, 2013, among the Registrant, Celgene International Sàrl and Celgene Corporation
10.19   Summary of Executive Bonus Program
10.20  

Summary of Director Compensation Program

21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.2*   Consent of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

*   To be filed by amendment

 

  Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.